all | frequencies |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
exhibits | applications |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
manuals | photos | label |
app s | submitted / available | |||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
1 2 3 4 5 6 |
|
Installation/ User manual1 | Users Manual | 2.99 MiB | August 21 2019 / February 16 2020 | delayed release | ||
1 2 3 4 5 6 |
|
MANUAL | Users Manual | 4.35 MiB | February 11 2022 | |||
1 2 3 4 5 6 |
|
MANUAL PART 1 | Users Manual | 3.51 MiB | February 09 2022 | |||
1 2 3 4 5 6 |
|
MANUAL PART 2 | Users Manual | 5.45 MiB | February 09 2022 | |||
1 2 3 4 5 6 |
|
USER MANUAL | Users Manual | 2.17 MiB | June 16 2021 | |||
1 2 3 4 5 6 |
|
USER MANUAL PART 1 | Users Manual | 4.04 MiB | January 27 2021 / July 25 2021 | delayed release | ||
1 2 3 4 5 6 |
|
USER MANUAL PART 2 | Users Manual | 3.92 MiB | January 27 2021 / July 25 2021 | delayed release | ||
1 2 3 4 5 6 |
|
USER MANUAL PART 3 | Users Manual | 1.22 MiB | January 27 2021 / July 25 2021 | delayed release | ||
1 2 3 4 5 6 |
|
User Manual 2 | Users Manual | 4.56 MiB | August 21 2019 / February 16 2020 | delayed release | ||
1 2 3 4 5 6 |
|
INTERNAL PHOTOS | Internal Photos | 1.54 MiB | January 27 2021 / July 25 2021 | delayed release | ||
1 2 3 4 5 6 |
|
EXTERNAL PHOTOS | External Photos | 2.01 MiB | January 27 2021 / July 25 2021 | delayed release | ||
1 2 3 4 5 6 |
|
ID label and location | ID Label/Location Info | 56.20 KiB | August 21 2019 | |||
1 2 3 4 5 6 |
|
LABEL | ID Label/Location Info | 62.49 KiB | January 27 2021 | |||
1 2 3 4 5 6 |
|
LABEL LOCATION | ID Label/Location Info | 42.75 KiB | January 27 2021 | |||
1 2 3 4 5 6 |
|
CLASS 2 PERMISSIVE CHANGE REQUEST | Cover Letter(s) | 115.62 KiB | February 11 2022 | |||
1 2 3 4 5 6 |
|
CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST | Cover Letter(s) | 109.58 KiB | February 11 2022 | |||
1 2 3 4 5 6 |
|
GRANTEE SIGNATURE AUTHORITY | Cover Letter(s) | 142.88 KiB | February 11 2022 | |||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTION | Operational Description | February 11 2022 | confidential | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 |
|
TEST REPORT PART 1 | Test Report | 4.42 MiB | February 11 2022 | |||
1 2 3 4 5 6 |
|
TEST REPORT PART 2 | Test Report | 5.34 MiB | February 11 2022 | |||
1 2 3 4 5 6 |
|
TEST REPORT PART 3 | Test Report | 4.34 MiB | February 11 2022 | |||
1 2 3 4 5 6 |
|
TEST REPORT PART 4 | Test Report | 4.87 MiB | February 11 2022 | |||
1 2 3 4 5 6 |
|
TEST SETUP PHOTOS | Test Setup Photos | 1.07 MiB | February 11 2022 | |||
1 2 3 4 5 6 |
|
PERMISSIVE CHANGE REQUEST | Cover Letter(s) | 115.65 KiB | February 03 2022 / February 09 2022 | |||
1 2 3 4 5 6 |
|
TEST REPORT | Test Report | 5.29 MiB | February 03 2022 / February 09 2022 | |||
1 2 3 4 5 6 |
|
TEST REPORT WITH RF | RF Exposure Info | 5.29 MiB | February 09 2022 | |||
1 2 3 4 5 6 |
|
REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIALITY | Cover Letter(s) | 202.41 KiB | June 16 2021 | |||
1 2 3 4 5 6 |
|
AGENT LETTER | Cover Letter(s) | 67.96 KiB | January 27 2021 | |||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | BLOCK DIAGRAM | Block Diagram | January 27 2021 | confidential | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | SCHEMATICS | Schematics | January 27 2021 | confidential | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | TUNE UP | Parts List/Tune Up Info | January 27 2021 | confidential | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Test Report | August 21 2019 | ||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 |
|
Letter of agency | Cover Letter(s) | 67.96 KiB | August 21 2019 | |||
1 2 3 4 5 6 |
|
Modular approval request | Cover Letter(s) | 175.07 KiB | August 21 2019 | |||
1 2 3 4 5 6 |
|
No tuneup required | Attestation Statements | 127.71 KiB | August 21 2019 | |||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Parts List | Parts List/Tune Up Info | August 21 2019 | confidential | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Setup Photos | Test Setup Photos | August 21 2019 / February 16 2020 | delayed release | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Test Report | August 21 2019 | ||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Test Report | August 21 2019 | ||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Test Report | August 21 2019 |
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Installation/ User manual1 | Users Manual | 2.99 MiB | August 21 2019 / February 16 2020 | delayed release |
OneCell Hardware Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series Release 4.0 Document Number: 913035 Document Revision: 4.0.04 Date: June 2019 Copyright 2019 CommScope, All rights reserved. THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN DEVELOPED BY COMMSCOPE, AND IS INTENDED FOR THE USE OF ITS CUSTOMERS AND CUSTOMER SUPPORT PERSONNEL. THE SPECIFICATIONS AND INFORMATION REGARDING THE PRODUCTS IN THIS MANUAL ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE. ALL STATEMENTS, INFORMATION, AND RECOMMENDATIONS IN THIS MANUAL ARE BELIEVED TO BE ACCURATE BUT ARE PRESENTED WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. USERS MUST TAKE FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR THEIR APPLICATION OF ANY PRODUCTS. THE SOFTWARE LICENSE AND LIMITED WARRANTY FOR THE ACCOMPANYING PRODUCT ARE SET FORTH IN THE INFORMATION PACKET THAT SHIPPED WITH THE PRODUCT AND ARE INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE. IF YOU ARE UNABLE TO LOCATE THE SOFTWARE LICENSE OR LIMITED WARRANTY, CONTACT YOUR COMMSCOPE SALES REPRESENTATIVE FOR A COPY. T F A R D ii 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Contents Document revision history About this document Audience ....................................................................................................................xiii Purpose.......................................................................................................................xiii What you need to know .............................................................................................xiii Customer documentation ...........................................................................................xiii Conventions ................................................................................................................ xv Notes, cautions, and warnings ..................................................................................xvii PART 1 OVERVIEW AND PREPARATION Chapter 1 CommScope OneCell overview Overview....................................................................................................................1-2 CommScope OneCell system ....................................................................................1-2 OneCell hardware components ..................................................................................1-3 Baseband Controller physical ports.....................................................................1-3 Chapter 2 Preparing to install the OneCell system Overview....................................................................................................................2-2 Before installing the OneCell components ................................................................2-2 PART 2 ONECELL COMPONENT INSTALLATION Chapter 3 Baseband Controller installation Preparing for Baseband Controller installation..........................................................3-2 Installing the Baseband Controller into a rack...........................................................3-2 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation RP5100i installation overview...................................................................................4-2 Ceiling mount.............................................................................................................4-2 Mounting the Radio Point on the ceiling tile ......................................................4-4 D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 iii Contents Mounting the Radio Point above the ceiling tile...............................................4-13 Flown mount ............................................................................................................4-20 Flown mount installation...................................................................................4-22 Pole mount ...............................................................................................................4-28 Pole mount installation......................................................................................4-28 PART 3 COMMISSIONING Chapter 5 Configuring the OneCell system Overview....................................................................................................................5-2 Configuring Ethernet switches...................................................................................5-3 Configuring aggregate switches.................................................................................5-6 Cisco switch ........................................................................................................5-6 Sample Cisco configuration ................................................................................5-6 Accessing the Web GUI ...........................................................................................5-13 Configuring the Baseband Controller ......................................................................5-16 Uploading XML configuration file ...................................................................5-16 Configuring the Baseband Controller manually................................................5-25 Configuring firewall ports........................................................................................5-27 Chapter 6 Verifying the OneCell installation Overview....................................................................................................................6-2 Verify the OneCell system installation ......................................................................6-2 Verify the Baseband Controller installation...............................................................6-3 Device Information..............................................................................................6-4 Timing Source Status ..........................................................................................6-5 Radio Point Status ...............................................................................................6-6 Service Status ......................................................................................................6-6 Alarms snapshot ..................................................................................................6-8 Verify local network connectivity..............................................................................6-9 Verify core network connectivity...............................................................................6-9 Verify OneCell RF coverage....................................................................................6-10 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 T F A R D iv PART 4 APPENDICES Appendix A Safety Contents Radiation Exposure Statement.................................................................................. A-2 FCC Part 15 ........................................................................................................ A-2 EN55032............................................................................................................. A-2 Human exposure limits for OneCell deployments.................................................... A-2 Reference documents ......................................................................................... A-3 Appendix B Installation troubleshooting Baseband Controller LED patterns ........................................................................... B-2 Radio Point LED patterns ......................................................................................... B-4 Appendix C Specifications Appendix D Field Replaceable Units Electrical ratings and technical data ......................................................................... C-2 SPF/SPF+ specifications........................................................................................... C-2 FRU overview...........................................................................................................D-2 Replacing Baseband Controller modules..................................................................D-2 Prerequisites .......................................................................................................D-2 Off-site activities ................................................................................................D-3 On-site activities.................................................................................................D-7 Post-Install Verification .................................................................................... D-11 Replacing Radio Points...........................................................................................D-13 Prerequisites .....................................................................................................D-13 On-site activities...............................................................................................D-14 Replacing a ceiling RP5100i (above tile).........................................................D-17 Replacing a flown mounted RP5100i...............................................................D-32 Replacing a pole mounted Indoor RP...............................................................D-40 RP post-replacement verification .....................................................................D-45 Replacing RF modules............................................................................................D-48 OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 D R A F T v Contents Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines Overview................................................................................................................... E-2 Cable handling .......................................................................................................... E-2 Cable termination...................................................................................................... E-3 Cable splicing ..................................................................................................... E-4 Cable termination ............................................................................................... E-5 Cable grounding ............................................................................................... E-10 Lightning protection................................................................................................ E-12 Important guidelines......................................................................................... E-12 Indoor box ........................................................................................................ E-12 Outdoor protection ........................................................................................... E-13 Ceiling connector .................................................................................................... E-15 Patch panel .............................................................................................................. E-17 Power separation guidelines ................................................................................... E-17 T F A R D vi 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Contents D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 vii List of figures Figure 1-1 Figure 1-2 Figure 4-1 Figure 4-2 Figure 4-3 Figure 4-4 Figure 5-1 Figure 6-1 Figure 6-2 Figure 6-3 Figure 6-4 Figure 6-5 Figure 6-6 Figure E-1 Figure E-2 Figure E-3 Figure E-4 Figure E-5 Figure E-6 Figure E-7 OneCell solution ..............................................................................1-3 Baseband Controller ports ...............................................................1-4 CommScope ceiling mount kit contents ..........................................4-2 Drop rail, system integrator-provided..............................................4-3 CommScope flown mount kit contents..........................................4-21 Mounting bracket kit contents .......................................................4-28 OneCell Baseband single Controller deployment............................5-3 Baseband Controller front panel......................................................6-2 Management Mode Dashboard........................................................6-4 Timing Source Status - GPS ............................................................6-5 Timing Source Status - PTP ............................................................6-6 Service Status...................................................................................6-7 Alarms..............................................................................................6-8 Unreel cable .................................................................................... E-2 Cable with sock attached using tie wrap......................................... E-3 RJ45, IP67 connector...................................................................... E-3 Assembling the connector on the RP end ....................................... E-4 CAT6-A lightning protector ......................................................... E-13 Remote equipment protection for outdoor devices....................... E-14 Protector box mounted to pole...................................................... E-15 D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 viii List of tables Table 1 Table 2 Table 1-1 Table 5-1 Table 5-2 Table 5-3 Table 5-4 Table 6-1 Table 6-2 Table 6-3 Table 6-4 Table 6-5 Table 6-6 Table A-1 Table E-1 Customer documentation ................................................................... xiv Conventions ........................................................................................ xv Baseband Controller physical port assignments.................................1-4 Ethernet switch port assignments .......................................................5-4 Baseband Controller operator parameters, configuration file ..........5-17 Deployment Wizard steps ................................................................5-26 Configurable DMS service and protocol ports.................................5-27 OneCell Baseband Controller operational status ...............................6-3 Device Information parameters ..........................................................6-4 Service Status .....................................................................................6-7 CORE LED local network connectivity issues ...............................6-9 CORE LED states...............................................................................6-9 STATUS LED core network connectivity issues..........................6-10 RF exposure for OneCell at maximum power internal antennas ......A-3 CAT-6A protection equipment parts list ......................................... E-13 D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 ix List of tables T F A R D x 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Document revision history The following section lists documentation changes in OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 (913035) for R4.0, the release for RP5000 series devices. Revision 4.0.04 (June 6, 2019) Appendix D, Field Replaceable Units Added topic, Replacing RF modules on page D-48 Revision 4.0.03 (May 21, 2019) Chapter 1, CommScope OneCell overview Revised Baseband Controller physical ports on page 1-3, including Table 1-1 on page 1-4 page 5-17 Chapter 5, Configuring the OneCell system Revised Timing Source, Boundary Clock Interface Port in Table 5-2 on Added GPS Information bullet to Configuring the Baseband Controller manually on page 5-25 Revised Whitelist Configuration in Table 5-3 on page 5-26 Chapter 6, Verifying the OneCell installation Revised Verify the OneCell system installation on page 6-2 Added Appendix A, Safety and Appendix D, Field Replaceable Units Revision 4.0.02 (March 27, 2019) Revised procedures in Chapter 4, RP5100i installation Revision 4.0.01 (March 13, 2019) Initial document release OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 D R A F T xi Document revision history T F A R D xii 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 About this document This document provides the procedures for installing and configuring the Baseband Controller and Radio Points. Audience Purpose This document is written for computer hardware installers and administrators, network architects and business planners who are responsible for the planning and design of the CommScope OneCell deployment environment. This guide provides the information necessary for installing the OneCell hardware in the operators network. What you need to know The reader should have a basic understanding of:
Data networks LTE technology General telecommunications practices Customer documentation The following table lists available documents in the OneCell documentation suite. OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 xiii D R A F T About this document Table 1. Customer documentation Title Contents Device Management System documentation DMS Software Installation
(913150) DMS Installation and Management Guide for OneCell Devices
(913152) DMS Software Management
(913153) Provides server hardware and software requirements, software installation, and other set-up and post-
installation tasks required to support the DMS platform. Provides procedures for installing service packs and AFU Describes the DMS platform software upgrade procedures from the previous patch release to the current patch release and the DMS rollback and downgrade procedures from the current patch release to the previous patch release. DMS Network Management Portal User Guide (913156) Describes how to manage the OneCell network using the DMS. DMS Device Management Portal User Guide for OneCell Devices
(913158) DMS Administration and Utilities Reference for OneCell Devices
(913155) Troubleshooting the DMS Network
(913161) Describes Device Management Portal features by menu items used by technical support personnel. Describes how to operate, administer, and maintain the DMS device server for OneCell devices. Describes how to maintain the DMS and identify, verify, and resolve problems in the device environment. DMS Disaster Recovery (913162) Describes how system administrators can recover the DMS servers after a disaster. OneCell Device Management System Online Help Provides context sensitive online help integrated in the DMS. Baseband Controller and Radio Point documentation OneCell Network Planning Guide
(913023) Describes main components of the OneCell system, high-level view of HW components, how do you engineer an in-building system, how do you determine RP locations, how to design in-building systems and how to determine Radio Point locations. Contains best practices for deployment, including when to use clustering, and how to manage capacity. 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 T F A R D xiv About this document Table 1. Customer documentation Title Contents OneCell Installation and Commissioning (913025) Includes detailed installation instructions for Baseband Controller and Radio Points hardware, planning the installation, physical install, how to configure the installation, commissioning the installation to service; verification tests after the installation. OneCell Administration (913026) Contains enterprise-level monitoring and alarms. OneCell Troubleshooting
(913022) Covers common troubleshooting scenarios in deployed devices and troubleshooting methods. OneCell Deployment Guide
(913028) Contains the device network overview, including CommScope provided components and required components from other vendors, DMS overview, and device overview and requirements. OM and KPI Reference for OneCell Devices (913159) Describes the operational measurements and key performance indicators for OneCell devices. Conventions This guide uses the following text conventions, as applicable. Table 2. Conventions Convention Description Syntax symbols
Enclose a required parameter or set of parameters. For example:
>band-class <class>
<class> is a required parameter. Enclose an optional parameter or set of parameters. For example:
>activate image <version> [reboot]
[reboot] is an optional parameter. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 xv About this document Table 2. Conventions Convention Description
Separates items on a list of parameters, only one of which can be used. For example:
>channel-included <yes|no>
A valid command is:
>channel-included yes Font usage Bold input font Italic input font Indicates a variable parameter for which you must provide an actual value. For example:
Plain output font Italic output font Plain italic font Bold font Other conventions
blue text Indicates a hypertext link. Indicates text that must be entered exactly as shown. For example:
Enter ping 192.23.10.12.
>authentication key <aukey>
<aukey> is a variable parameter. A valid command is:
>authentication key 9782503000 Indicates system output in a command line or system-
generated file. For example:
IP address 192.23.10.12 is alive. Indicates a variable in system output in a command line or system-generated file. For example:
Installation of release <release> is complete. Indicates file names, directory paths, book titles, chapter titles, and user accounts. Indicates text that appears on screen exactly as shown, for example, names of screens, names of buttons, items on menus, and items on pull down lists. Indicates graphical user interface (GUI) menu path. For example:
Select Edit > Add Network to open the Add Network screen. 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 T F A R D xvi About this document Notes, cautions, and warnings NOTE Notes provide additional information about the subject text. CAUTION Cautions indicate that procedures, if performed incorrectly, can cause equipment damage or data loss. WARNING Warnings indicate that procedures, if performed incorrectly, can harm you. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 xvii About this document T F A R D xviii 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Part I: Overview and preparation Chapter 1 CommScope OneCell overview Chapter 2 Preparing to install the OneCell system D R A F T T F A R D Chapter 1 CommScope OneCell overview This chapter contains a high level overview of the OneCell deployment and the OneCell components installed in the OneCell system. Overview CommScope OneCell system OneCell hardware components 1-2 1-2 1-3 D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 1-1 Chapter 1 CommScope OneCell overview Overview OneCell is a revolutionary wireless system that can deliver the ultimate in wireless performance. It eliminates cell borders and handovers It can cover a large area with consistent user experience without any significant interference It can take advantage of multiple distributed radio points to deliver a stronger signal on both the downlink and the uplink It can deliver greater capacity through distributed (multi-user and single-user) MIMO and Coordinated Multipoint (CoMP) It has the flexibility to neutralize macro interference in co-channel small cell deployments It can be used to deliver unprecedented levels of capacity to hot spot areas by deploying radio points with overlapping coverage and enabling multi- user MIMO In addition to these important benefits in user experience and data capacity, OneCell provides superior economics and investment protection, ease of deployment, support for multi-operator deployments. CommScope OneCell system OneCell is an in-building, enterprise solution for LTE that provides an in-building consistent signal. It operates as a wireless network with a single cell, called a Baseband Controller, over distributed Radio Points. Network operators benefit from the OneCell because they reduce the load on their infrastructure. T F A R D 1-2 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Figure 1-1. OneCell solution Chapter 1 CommScope OneCell overview OneCell hardware components The OneCell hardware consists of the following components:
Baseband Controller Baseband Controller Chassis Baseband Controller Module Power/Fan Unit (PFU) Baseband Controller physical ports The following ports are on the front panel of the Baseband Controller Module. Table 1-1 shows the port assignments. In addition, there is a connector used for the GPS antenna cable. NOTE For more detailed BC port information, see OneCell Network Planning Guide
(913023). D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 1-3 Chapter 1 CommScope OneCell overview Table 1-1. Baseband Controller physical port assignments Port Number Description MGMT MGMT port to configure OneCell through the WebGUI 0 1-6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Not used 1 GB ports for IQ data connection between Baseband Controller and Radio Point (RP) through an Ethernet switch on copper cable Boundary clock, IEEE1588 input dual media RJ45 or SFP port Back haul dual media RJ45/SFP data port Dual media RJ45/SFP port for front haul RP management, RP timing IEEE1588, Redundancy, High Availability Dual media port provides 1588 timing/SOAP/XML to Radio Point
(RP) units. Either this copper port or fiber port 10 (SFP not provided) is used to provide 1588 timing to RPs 10G/SFP+ fiber port for front-haul IQ data Not used Figure 1-2. Baseband Controller ports Copper wire ports T F A R D Fiber optic ports 1-4 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Chapter 2 Preparing to install the OneCell system This section has the steps to complete before starting the OneCell installation. Overview Before installing the OneCell components 2-2 2-2 D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 2-1 Chapter 2 Preparing to install the OneCell system Overview This document describes the OneCell installation and includes:
Chapter 3, Baseband Controller installation Chapter 4, RP5100i installation Chapter 5, Ruggedized Radio Point Installation Before installing the OneCell components Before installing the OneCell components, the system integrator must plan the network for the topology that will be deployed. See OneCell Network Planning Guide
(913023). CommScope recommends that cables and switches be in place before installing the OneCell components. See Appendix E, Cable installation and power separation guidelines for more information. T F A R D 2-2 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Part II: OneCell component installation Chapter 3 Baseband Controller installation Chapter 4 RP5100i installation D R A F T T F A R D Chapter 3 Baseband Controller installation This chapter contains the Baseband Controller installation procedures, including chassis installation into a rack, Baseband Controller Module and Power/Fan Unit installation into the Baseband Controller Chassis and the cables required for a basic installation. Preparing for Baseband Controller installation Installing the Baseband Controller into a rack 3-2 3-2 D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 3-1 Chapter 3 Baseband Controller installation Preparing for Baseband Controller installation Open the shipping box. It should have the components for one complete Baseband Controller Module:
Baseband Controller Chassis including four mounting screws Baseband Controller Module Power/Fan Unit (PFU) The Baseband Controller is 1U high. Be sure there is enough room for the Baseband Controller in the rack. Installing the Baseband Controller into a rack The Baseband Controller can be installed in a 19-inch or 600mm rack. The Baseband Controller Chassis package contains two kits: one with 19-inch brackets and one with 600mm brackets. CAUTION The Baseband Controller, when mounted, must be in the horizontal position. No other orientations are allowed. NOTE The chassis requires four screws to secure it into the rack. 1 Select the 19-inch or 600mm bracket kit according to the size of the rack. Attach the brackets to the Baseband Controller Chassis T F A R D 3-2 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Chapter 3 Baseband Controller installation 2 Slide the chassis into the rack. 3 Line up the holes in the chassis ears to the holes in the rack. 4 Secure the chassis with the screws. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 3-3 Chapter 3 Baseband Controller installation 5 Carefully slide the BC into the front of the chassis. 6 Secure the BC by tightening the front panel screws. T F A R D 3-4 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Chapter 3 Baseband Controller installation 7 In the back of the rack, carefully slide the PFU into the back of the chassis. CAUTION The PFU has a fan hazard. A label is affixed to the top of the PFU indicating the hazard. Fan hazard label NOTE: The connectors on the PFU should fit easily into the connector on the BC. Do not force the PFU into the chassis. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 3-5 Chapter 3 Baseband Controller installation 8 Secure the PFU by tightening the thumb screws. 9 Connect the power cord to the PFU. T F A R D 3-6 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Chapter 3 Baseband Controller installation 10 On the Baseband Controller Modules front panel, connect the GPS antenna cable. 11 Connect the Ethernet or fiber optic cable to the appropriate port. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 3-7 Chapter 3 Baseband Controller installation 12 On the back of the Baseband Controller, turn on the power. The LEDs on the front panel will be solid green, when the power is on. If none are on, check your power connection. If the LED pattern is other than all green, see Baseband Controller LED patterns on page B-2. T F A R D 3-8 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation This chapter describes installing indoor Radio Points on ceiling tiles, above ceiling tiles, on poles and in a flown configuration. RP5100i installation overview Ceiling mount Flown mount Pole mount 4-2 4-2 4-20 4-28 D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 4-1 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation RP5100i installation overview The RP5100i is the Radio Point for indoor solutions. There are four configurations for installing the RP5100i, which are dependent on the ceiling type. Ceiling mount, on tile Ceiling mount, above tile Flown mount Pole mount NOTE Once the Radio Point is installed and powered on, it may take up to 20 minutes for the frequency to stabilize and lock. Ceiling mount Mounting the Radio Point (RP) above or on the ceiling tile requires the following hardware provided by CommScope:
Radio Point plate and screws 4" octagon box, 1-1/2" deep with 1/2" side cutouts Clamp and screw Figure 4-1. CommScope ceiling mount kit contents Octagon box T F A R D Mounting plate for octagon box with 2 screws Clamp with 1 screw Mounting plate for RP with 4 screws 4-2 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation Mounting the Radio Point (RP) above or on the ceiling tile requires the following hardware provided by the system integrator:
Drop rail Eaton B-line BA50 recommended Figure 4-2. Drop rail, system integrator-provided D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 4-3 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation Mounting the Radio Point on the ceiling tile 1 Remove two ceiling tiles from the overhead. 2 Place the octagon box on the tile and trace the outline. Cut the opening. 3 Drill a 1/2-inch diameter hole for the Ethernet cable pass-through. NOTE: Use a 1-1/2 deep RACO 8125 or equivalent. T F A R D 1-inch diameter hole Hole for mounting plate 4-4 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 4 Attach the octagon box to the ceiling bracket using a clamp and screw. Chapter 4 RP5100i installation Clamp Drop ceiling rail Octagon box Screw D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 4-5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 5 Replace the ceiling tile with the cutouts. T F A R D 4-6 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 6 Install the drop rail/octagon box assembly over the modified tile. Chapter 4 RP5100i installation D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 4-7 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 7 Attach the mounting plate onto the octagon box and feed the Ethernet cable through the small hole in the ceiling tile. 8 Attach base plate to the Radio Point. NOTE: Apply thread locking compound to screws prior to installation. T F A R D 4-8 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 9 Mount the Radio Point on the octagon box plate. Chapter 4 RP5100i installation D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 4-9 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 10 Secure Radio Point to plate. 11 Connect Ethernet cables to the Radio Point. T F A R D 4-10 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 12 Attach the plastic cover to the Radio Point. Chapter 4 RP5100i installation D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 4-11 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 13 Replace the ceiling tile next to the Radio Point. T F A R D 4-12 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Mounting the Radio Point above the ceiling tile 1 Remove ceiling tile from the overhead. Chapter 4 RP5100i installation D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 4-13 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 2 Attach the octagon box to the bracket. NOTE: CommScope recommends an Eaton B-line BA50A adjustable bracket. Clamp Drop rail Octagon box Screw T F A R D 4-14 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 3 Attach the bracket to the mounting plate to the octagon box. Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 4 Attach plate to the Radio Point. NOTE: Apply thread locking compound to screws prior to installation. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 4-15 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 5 Attach the Radio Point to the octagon box mounting plate. T F A R D 4-16 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 6 Install drop rail above the ceiling tile. Chapter 4 RP5100i installation D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 4-17 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 7 Connect the Ethernet cables to the Radio Point. T F A R D 4-18 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 8 Attach the cover to the Radio Point. Chapter 4 RP5100i installation NOTE: The minimum clearance for cooling is 3 inches. 3 Ceiling tile OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 4-19 D R A F T Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 9 Replace the ceiling tile. Flown mount The Radio Point can be flown mounted on the end of a rod. This configuration is used for building where there are no drop ceilings. Mounting the Radio Point (RP) in the flown configuration requires the following hardware provided by CommScope in the mounting kit:
Radio Point plate and screws 4" octagon box, 1-1/2" deep with 1/2" side cutouts NOTE: Remove the top, middle cutout. Clamp and screw this hardware is not required for the flown mount option T F A R D 4-20 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Figure 4-3. CommScope flown mount kit contents Chapter 4 RP5100i installation Octagon box Clamp with 1 screw Mounting plate for RP with 4 screws Mounting the Radio Point (RP) in the flown configuration requires the following hardware provided by the system integrator:
Mounting plate for octagon box with 2 screws Rod, 3/8-inch threaded Nut Lock nut, nylon Flat washers D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 4-21 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation Flown mount installation 1 Attach the threaded, 3/8-inch rod, cut to the required length, to the ceiling. 2 Install the nut and a flat washer on the rod. 3 Slide the octagon box on the rod and install a flat washer and the nylon lock nut. NOTE: Be sure the bracket is tight between the nuts and there is enough clearance at the end of the rod to attach the bracket to the Radio Point. T F A R D 4-22 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 4 Attach plate to octagon box. Chapter 4 RP5100i installation D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 4-23 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 5 Attach the mounting plate to the Radio Point. 6 Attach the Radio Point to the octagon box. T F A R D 4-24 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 7 Connect the Ethernet cable to the Radio Point. Chapter 4 RP5100i installation D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 4-25 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 8 Attach the plastic cover to the Radio Point. T F A R D 4-26 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Installation is complete. Chapter 4 RP5100i installation D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 4-27 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation Pole mount The Radio Point can be pole mounted. This configuration is used for building where there are no drop ceilings. Mounting the Radio Point (RP) on a pole requires the following hardware provided by CommScope in the mounting kit:
Mounting bracket Screws Figure 4-4. Mounting bracket kit contents Mounting the Radio Point (RP) on a pole requires the following hardware provided by the system integrator:
Adjustable clamp at least 2 inches larger than the circumference of the pole Pole mount installation 1 Attach the bracket to the Radio point. T F A R D 4-28 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 2 Slide the adjustable clamp through the slots on the Radio Point bracket. 3 Wrap the clamp around the pole and tighten the clamp screw to secure the Radio Point to the pole. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 4-29 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 4 Connect the Ethernet cable to the Radio Point. T F A R D 4-30 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 5 Attach the plastic cover to the Radio Point. Chapter 4 RP5100i installation D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 4-31 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation Installation is complete. T F A R D 4-32 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Part III: Commissioning Chapter 5 Configuring the OneCell system D R A F T T F A R D Chapter 5 Configuring the OneCell system Overview Configuring Ethernet switches Configuring aggregate switches Accessing the Web GUI Configuring the Baseband Controller Configuring firewall ports 5-2 5-3 5-6 5-13 5-16 5-27 D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 5-1 Chapter 5 Configuring the OneCell system Overview Once the Baseband Controller and Radio Point are installed and connected, you will need to configure the OneCell system. Logging onto the BC for the first time opens the Web GUI in Installation Mode. This chapter contains the procedures for initial configuration. For more information about the Installation mode, see OneCell Administration (913026) In preparation of configuring the OneCell system:
Use the Controller GUI, called the Web GUI, to configure all components, except Confirm with the operator that the Baseband Controller is provisioned and the Ethernet switches configured on the DMS Configuring the Baseband Controller using the Web GUI completes the Baseband Configuration. Once the Baseband Controller and Ethernet switches configurations are complete, go to Chapter 6, Verifying the OneCell installation to test the installation and initial configuration. T F A R D 5-2 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Chapter 5 Configuring the OneCell system Configuring Ethernet switches Figure 5-1 shows an example of a single OneCell Baseband Controller deployment. Figure 5-1. OneCell Baseband single Controller deployment D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 5-3 Chapter 5 Configuring the OneCell system Table 5-1. Ethernet switch port assignments Port # Destination VLAN Type VLAN ID Backhaul Router/Switch Untagged IPsec/S1 Management Network Enterprise Untagged Link Aggregation Tagged IQ BC - port 7-10 Untagged Link Aggregation 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 BC - port 2 BC - port 0 BC MGT CU1/RP1 CU1/RP2 Add RP as required Add RP as required Add RP as required Add RP as required Add RP as required Add RP as required Add RP as required Add RP as required Add RP as required Untagged 1588 Untagged IPSec/S1 Untagged Management Tagged Untagged Tagged Untagged Tagged Untagged Tagged Untagged Tagged Untagged Tagged Untagged Tagged Untagged Tagged Untagged Tagged Untagged Tagged Untagged Tagged Untagged IQ 1588 IQ 1588 IQ 1588 IQ 1588 IQ 1588 IQ 1588 IQ 1588 IQ 1588 IQ 1588 IQ 1588 IQ 1588 T F A R D 5-4 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Chapter 5 Configuring the OneCell system Table 5-1. Ethernet switch port assignments Port # Destination VLAN Type VLAN ID 19 20 21 22 23 24 Add RP as required Add RP as required Add RP as required Add RP as required Add RP as required Add RP as required Optional BC - port 1 Tagged Untagged Tagged Untagged Tagged Untagged Tagged Untagged Tagged Untagged Tagged Untagged Untagged IQ 1588 IQ 1588 IQ 1588 IQ 1588 IQ 1588 IQ 1588 Boundary Clock NOTE NOTE NOTE CommScope has certified Cisco 2960-X and HP 2530 series Ethernet switches in the OneCell network. The Uplink Multicast feature in OneCell requires IGMP snooping configuration changes on all Ethernet switches. IGMP snooping monitors IGMP traffic between multicast routers and hosts, and uses learned information to forward traffic to interfaces whos clients want to receive the traffic. In the absence of a multicast router in a network, an IGMP querier is configured to solicit requests from hosts that want to receive IP multicast traffic. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 5-5 Chapter 5 Configuring the OneCell system Configuring aggregate switches Cisco switch Configure IP Multicast on the switch. Configure IGMP snooping and IGMP querier on IQ and 1588 VLAN interfaces at the global prompt. 1 Log into the switch and configure IP Multicast routing. This will by automatically enable per port Multicast routing. switch# enable switch# configure terminal swtich(config)# ip multicast-routing 2 Configure IGMP snooping and querier at the global prompt. switch(config)# ip igmp snooping querier 3 Disable IGMP snooping on Management, IPsec/S1, and 1588-only interfaces. Syntax: no ip igmp snooping vlan <vlan-id>
Example:
switch (config)# no ip igmp snooping vlan 399 switch (config)# no ip igmp snooping vlan 211 4 Enable jumbo frames on IQ vlan interfaces. switch(config)# system mtu jumbo 9198 5 Configure port channel load balancing. switch(config)# port-channel load-balance src-dst-ip 6 Log out of the switch. T F A R D Sample Cisco configuration Cisco-SW1#show running-config Building configuration... Current configuration : 7109 bytes
! No configuration change since last restart
! NVRAM config last updated at 05:40:02 UTC Wed Aug 3 2016 5-6 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Chapter 5 Configuring the OneCell system version 15.0 no service pad service timestamps debug datetime msec service timestamps log datetime msec service password-encryption hostname SOAK-SW1 boot-start-marker boot-end-marker enable password 7 104F000B13161C0A no aaa new-model switch 1 provision ws-c2960x-24td-l ip igmp snooping querier no ip igmp snooping vlan 399 no ip igmp snooping vlan 211 no ip igmp snooping vlan 280 no ip igmp snooping vlan 230 mls qos
crypto pki trustpoint TP-self-signed-446807296 enrollment selfsigned subject-name cn=IOS-Self-Signed-Certificate-446807296 revocation-check none rsakeypair TP-self-signed-446807296 crypto pki certificate chain TP-self-signed-446807296 certificate self-signed 01 30820229 30820192 A0030201 02020101 300D0609 2A864886 F70D0101 05050030 30312E30 2C060355 04031325 494F532D 53656C66 2D536967 6E65642D 43657274 69666963 6174652D 34343638 30373239 36301E17 0D313630 38303330 35343030 315A170D 32303031 30313030 30303030 5A303031 2E302C06 03550403 1325494F 532D5365 6C662D53 69676E65 642D4365 72746966 69636174 652D3434 36383037 D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 5-7 Chapter 5 Configuring the OneCell system 32393630 819F300D 06092A86 4886F70D 01010105 0003818D 00308189 02818100 C84BCC56 F83BD2A9 E4148CFB D3C18BC2 1F616439 69B52CC4 6AF5A351 A67F3C4F A42369CC 16BC6D68 0F88E41C 535550A1 85BBF515 66A93A76 B5668EE5 7638FEC9 00B221E1 EF613285 375F98F1 63F7634B D07C38B6 E2604654 CDD8359E 952BD470 05988CF9 B909C830 270EF6E3 CB6B4B1A 745D7B24 BFA557B4 6DC35E9C B3994FEB 02030100 01A35330 51300F06 03551D13 0101FF04 05300301 01FF301F 0603551D 23041830 168014BF 453BCF1D 307BAEB2 C298DA6F AAA57473 BEEC6F30 1D060355 1D0E0416 0414BF45 3BCF1D30 7BAEB2C2 98DA6FAA A57473BE EC6F300D 06092A86 4886F70D 01010505 00038181 006C74E7 7363409C 0A8C4A07 E7F56282 14691620 26F25580 7BD60850 971C5DB6 DA1A3845 8E63C19B 2ACC9180 0142A792 E0A09061 76D27A78 D867782F F9B4107E 91C8644C E7736783 29B69A0D 66AB1BC0 5FA34417 35259C74 96806102 8572EEE7 95AAF18D 9B6CB5AD 5EF26936 1FA8571A 8E31E6EA E1DFA55E BEAC7368 40D6B8D3 F5 quit spanning-tree mode pvst spanning-tree extend system-id
port-channel load-balance src-dst-ip vlan internal allocation policy ascending class-map match-all 1588 match access-group 100 policy-map 1588 class 1588 set dscp 63 T F A R D 5-8 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Chapter 5 Configuring the OneCell system
no macro auto monitor interface Port-channel1 switchport access vlan 10 switchport mode access interface Port-channel2 switchport access vlan 10 switchport mode access interface FastEthernet0 ip address x.x.x.x 255.255.255.0 interface GigabitEthernet1/0/1 switchport trunk native vlan 211 switchport trunk allowed vlan 10,211 switchport mode trunk mls qos trust dscp service-policy input 1588 interface GigabitEthernet1/0/2 switchport trunk native vlan 211 switchport trunk allowed vlan 10,211 switchport mode trunk mls qos trust dscp service-policy input 1588 interface GigabitEthernet1/0/3 switchport trunk native vlan 211 switchport trunk allowed vlan 10,211 switchport mode trunk mls qos trust dscp service-policy input 1588 interface GigabitEthernet1/0/4 switchport trunk native vlan 211 switchport trunk allowed vlan 10,211 switchport mode trunk mls qos trust dscp service-policy input 1588 D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 5-9 Chapter 5 Configuring the OneCell system interface GigabitEthernet1/0/5 switchport trunk native vlan 211 switchport trunk allowed vlan 10,211 switchport mode trunk mls qos trust dscp service-policy input 1588 interface GigabitEthernet1/0/6 switchport trunk native vlan 211 switchport trunk allowed vlan 10,211 switchport mode trunk mls qos trust dscp service-policy input 1588 interface GigabitEthernet1/0/7 switchport trunk native vlan 211 switchport trunk allowed vlan 10,211 switchport mode trunk mls qos trust dscp service-policy input 1588 interface GigabitEthernet1/0/8 switchport trunk native vlan 211 switchport trunk allowed vlan 10,211 switchport mode trunk mls qos trust dscp service-policy input 1588 interface GigabitEthernet1/0/9 switchport trunk native vlan 211 switchport trunk allowed vlan 10,211 switchport mode trunk mls qos trust dscp service-policy input 1588 interface GigabitEthernet1/0/10 switchport trunk native vlan 211 switchport trunk allowed vlan 10,211 switchport mode trunk mls qos trust dscp service-policy input 1588
interface GigabitEthernet1/0/11 switchport access vlan 280 T F A R D 5-10 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Chapter 5 Configuring the OneCell system
switchport mode access interface GigabitEthernet1/0/12 switchport access vlan 399 switchport mode access interface GigabitEthernet1/0/13 description "setup CU-48 mgmt interface "
switchport access vlan 280 switchport mode access interface GigabitEthernet1/0/14 description "setup CU-48 IP-Sec interface "
switchport trunk allowed vlan 230 switchport mode trunk interface GigabitEthernet1/0/15 description "setup CU-48 1588 interface "
switchport access vlan 211 switchport mode access mls qos trust dscp service-policy input 1588 no ip igmp snooping tcn flood interface GigabitEthernet1/0/16 description CU-eth1 IQ switchport access vlan 10 switchport mode access channel-protocol lacp channel-group 1 mode passive interface GigabitEthernet1/0/17 description CU-eth1 IQ switchport access vlan 10 switchport mode access channel-protocol lacp channel-group 1 mode passive interface GigabitEthernet1/0/18 description CU-eth1 IQ switchport access vlan 10 switchport mode access channel-protocol lacp channel-group 1 mode passive D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 5-11 Chapter 5 Configuring the OneCell system interface GigabitEthernet1/0/19 interface GigabitEthernet1/0/20 description IQ uplink out for 2 switch switchport access vlan 10 switchport mode access channel-protocol lacp channel-group 2 mode active interface GigabitEthernet1/0/21 description IQ uplink out for 2 switch switchport access vlan 10 switchport mode access channel-protocol lacp channel-group 2 mode active interface GigabitEthernet1/0/22 description IQ uplink out for 2 switch switchport access vlan 10 switchport mode access channel-protocol lacp channel-group 2 mode active interface GigabitEthernet1/0/23 switchport access vlan 211 switchport mode access mls qos trust dscp service-policy input 1588
T F A R D interface GigabitEthernet1/0/24 description UPlink-SIQ-core switchport trunk allowed vlan 211,230,280,399 switchport mode trunk interface GigabitEthernet1/0/25 interface GigabitEthernet1/0/26 interface TenGigabitEthernet1/0/1 interface TenGigabitEthernet1/0/2 switchport access vlan 10 switchport mode access 5-12 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Chapter 5 Configuring the OneCell system access-list 100 permit udp any range 319 320 any interface Vlan1 no ip address shutdown interface Vlan10 ip address 1.1.1.1 255.255.255.0 ip http server ip http secure-server
password 7 10480E03514244 password 7 0820455C1F180B16 line con 0 line vty 0 4 login line vty 5 15 password 7 0820455C1F180B16 login
end Mozilla Firefox Google Chrome Microsoft Internet Explorer Microsoft Edge Safari on Mac Only Accessing the Web GUI The controller GUI is accessible over secure http. The application for the GUI listens on port 6002. Use the controller GUI to configure components after initial hardware installation, view status and statistics of the controller and its associated Radio Points. The following browsers are supported by the Web GUI:
D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 5-13 Chapter 5 Configuring the OneCell system NOTE Web GUI is not supported on Safari for Windows, Linux or any other Operating System 1 Connect a laptop to the MGMT port on the Baseband Controller. 2 Assign a Static IP address to the laptop. Configure the following network settings:
IP address: 192.168.8.20 Subnet mask: 255.255.255.0 Gateway: 192.168.8.1 3 Open a supported browser. 4 Enter URL. https://192.168.8.1:6002 5 Sign in to the Web GUI. User ID: admin Password: admin1234 T F A R D 5-14 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Chapter 5 Configuring the OneCell system The Installation mode page displays. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 5-15 Chapter 5 Configuring the OneCell system Configuring the Baseband Controller There are two methods of configuring the OneCell Baseband Controller. upload an XML file with Baseband Controller operator parameters Uploading XML configuration file configure manually using installation wizard NOTE: To configure manually, skip to Configuring the Baseband Controller manually. Uploading XML configuration file 1 Create a *.tar or *.tar.gz or *.zip file containing:
onecell-config.xml file (Operator provided) Contains all the operator parameters such as HeMS and Security Gateway URL information, and the IP addresses for all of the Baseband Controller interfaces. Operator Root Certificate Licenses bin file (Optional) Radio Point Whitelist Configuration file (Optional) NOTE: You may download a sample configuration file and modify it for the operators configuration. T F A R D 5-16 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Chapter 5 Configuring the OneCell system Table 5-2. Baseband Controller operator parameters, configuration file Parameter Description Network Topology Number of IPSec Tunnels Number of IPSec Tunnels to be used by the Baseband Controller none If Tunnel mode is Non IPSec one If Tunnel mode is Single IPSec Tunnel two If Tunnel mode is Dual IPSec Tunnel EPC Traffic Mode HeMS Traffic Mode CA Traffic Mode Tunnel Mode for EPC Communication ipsecTunnel1 Single IPSec Mode nonIPSec Non IPSec Mode Tunnel Mode for EPC Communication ipsecTunnel1 Single IPSec Mode ipsecTunnel2 Dual IPSec Mode nonIPSec Non IPSec Mode Tunnel Mode for EPC Communication ipsecTunnel1 - Single IPSec Mode ipsecTunnel2 - Dual IPSec Mode nonIPSec - Non IPSec Mode noCA - No CA Mode Timing Source GPS Timing Source is GPS Boundary Clock Interface Port boundaryClock Timing Source is PTP with a dedicated Boundary Clock port configured backHaul Timing Source is PTP with no dedicated Boundary Clock port configured Redundancy True BC Redundancy Enabled False BC Redundancy Disabled (Standalone) Network Interface Port Configurations Management Interface IP Address Assignment Static mode IP Addresses are configured manually. DHCP (Client) mode The DHCP client fetches IP addresses from the DHCP server and assigns them to the interface. User configuration is not required. IP Address IP Address of the interface
<A.B.C.D>
D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 5-17 Chapter 5 Configuring the OneCell system Table 5-2. Baseband Controller operator parameters, configuration file Parameter Description Subnet Mask or CIDR (Classless Inter-Domain Routing) Default Gateway Network subnet mask of the client CIDR format [1-32]
The IP Address of the router on this subnet
<A.B.C.D>
Primary DNS Address IP Address of the Primary DNS Server
<A.B.C.D>
Secondary DNS Address IP Address of the Secondary DNS Server.
<A.B.C.D>
Note: This field is optional if the Primary DNS Address is configured. Network Interface Port Configurations EPC Interface IP Address Assignment Static mode IP Addresses are configured manually. DHCP (Client) mode The DHCP client fetches IP addresses from the DHCP server and assigns them to the interface. User configuration is not required. IP Address of the interface
<A.B.C.D>
Network subnet mask of the client CIDR format [1-32]
IP Address Subnet Mask or CIDR (Classless Inter-Domain Routing) Default Gateway The IP Address of the router on this subnet
<A.B.C.D>
Primary DNS Address IP Address of the Primary DNS Server
<A.B.C.D>
Secondary DNS Address VLAN ID Access Mode range = 0 Trunk Mode range = 11 to 4095 MTU Range = 64 to 1998 Network Interface Port Configurations HeMS Interface IP Address of the Secondary DNS Server.
<A.B.C.D>
Note: This field is optional if the Primary DNS Address is configured. 5-18 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 T F A R D Chapter 5 Configuring the OneCell system Table 5-2. Baseband Controller operator parameters, configuration file Parameter Description IP Address Assignment Static mode - IP Addresses are configured manually DHCP (Client) mode - The DHCP client fetches IP addresses from the DHCP server and assign to the interface; user configuration is not required IP Address of the interface
<A.B.C.D>
Network subnet mask of the client CIDR format [1-32]
IP Address Subnet Mask or CIDR (Classless Inter-Domain Routing) Default Gateway The IP Address of the router on this subnet
<A.B.C.D>
Primary DNS Address IP Address of the Primary DNS Server
<A.B.C.D>
Secondary DNS Address IP Address of the Secondary DNS Server.
<A.B.C.D>
Note: This field is optional if the Primary DNS Address is configured. VLAN ID Access Mode range = 0 Trunk Mode range = 11 to 4095 MTU Range = 64 to 1998 Network Interface Port Configurations Boundary Clock Configuration IP Address Assignment Static mode IP Addresses are configured manually. DHCP (Client) mode The DHCP client will fetch IP addresses from the DHCP server and assign to the interface;
User configuration is not required. IP Address of the interface
<A.B.C.D>
Network subnet mask of the client CIDR format [1-32]
IP Address Subnet Mask or CIDR (Classless Inter-Domain Routing) Default Gateway The IP Address of the router on this subnet
<A.B.C.D>
Primary DNS Address IP Address of the Primary DNS Server
<A.B.C.D>
D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 5-19 Chapter 5 Configuring the OneCell system Table 5-2. Baseband Controller operator parameters, configuration file Parameter Description Secondary DNS Address IP Address of the Secondary DNS Server
<A.B.C.D>
VLAN MTU Access Mode range = 0 Trunk Mode range = 11 to 4095 Range = 64 to 1998 Network Interface Port Configurations FrontHaul Configuration Baseband Controller ID (BC ID) The ID of the Baseband Controller VLAN ID (For IQ) Timing Cluster ID (TC ID) Range = 1 to 254 The VLAN ID used for the IQ traffic Access Mode range = 0 Trunk Mode range = 11 to 4095 The Timing Cluster ID is used for generating the Multicast IP Address for 1588 packets and the Cluster Multicast IP Address used in pacemaker. Range = 1 to 254 Network Interface Port Configurations Redundancy IP Address Assignment Static mode IP Addresses are configured manually DHCP (Client) mode The DHCP client fetches IP addresses from the DHCP server and assigns them to the interface. User configuration is not required. IP Address Subnet Mask or CIDR (Classless Inter-Domain Routing) Default Gateway Primary DNS Address Secondary DNS Address IP Address of the interface
<A.B.C.D>
Network subnet mask of the client CIDR format [1-32]
The IP Address of the router on this subnet
<A.B.C.D>
IP Address of the Primary DNS Server
<A.B.C.D>
IP Address of the Secondary DNS Server
<A.B.C.D>
5-20 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 T F A R D Chapter 5 Configuring the OneCell system Table 5-2. Baseband Controller operator parameters, configuration file Parameter Description BC State Virtual Cell ID Active Active member of the cluster StandBy StandBy member of the cluster A unique ID used to tie LTE service parameters together on a Baseband Controller running in Active mode in a cluster. Note: This field is mandatory if Active State is selected. Operator Configuration Security Gateway 1 Configuration Security Gateway FQDN/IP Address The Baseband Controller establishes a secure tunnel connection with this gateway for S1 or OAM traffic. IP address <A.B.C.D> or FQDN Address Type Static When set to Static, the user/operator should define a Tunnel Inner Address static Tunnel Inner Address for the S1 tunnel Dynamic When configured Dynamic - the address is dynamically assigned by the Security Gateway during IKE processing Tunnel IP Address provided by the Security Gateway after successful session establishment
<A.B.C.D>
Tunnel CIDR CIDR format [1 - 32]
Tunnel Internal DNS IP Address <A.B.C.D>
Exclude Configuration Payload
(CP) True Configuration Payload is excluded during IKE False Configuration Payload is included during IKE processing. processing. Operator Configuration Security Gateway 2 Configuration Security Gateway FQDN/IP Address The Baseband Controller establishes a secure tunnel connection with this gateway for S1 or OAM traffic. IP address <A.B.C.D> or FQDN Address Type Static When set to Static, the user/operator should define a static Tunnel Inner Address for the S1 tunnel Dynamic When configured Dynamic - the address is dynamically assigned by the Security Gateway during IKE processing Tunnel IP Address provided by the Security Gateway after successful session establishment
<A.B.C.D>
Tunnel Inner Address Tunnel CIDR CIDR format [1 - 32]
D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 5-21 Chapter 5 Configuring the OneCell system Table 5-2. Baseband Controller operator parameters, configuration file Parameter Description Tunnel Internal DNS IP Address <A.B.C.D>
Exclude Configuration Payload
(CP) True Configuration Payload is excluded during IKE False Configuration Payload is included during IKE processing. processing. Operator Configuration Root Certificate File Root Certificate File Name Name of the Operator's Certificate file. Note: The Certificate file has to be added as part of the archive file for uploading the configuration Operator Configuration - HeMS Configuration HeMS URL The HeMS URL defines the Home eNB Management Server that resides in the Operators network. Operator Configuration CA Server Configuration CA Server URL CA Server Identity SA Certificate Identifier PKI Message Hash The (URL) value to be used in the HTTP Post Request Header to the CA Server Operator CA server name or ID (of the CMP Server or sub CMS CA server) Unique Identifier located in the certificate issued by the Certificate Authority (CA). It is used for Subject Alt Name of the certificate. Contains the Baseband Controllers MAC address
<string> Example: 0005B94238A0.commscope1.com The hash algorithm used for Protection and Popo fields of CMP-IR and CMP-KUR messages sent to the CA. sha1, sha256 Default: sha256 Operator Configuration PTP Servers PTP Server A list of PTP Server IP Addresses separated by commas IP Address <A.B.C.D>
Nominal GPS Configuration Position Estimate Latitude Sign north south 5-22 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 T F A R D Chapter 5 Configuring the OneCell system Table 5-2. Baseband Controller operator parameters, configuration file Parameter Description Degrees of Latitude Degrees of Longitude Altitude Info Degrees of Altitude Altitude Uncertainty Altitude Position Estimate Uncertainty Semi-Major Uncertainty Semi-Minor Value (N) is derived by the formula:
N <223 X / 90 < N + 1 where X is the latitude in degrees (0o..90o) Type: INTEGER (0..223 - 1) Value (N) is derived by the formula:
N <224 X / 360 < N + 1 were X is the longitude in degrees (-180o.. +180o) Type: INTEGER (-223 .. 223) height depth The relationship between the value (N) and the altitude (a) in meters it describes as N < a < N+1, except for N=215-1, for which the range is extended to include all greater values of (a). Type: INTEGER (0..215 - 1) Uncertainty altitude h expressed in meters, is derived from the Uncertainty Altitude k, by:
h=45 x (1.025k - 1) Type: INTEGER (0..127) Uncertainty r is derived from the uncertainty code k by:
r = 10 x (1.1k - 1) Type: INTEGER (0..127) Uncertainty r is derived from the uncertainty code k by:
r = 10 x (1.1k - 1) Type: INTEGER (0..127) Orientation of MajorAxis Type: INTEGER (0..179) Confidence Percentage of confidence Type: INTEGER (0..100) SNMP Configuration SNMP Traps SNMP IP address/Domain Name True False If true, SNMP traps will be generated from OneCell devices The IP address or FQDN of the SNMP management server D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 5-23 Chapter 5 Configuring the OneCell system Table 5-2. Baseband Controller operator parameters, configuration file Parameter Description SNMP Port The listening port of the SNMP management server User-based Security Model
(USM) UserName Auth Protocol Values:
Yes No If value is Yes, you will be able to configure the authentication and privacy fields. If value is No, SNMP will not be authenticated. The default is the Baseband Controllers MAC ID The authentication protocol Supported values:
HMAC-SHA-96 (default) HMAC-MD5-96 Auth Key User defined string Private Protocol Optional protocol Supported values:
CBC-DES None (default) Private Key User defined string SNMP Enabled Alarms List of SNMP Trap Names that can be enabled or disabled for trap generation from the OneCell device Whitelist Configuration Whitelist Whitelist File License Configuration License File Provides Radio Point MAC Addresses for Whitelist in-line in the config.xml When in-line Whitelist is provided, the Whitelist file will not be considered for upload Name of the file when Whitelist configuration is provided in an external file. Note: The Whitelist file has to be added as part of the archive file for uploading the configuration Name of the license binary file Note: The license file needs to be added as part of the archive file for uploading the configuration. 2 Go to the Installation Wizard System Configuration menu item. 3 Upload the configuration file. 5-24 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 T F A R D Chapter 5 Configuring the OneCell system Click Choose File and enter the name of the *.tar or *.tar.gz or *.zip file that contains operator access information. Click Upload. Observe the colors of the menu items on the left side of the screen. Color Description Gray Configuration is either not applicable to this deployment, or has not yet been configured. Green Configuration has been successfully validated. Red Errors have been encountered that must be corrected. If the XML file fails validation, click the hyperlink to locate the errors. Configuring the Baseband Controller manually If you choose to enter the configuration manually, use one of the following methods to advance to the next step. Select the right arrow in the bottom right corner of the screen Select the menu titled Deployment Questionnaire Select GPS Information if the BC is in GPS timing mode D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 5-25 Chapter 5 Configuring the OneCell system Table 5-3. Deployment Wizard steps Step Menu Name Description System Configuration 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Deployment Questionnaire Network Interface configuration Operator Network Access configuration You have the option, in the System Configuration screen, to upload a configuration file that contain all information necessary to complete the configuration cycle. If no configuration file is used, you will enter configuration manually one screen at a time. In the Installation Wizard, you will be asked to complete a Topology Questionnaire. This questionnaire provides information such as the IPsec tunnel configuration, timing sources and inclusion in a Redundancy cluster. Network Interface configuration contains sub-menus for configuring the following network interface items:
Management Port Backhaul Boundary Clock If timing source is from a PTP server Fronthaul High Availability Operator Network Access configuration contains sub-menus for configuring the following operator access items:
HeMS Security PTP Server CA Server Root Certificate Nominal GPS Configuration This screen contains configuration for Nominal GPS parameters for Radio Points. Trap Configuration User Management Whitelist Configuration This screen contains configuration for SNMP traps and displays a list of device alarms. This screen is used to create and edit users and enter authentication information for local, LDAP and RADIUS servers. This screen is used to enter Whitelist Radio Point MAC addresses manually, separated by commas, or upload Radio Point MAC addresses from an external file. License Management This screen is used to view existing licenses, upload a file with licenses, and download a license report. 5-26 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 T F A R D Chapter 5 Configuring the OneCell system Table 5-3. Deployment Wizard steps (continued) Step Menu Name Description 10 Confirm and submit From this screen the user views a summary of the configuration which can be modified if needed. When configuration is correct the user applies the configuration to the Baseband Controller by authorizing a reboot. For more information on configuring the BC manually, see OneCell Administration
(913026). Configuring firewall ports In order for the OneCell device to communicate with DMS, firewall ports need to be configured. Table 5-4. Configurable DMS service and protocol ports Row # Service Protocol Configurable Use TCP/
UDP Protocol port HDM Admin console TCP 9002 HTTP HDM Managed console TCP 7003 HTTP Install/Upgrade only HDM Admin console Install/Upgrade only HDM Managed console Load Balancer TCP Configured port HTTP Load Balancer setup only Load Balancer DMS Admin console TCP 7001 HTTP Install/Upgrade only DMS Admin console DMS Network console DMS Device console DMS Service Provisioning TCP HTTP 8001 8011 Install/Upgrade only DMS consoles DMS to Device communication TCP DMS to Device DMS to Device communication TCP Device to DMS 1 2 3 4 5 6 22 80 21 22 80 21 No No SSH SFTP FTP HTTP SSH SFTP FTP HTTP OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 5-27 D R A F T Chapter 5 Configuring the OneCell system Table 5-4. Configurable DMS service and protocol ports (continued) Row # Service Protocol Configurable Use TCP/
UDP Protocol port Device to DMS communication TCP 7003 HTTP Device to DMS 7 8 XML DB access TCP Configured port FTP Install/Upgrade only Install/Upgrade only XML DB access, To copy ODF/
Factory files into Database for import. T F A R D 5-28 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Chapter 6 Verifying the OneCell installation Overview Verify the OneCell system installation Verify the Baseband Controller installation Verify local network connectivity Verify local network connectivity Verify OneCell RF coverage 6-2 6-2 6-3 6-9 6-9 6-10 D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 6-1 Chapter 6 Verifying the OneCell installation Overview This chapter describes how to verify component installation and configuration and make sure everything is operating properly after installation and configuration.(This process is called commissioning.) The tools used to verify the OneCell installation are:
Baseband Controller and Radio Point LEDs Baseband Controller Web GUI Ping tests User Equipment (UE) logs Verify the OneCell system installation To verify that the OneCell system installation is operating, check the Baseband Controller LEDs. The STATUS, TIMING and CORE LEDs should be solid green. For more information on troubleshooting the OneCell system installation, see Baseband Controller LED patterns on page B-2. Figure 6-1. Baseband Controller front panel T F A R D 6-2 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Chapter 6 Verifying the OneCell installation Table 6-1. OneCell Baseband Controller operational status Status LED RP ERR LED TIMING LED CORE LED Green, solid (3 Sec) Green, solid (3 Sec) Green, solid (3 Sec) Green, solid (3 Sec) Green, solid OFF Green, solid Green, solid Case Powered On Internet - Yes IPsec - Yes Timing - Yes Config from DMS - Yes Remotes connected - Yes Connection to MME - Yes Sectors UP - Yes Verify the Baseband Controller installation Once the BC reboot is complete, log into the WebGUI to display the Management Mode Dashboard. Check the following information on the Dashboard:
Device Information Timing Source Status Radio Points Status Service Status CA Server Configuration D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 6-3 Chapter 6 Verifying the OneCell installation Figure 6-2. Management Mode Dashboard Device Information The Device Information section displays the status of the overall OneCell device components at a glance. You can view the current status of the Baseband Controller. Verify that Device Status, Admin Status and Operational Status are all green. Table 6-2. Device Information parameters Parameter Description Device Status The current operational status of the device. Supported values:
Initializing Up Error Disabled T F A R D 6-4 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Chapter 6 Verifying the OneCell installation Table 6-2. Device Information parameters (continued) Parameter Description Up Time The amount of time the OneCell has been up. Number of Sectors Number of sectors configured on the device HH:MM:SS Supported values:
1 2 Admin Status of each Sector UP The OneCell Sector is providing service. (Example: at least one Radio Point has RftxStatus of 'ON') DOWN The OneCell Sector is not providing service. Operational Status of each Sector Supported values:
TRUE FALSE Timing Source Status This section displays the Timing source of the Baseband Controller, either GPS or PTP (1588). View the Timing Source Status for GPS and ensure that Timing Good and Got Fix are Green. Figure 6-3. Timing Source Status - GPS Link to GPS details page View the Timing Source Status for GPS and ensure that the PTP Server InUse IP address and Timing Cluster ID field have data. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 6-5 Chapter 6 Verifying the OneCell installation Figure 6-4. Timing Source Status - PTP Link to PTP details page Radio Point Status The chart in this screen shows a visual glance of all the Radio Points status in the Baseband Controller. Green indicates 'In Service'. Red indicates 'Out of Service'. Verify that the number of RPs installed matches the number of RPs In Service. If not, navigation to the Radio Point Information page. For more information on the Radio Point Information page, see OneCell Administration (913026). NOTE Click the Link icon, in the upper right corner of this area, to navigate to the Radio Point Information page. Service Status Verify the status of the following:
MME Connection Configuration from HeMS IPsec Connection Status IPSec Tunnel Status CA Server Configuration Operator Certificate Configuration When you see a green status indicator for all entries, your Baseband Controller is functional and ready to operate. 6-6 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 T F A R D Figure 6-5. Service Status Chapter 6 Verifying the OneCell installation Table 6-3. Service Status Parameter Description MME Connection YES The Baseband Controller has S1AP connection with the NO The Baseband Controller does not have S1AP connection MME. with the MME. Configuration from HeMS YES The Baseband Controller has received the required NO The Baseband Controller has not received the configuration configuration from HeMS from HeMS. Number of IPSec Tunnels None - tunnel mode is Non IPSec One - tunnel mode is Single IPSec Tunnel Two - tunnel mode is Dual IPSec Tunnel IPSec Connection Status YES - A secure connection is established with the Security Gateway NO - No secure connection exists with the Security Gateway NON IPSec - The connection does not use IPSec. Dual Ipsec - The connection uses both OAM and S1 IPSec connections. IPSec Tunnel (per Tunnel 1, Tunnel 2 or Non IPSec) IPSec Connection Status ENABLED Tunnel is established and connected DISABLED Tunnel is not established ERROR Error occurred during tunnel establishment Security Gateway Address IP Address of the Security Gateway through which the tunnel is established Tunnel Internal Address Tunnel IP address provided by the Security Gateway after successful session establishment.
<A.B.C.D>
D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 6-7 Chapter 6 Verifying the OneCell installation Table 6-3. Service Status Parameter Description Backhaul Traffic Shows the interfaces (EPC, HeMS and CA) are connected CA Server Configuration CMPv2 Connection Status Status of the CMPv2 connection. Valid values:
IN-PROGRESS RE-TRYING SUCCESS Values supported:
VALID INVALID Values supported:
VALID INVALID Values supported:
VALID INVALID CMPv2Root Certificate Status Operator Root Certificate Status Operator Certificate Configuration Operator Root Certificate Status Alarms snapshot The alarms snapshot gives a high-level count of alarms by severity level. If any of these colored alarm icons have a non-zero value, clicking on that particular icon brings you to the alarm details screen for that severity level. Figure 6-6. Alarms Critical Critical Major Minor Warning 6-8 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 T F A R D Verify local network connectivity Chapter 6 Verifying the OneCell installation The Core LED on Baseband Controller front panel helps identify if Local Network Connectivity is available for the IPSec/S1 Interface. Use ping tests to verify connectivity for other the interfaces on the Baseband Controller. Controller Management interface Radio Point interface Table 6-4. CORE LED local network connectivity issues State Red, solid Events Internet No Interface hardware issues Verify core network connectivity The core network includes:
IPsec connection Configuration from HeMS MME connection Table 6-5. CORE LED states Amber, Info blink IPsec Yes State Green, solid OFF Red, Info blink Red, solid Events Power ON Connection to MME Yes Connection to MME No Firmware upgrade Internet Yes IPsec No Internet No Interface hardware issues OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 6-9 D R A F T Chapter 6 Verifying the OneCell installation Table 6-6. STATUS LED core network connectivity issues State Events Green, Info blink Firmware upgrade Configuration from HeMS Sectors UP No Amber, Info blink No configuration from HeMS Verify OneCell RF coverage To verify the OneCell RF coverage:
Check connectivity on UEs Use UE Apps for checking Serving Cell PCI NOTE: Examples of Apps for verifying RF coverage are NEMO, ANITE UE Logs can be used for debugging RACH issues during UE connection T F A R D 6-10 913035 4.0.04 June 2019
1 2 3 4 5 6 | MANUAL | Users Manual | 4.35 MiB | February 11 2022 |
ONECELL Hardware Installation Guide Release 5.5 Document Number: M0304AC Document Revision: 5.5.01 Date: July 2021 DRAFT Copyright 2021 CommScope, All rights reserved. THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN DEVELOPED BY COMMSCOPE, AND IS INTENDED FOR THE USE OF ITS CUSTOMERS AND CUSTOMER SUPPORT PERSONNEL. THE SPECIFICATIONS AND INFORMATION REGARDING THE PRODUCTS IN THIS MANUAL ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE. ALL STATEMENTS, INFORMATION, AND RECOMMENDATIONS IN THIS MANUAL ARE BELIEVED TO BE ACCURATE BUT ARE PRESENTED WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. USERS MUST TAKE FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR THEIR APPLICATION OF ANY PRODUCTS. THE SOFTWARE LICENSE AND LIMITED WARRANTY FOR THE ACCOMPANYING PRODUCT ARE SET FORTH IN THE INFORMATION PACKET THAT SHIPPED WITH THE PRODUCT AND ARE INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE. IF YOU ARE UNABLE TO LOCATE THE SOFTWARE LICENSE OR LIMITED WARRANTY, CONTACT YOUR COMMSCOPE SALES REPRESENTATIVE FOR A COPY. T F A R D ii M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Contents Document revision history About this document Audience ....................................................................................................................xiii Purpose.......................................................................................................................xiii What you need to know .............................................................................................xiii Customer documentation ...........................................................................................xiii Conventions ................................................................................................................ xv Notes, cautions, and warnings ................................................................................... xvi PART 1 OVERVIEW AND PREPARATION Chapter 1 CommScope ONECELL overview Overview....................................................................................................................1-2 CommScope ONECELL system................................................................................1-2 ONECELL hardware components .............................................................................1-3 Baseband Controller physical ports.....................................................................1-3 Chapter 2 Preparing to install the ONECELL system Overview....................................................................................................................2-2 Before installing the ONECELL components ...........................................................2-2 Commissioning the ONECELL network ...................................................................2-2 PART 2 ONECELL COMPONENT INSTALLATION Chapter 3 Baseband Controller installation Preparing for Baseband Controller installation..........................................................3-2 Installing the Baseband Controller into a rack...........................................................3-2 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation RP5100i installation overview...................................................................................4-2 Ceiling mount.............................................................................................................4-3 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D R A F T iii Contents Mounting the Radio Point on the ceiling tile ......................................................4-5 Mounting the Radio Point above the ceiling tile...............................................4-15 Flown mount ............................................................................................................4-22 Flown mount installation...................................................................................4-24 Pole mount ...............................................................................................................4-31 Pole mount installation......................................................................................4-31 Chapter 5 RP5100r installation Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation Rugged Radio Point installation overview ................................................................5-2 Antenna port label ...............................................................................................5-4 Pole mount installation ..............................................................................................5-4 Vertical pole mount .............................................................................................5-5 Wall mount installation ............................................................................................5-10 Indoor Radio Point (RP2000) installation overview..................................................6-2 Ceiling mount.............................................................................................................6-3 Mounting the Radio Point on the ceiling tile ......................................................6-5 Mounting the Radio Point above the ceiling tile...............................................6-13 Flown mount ............................................................................................................6-17 Flown mount installation...................................................................................6-18 Pole mount ...............................................................................................................6-23 Pole mount installation......................................................................................6-23 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation Rugged Radio Point (RP2100) installation overview................................................7-2 Pole mount installation ..............................................................................................7-4 Vertical pole mount .............................................................................................7-4 Horizontal pole mount.......................................................................................7-10 Wall mount installation ............................................................................................7-17 T F A R D iv PART 3 APPENDICES Appendix A Safety Radiation Exposure Statement.................................................................................. A-2 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Contents FCC Part 15 ........................................................................................................ A-2 EN55032............................................................................................................. A-2 Human exposure limits for ONECELL deployments ............................................... A-2 Reference documents ......................................................................................... A-5 FCC ID...................................................................................................................... A-6 RP5100 series ..................................................................................................... A-6 RP2000 series ..................................................................................................... A-7 Appendix B Installation troubleshooting Baseband Controller LED patterns ........................................................................... B-2 Radio Point LED patterns ......................................................................................... B-4 RP5100i LED patterns........................................................................................ B-4 RP5100r LED patterns ....................................................................................... B-6 RP2000 series LED patterns............................................................................... B-7 Appendix C Specifications Appendix D Field Replaceable Units Environmental and physical specifications............................................................... C-1 SPF/SPF+ specifications........................................................................................... C-3 FRU overview...........................................................................................................D-2 Replacing Baseband Controller modules..................................................................D-2 Prerequisites .......................................................................................................D-2 Off-site activities ................................................................................................ D-3 On-site activities.................................................................................................D-7 Post-Install Verification .................................................................................... D-11 Replacing Radio Points prerequisites and on-site activities ...................................D-13 Prerequisites .....................................................................................................D-13 On-site activities...............................................................................................D-14 Replacing RP5100 series Radio Points................................................................... D-16 Replacing a ceiling RP5100i (above tile).........................................................D-17 Replacing a flown mounted RP5100i...............................................................D-32 Replacing a pole mounted RP5100i .................................................................D-42 Replacing RP5100i RF modules.............................................................................D-47 Replacing RP2000 series Radio Points................................................................... D-52 Replacing a ceiling Indoor RP (above tile) ......................................................D-52 Replacing a flown mounted Indoor RP ............................................................ D-62 D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 v Contents Replacing a pole mounted Indoor RP...............................................................D-66 Replacing a vertical pole mounted Rugged RP................................................D-69 Replacing a horizontal pole mounted Rugged RP............................................D-76 Replacing a wall mounted Rugged RP.............................................................D-81 RP post-replacement verification............................................................................ D-85 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines Overview................................................................................................................... E-2 Cable handling .......................................................................................................... E-2 Cable termination...................................................................................................... E-3 Cable splicing ..................................................................................................... E-4 Cable termination ............................................................................................... E-5 Cable grounding ............................................................................................... E-10 Lightning protection................................................................................................ E-12 Important guidelines......................................................................................... E-12 Indoor box ........................................................................................................ E-12 Outdoor protection ........................................................................................... E-13 Ceiling connector .................................................................................................... E-15 Patch panel .............................................................................................................. E-17 Power separation guidelines ................................................................................... E-17 T F A R D vi M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Contents D R A F T vii ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 List of figures Figure 1-1 Figure 1-2 Figure 3-1 Figure 4-1 Figure 4-2 Figure 4-3 Figure 4-4 Figure 5-1 Figure 5-2 Figure 5-3 Figure 5-4 Figure 6-1 Figure 6-2 Figure 6-3 Figure 6-4 Figure E-1 Figure E-2 Figure E-3 Figure E-4 Figure E-5 Figure E-6 Figure E-7 ONECELL solution .........................................................................1-3 Baseband Controller ports ...............................................................1-5 Fan label...........................................................................................3-5 CommScope ceiling mount kit contents ..........................................4-3 Drop rail, system integrator-provided..............................................4-4 CommScope flown mount kit contents..........................................4-23 Mounting bracket kit contents .......................................................4-31 Hardware provided by CommScope................................................5-2 Hardware provided by the systems integrator .................................5-3 RJ45, IP67 connector assembly.......................................................5-4 Antenna port label............................................................................5-4 CommScope ceiling mount kit contents ..........................................6-3 Drop rail, system integrator-provided..............................................6-4 CommScope supplied kit contents.................................................6-17 Mounting bracket kit contents .......................................................6-23 Unreel cable .................................................................................... E-2 Cable with sock attached using tie wrap......................................... E-3 RJ45, IP67 connector...................................................................... E-3 Assembling the connector on the RP end ....................................... E-4 CAT6-A lightning protector ......................................................... E-13 Remote equipment protection for outdoor devices....................... E-14 Protector box mounted to pole...................................................... E-15 D R A F T viii ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 List of tables Table 1 Table 2 Table 1-1 Table A-1 Table A-2 Table C-1 Table E-1 Customer documentation ................................................................... xiv Conventions ........................................................................................ xv Baseband Controller physical port assignments.................................1-4 RF exposure for ONECELL at maximum power internal antennas for RP5000 series ....................................................................................A-3 RF exposure for ONECELL at maximum power internal antennas for RP2000 series ....................................................................................A-4 Environmental and Physical specifications....................................... C-1 CAT-6A protection equipment parts list ......................................... E-13 D R A F T ix ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 List of tables T F A R D x M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Document revision history The following section lists documentation changes in ONECELL Installation Guide, v5.5 (M0304AC). Revision 5.5.01 (July 8, 2021) Initial document release D R A F T xi ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Document revision history T F A R D xii M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 About this document This document provides the procedures for installing and configuring the Baseband Controller and Radio Points. Audience Purpose This document is written for computer hardware installers and administrators, network architects and business planners who are responsible for the planning and design of the CommScope ONECELL deployment environment. This guide provides the information necessary for installing the ONECELL hardware in the operators network. What you need to know The reader should have a basic understanding of:
Data networks LTE technology General telecommunications practices Customer documentation The following table lists available documents in the ONECELL documentation suite. ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D R A F T xiii About this document Table 1. Customer documentation Title Contents ONECELL Installation Guide, v5.5 (M0304AC) Includes detailed installation instructions for Baseband Controller and Radio Points hardware. ONECELL Feature Guide, v5.5
(M0304AE) ONECELL Network Planning Guide, v5.5 (M0304AF) Contains a description of anchor features for the current and previous releases, and a system overview, including CommScope provided components and required components from other vendors. Describes main components of the ONECELL system, high-level view of hardware components, how do you engineer an in-building system, how do you determine Radio Points locations, and how to design in-building systems. Contains best practices for deployment, including when to use clustering, and how to manage capacity. ONECELL RP5200 Installation Guide, v5.5 (M0304AG) Includes detailed installation instructions for Baseband Controller and Radio Points hardware. OM and KPI Reference for ONECELL Devices, v5.5
(M0304AK) Describes the operational measurements and key performance indicators for ONECELL devices. ONECELL Troubleshooting, v5.5
(M0304AJ) Covers common troubleshooting scenarios in deployed devices and troubleshooting methods. ONECELL Administration, v5.5
(M0304AH) Describes how to operate, maintain and manage ONECELL devices using the Baseband Controllers Web UI. ONECELL Device Alarm Reference (M0304AL) Includes ONECELL device alarm information. T F A R D xiv M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 About this document Conventions This guide uses the following text conventions, as applicable. Table 2. Conventions Convention Description Syntax symbols
Font usage Bold input font Italic input font Plain output font Italic output font Enclose a required parameter or set of parameters. For example:
>band-class <class>
<class> is a required parameter. Enclose an optional parameter or set of parameters. For example:
>activate image <version> [reboot]
[reboot] is an optional parameter. Separates items on a list of parameters, only one of which can be used. For example:
>channel-included <yes|no>
A valid command is:
>channel-included yes Indicates text that must be entered exactly as shown. For example:
Enter ping 192.23.10.12. Indicates a variable parameter for which you must provide an actual value. For example:
>authentication key <aukey>
<aukey> is a variable parameter. A valid command is:
>authentication key 9782503000 Indicates system output in a command line or system-
generated file. For example:
IP address 192.23.10.12 is alive. Indicates a variable in system output in a command line or system-generated file. For example:
Installation of release <release> is complete. D R A F T xv ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 About this document Table 2. Conventions Convention Description blue text Indicates a hypertext link. Plain italic font Bold font Other conventions
Indicates file names, directory paths, book titles, chapter titles, and user accounts. Indicates text that appears on screen exactly as shown, for example, names of screens, names of buttons, items on menus, and items on pull down lists. Indicates graphical user interface (GUI) menu path. For example:
Select Edit > Add Network to open the Add Network screen. Notes, cautions, and warnings NOTE Notes provide additional information about the subject text. CAUTION Cautions indicate that procedures, if performed incorrectly, can cause equipment damage or data loss. WARNING Warnings indicate that procedures, if performed incorrectly, can harm you. M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 T F A R D xvi Part I: Overview and preparation Chapter 1 CommScope ONECELL overview Chapter 2 Preparing to install the ONECELL system D R A F T T F A R D Chapter 1 CommScope ONECELL overview This chapter contains a high level overview of the ONECELL deployment and the ONECELL components installed in the ONECELL system. Overview CommScope ONECELL system ONECELL hardware components 1-2 1-2 1-3 D R A F T 1-1 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 1 CommScope ONECELL overview Overview ONECELL is a revolutionary wireless system that can deliver the ultimate in wireless performance. It eliminates cell borders and handovers It can cover a large area with consistent user experience without any significant interference It can take advantage of multiple distributed radio points to deliver a stronger signal on both the downlink and the uplink It can deliver greater capacity through distributed (multi-user and single-user) MIMO and Coordinated Multipoint (CoMP) It has the flexibility to neutralize macro interference in co-channel small cell deployments It can be used to deliver unprecedented levels of capacity to hot spot areas by deploying radio points with overlapping coverage and enabling multi- user MIMO In addition to these important benefits in user experience and data capacity, ONECELL provides superior economics and investment protection, ease of deployment and support for multi-operator deployments. CommScope ONECELL system ONECELL is an in-building, enterprise solution for LTE that provides an in-building consistent signal. It operates as a wireless network with a single cell, called a Baseband Controller, over distributed Radio Points. Network operators benefit from the ONECELL because they reduce the load on their infrastructure. T F A R D 1-2 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Figure 1-1. ONECELL solution Chapter 1 CommScope ONECELL overview ONECELL hardware components The ONECELL hardware consists of the following components:
Baseband Controller Baseband Controller Chassis Baseband Controller Module Power/Fan Unit (PFU) Baseband Controller physical ports The following ports are on the front panel of the Baseband Controller Module. Table 1-1 shows the port assignments. In addition, there is a connector used for the GPS antenna cable. NOTE For more detailed BC port information, see ONECELL Network Planning Guide, v5.5 (M0304AF). ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D R A F T 1-3 Chapter 1 CommScope ONECELL overview Table 1-1. Baseband Controller physical port assignments Port Assignment Network Port Speed Media Type Description MGMT 1 Gbps RJ45 Local Management External Interface to access the WebGUI on the Baseband Controller. Not used 1 Gbps Not used IQ Data 1 Gbps Boundary Clock 1 Gbps IPsec 1 Gbps X2 and Redundancy 1 Gbps 1 Gbps RP Management and Timing RJ45 RJ45 Dual Media RJ45 or SFP Dual Media RJ45 or SFP Dual Media RJ45 or SFP Dual Media RJ45 or SFP IQ Data 10 Gbps SFP+
Not used 10 Gbps SFP+
Not used Fronthaul IQ Data Traffic between the Baseband Controller and Radio Points via an Ethernet switch on copper (RJ45) port. Boundary Clock Input of IEEE 1588 PTP Timing signal via dual media port. Backhaul Traffic (S1 and OAM Interfaces) via dual media port. VLAN tags are configurable in Dual IPsec mode to separate different traffic streams on the same port. Fronthaul Traffic for X2 and Redundancy Cluster data via dual media port. Fronthaul Traffic for IEEE 1588 PTP timing and SOAP/XML control data via dual media port. Timing and OAM data traffic between Baseband Controller and Radio Points through an Ethernet switch(s) Fronthaul IQ Data Traffic between the Baseband Controller and Radio Points via Ethernet switch on Fiber (SFP) port. 0 1-6 7 8 9 10 11 12 T F A R D 1-4 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Figure 1-2. Baseband Controller ports Chapter 1 CommScope ONECELL overview Copper wire ports Fiber optic ports ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D R A F T 1-5 Chapter 1 CommScope ONECELL overview T F A R D 1-6 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 2 Preparing to install the ONECELL system This section has the steps to complete before starting the ONECELL installation. Overview Before installing the ONECELL components 2-2 2-2 D R A F T 2-1 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 2 Preparing to install the ONECELL system Overview This document describes the ONECELL installation and includes:
Chapter 3, Baseband Controller installation Chapter 4, RP5100i installation Chapter 5, RP5100r installation Chapter 6, RP2000 Installation Chapter 7, RP2100 Installation Before installing the ONECELL components Before installing the ONECELL components, the system integrator must plan the network for the topology that will be deployed. See OneCell Network Planning Guide
(913023). CommScope recommends that cables and switches be in place before installing the ONECELL components. See Appendix E, Cable installation and power separation guidelines for more information. Commissioning the ONECELL network To bring your ONECELL system up, youll need to commission the system by configuring it. The commissioning procedures are dependent on the site installation. Contact your CommScope representative for your commissioning procedures. T F A R D 2-2 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Part II: ONECELL component installation Chapter 3 Baseband Controller installation Chapter 4 RP5100i installation Chapter 5 RP5100r installation Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation D R A F T T F A R D Chapter 3 Baseband Controller installation This chapter contains the Baseband Controller installation procedures, including chassis installation into a rack, Baseband Controller Module and Power/Fan Unit installation into the Baseband Controller Chassis and the cables required for a basic installation. Preparing for Baseband Controller installation Installing the Baseband Controller into a rack 3-2 3-2 D R A F T 3-1 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 3 Baseband Controller installation Preparing for Baseband Controller installation Open the shipping box. It should have the components for one complete Baseband Controller Module:
Baseband Controller Chassis including four mounting screws Baseband Controller Module Power/Fan Unit (PFU) The Baseband Controller is 1U high. Be sure there is enough room for the Baseband Controller in the rack. NOTE If you are installing a ONECELL system with GPS timing, you will need a coaxial cable with an SMA-type male connector to the Baseband Controller. For information on RF gain requirements, see ONECELL Network Planning Guide, v5.5 (M0304AF). Installing the Baseband Controller into a rack The Baseband Controller can be installed in a 19-inch or 600mm rack. The Baseband Controller Chassis package contains two kits: one with 19-inch brackets and one with 600mm brackets. CAUTION The Baseband Controller, when mounted, must be in the horizontal position. No other orientations are allowed. NOTE The chassis requires four screws to secure it into the rack. 1 Select the 19-inch or 600mm bracket kit according to the size of the rack. Attach the brackets to the Baseband Controller Chassis M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 T F A R D 3-2 Chapter 3 Baseband Controller installation 2 Slide the chassis into the rack. 3 Line up the holes in the chassis ears to the holes in the rack. 4 Secure the chassis with the screws. D R A F T 3-3 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 3 Baseband Controller installation 5 Carefully slide the BC into the front of the chassis. 6 Secure the BC by tightening the front panel screws. T F A R D 3-4 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 3 Baseband Controller installation 7 In the back of the rack, carefully slide the PFU into the back of the chassis. CAUTION The PFU has a fan hazard. A label is affixed to the top of the PFU indicating the hazard. Figure 3-1. Fan label NOTE: The connectors on the PFU should fit easily into the connector on the BC. Do not force the PFU into the chassis. D R A F T 3-5 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 3 Baseband Controller installation 8 Secure the PFU by tightening the thumb screws. 9 Connect the power cord to the PFU. T F A R D 3-6 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 3 Baseband Controller installation 10 On the Baseband Controller Modules front panel, connect the GPS antenna cable. 11 Connect the Ethernet or fiber optic cable to the appropriate port. D R A F T 3-7 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 3 Baseband Controller installation 12 On the back of the Baseband Controller, turn on the power. The LEDs on the front panel will be solid green, when the power is on. If none are on, check your power connection. If the LED pattern is other than all green, see Baseband Controller LED patterns on page B-2. T F A R D 3-8 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation This chapter describes installing indoor Radio Points on ceiling tiles, above ceiling tiles, on poles and in a flown configuration. RP5100i installation overview Ceiling mount Flown mount Pole mount 4-2 4-3 4-22 4-31 D R A F T 4-1 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation RP5100i installation overview The RP5100i is the Radio Point for indoor solutions. There are four configurations for installing the RP5100i, which are dependent on the ceiling type. Ceiling mount, on tile Ceiling mount, above tile Flown mount Pole mount Once the Radio Point is installed and powered on, it may take up to 20 minutes for the frequency to stabilize and lock. If the MR port is connected to a switch that does not provide IEEE802.3bt, type-4 PoE power, the SR port can be used to provide power with a PoE++ injector. For more information, see ONECELL Network Planning Guide, v5.5 (M0304AF). NOTE NOTE T F A R D 4-2 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Ceiling mount Chapter 4 RP5100i installation Mounting the Radio Point (RP) above or on the ceiling tile requires the following hardware provided by CommScope:
Radio Point plate and screws 4" octagon box, 1-1/2" deep with 1/2" side cutouts Clamp and screw Figure 4-1. CommScope ceiling mount kit contents Octagon box Mounting plate for octagon box with 2 screws Mounting plate for RP with 4 screws D R A F T 4-3 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation Mounting the Radio Point (RP) above or on the ceiling tile requires the following hardware provided by the system integrator:
Drop rail Eaton B-line BA50A or equivalent, with a static load capacity of at least 25 lbs without a drop wire, recommended Figure 4-2. Drop rail, system integrator-provided Drop rail Clamp 2 screws T F A R D 4-4 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation Mounting the Radio Point on the ceiling tile 1 Remove two ceiling tiles from the overhead. 2 Place the octagon box on the tile and trace the outline. Cut the opening. 3 Drill a 1/2-inch diameter hole for the Ethernet cable pass-through. NOTE: Use a 1-1/2 deep RACO 8125 or equivalent. D R A F T 4-5 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 4 Attach the octagon box to the ceiling bracket using a clamp and screw. 70 mm
(2.7) 138 mm
(5.4) Clamp Drop ceiling rail Octagon box Screws M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 T F A R D 4-6 5 Replace the ceiling tile with the cutouts. Chapter 4 RP5100i installation D R A F T 4-7 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 6 Install the drop rail/octagon box assembly over the modified tile. T F A R D 4-8 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 7 Attach the mounting plate onto the octagon box and feed the Ethernet cable through the small hole in the ceiling tile. Ethernet cable Mounting plate D R A F T 4-9 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 8 Attach base plate to the Radio Point. NOTE: Apply thread locking compound to screws prior to installation. 9 Mount the Radio Point on the octagon box plate. Ethernet cable T F A R D 4-10 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 10 Secure Radio Point to the octagon plate. Chapter 4 RP5100i installation D R A F T 4-11 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 11 Remove the cover from the RP. NOTE: The cover is attached to the RP with two lanyards. T F A R D 4-12 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 12 Connect Ethernet cable to the MR port on the Radio Point. Chapter 4 RP5100i installation D R A F T 4-13 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 13 Replace plastic cover on the Radio Point. 14 Replace the ceiling tile next to the Radio Point. T F A R D 4-14 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation Mounting the Radio Point above the ceiling tile 1 Remove ceiling tile from the overhead. D R A F T 4-15 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 2 Attach the octagon box to the bracket. NOTE: CommScope recommends an Eaton B-line BA50A adjustable bracket. Clamp Drop rail Octagon box Screw T F A R D 4-16 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 3 Attach the bracket to the mounting plate to the octagon box. Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 4 Attach plate to the Radio Point. NOTE: Apply thread locking compound to screws prior to installation. D R A F T 4-17 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 5 Attach the Radio Point to the octagon box mounting plate. T F A R D 4-18 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 6 Install drop rail above the ceiling tile. Chapter 4 RP5100i installation D R A F T 4-19 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 7 Remove the cover from the RP. NOTE: The cover is attached to the RP with two lanyards. 8 Connect the Ethernet cables to the Radio Point MR port. T F A R D 4-20 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 9 Replace the cover on the Radio Point. Chapter 4 RP5100i installation NOTE: The minimum clearance for cooling is 3 inches. 3 Ceiling tile D R A F T 4-21 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 10 Replace the ceiling tile. Flown mount The Radio Point can be flown mounted on the end of a rod. This configuration is used for building where there are no drop ceilings. Mounting the Radio Point (RP) in the flown configuration requires the following hardware provided by CommScope in the mounting kit:
Radio Point plate and screws 4" octagon box, 1-1/2" deep with 1/2" side cutouts NOTE: Remove the top, middle cutout. Clamp and screw this hardware is not required for the flown mount option T F A R D 4-22 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Figure 4-3. CommScope flown mount kit contents Chapter 4 RP5100i installation Octagon box Mounting the Radio Point (RP) in the flown configuration requires the following hardware provided by the system integrator:
Mounting plate for RP with 4 screws Mounting plate for octagon box with 2 screws Rod, 3/8-inch threaded Nut Lock nut, nylon Flat washers D R A F T 4-23 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation Flown mount installation 1 Attach the threaded, 3/8-inch rod, cut to the required length, to the ceiling. 2 Install the nut and a flat washer on the rod. 3 Slide the octagon box on the rod and install a flat washer and the nylon lock nut. NOTE: Be sure the bracket is tight between the nuts and there is enough clearance at the end of the rod to attach the bracket to the Radio Point. T F A R D 4-24 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 4 Attach plate to octagon box. Chapter 4 RP5100i installation D R A F T 4-25 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 5 Attach the mounting plate to the Radio Point. T F A R D 4-26 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 6 Attach the Radio Point to the octagon box. Chapter 4 RP5100i installation D R A F T 4-27 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 7 Remove the cover from the RP. NOTE: The cover is attached to the RP with two lanyards. T F A R D 4-28 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 8 Connect the Ethernet cable to the Radio Point MR port. Chapter 4 RP5100i installation D R A F T 4-29 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 9 Attach the plastic cover to the Radio Point. Installation is complete. T F A R D 4-30 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Pole mount Chapter 4 RP5100i installation The Radio Point can be pole mounted. This configuration is used for building where there are no drop ceilings. Mounting the Radio Point (RP) on a pole requires the following hardware provided by CommScope in the mounting kit:
Mounting bracket Screws Figure 4-4. Mounting bracket kit contents Mounting the Radio Point (RP) on a pole requires the following hardware provided by the system integrator:
Adjustable clamp at least 2 inches larger than the circumference of the pole Pole mount installation 1 Attach the bracket to the Radio point. D R A F T 4-31 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 2 Slide the adjustable clamp through the slots on the Radio Point bracket. 3 Wrap the clamp around the pole and tighten the clamp screw to secure the Radio Point to the pole. T F A R D 4-32 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 4 Remove the cover from the RP. NOTE: The cover is attached to the RP with two lanyards. D R A F T 4-33 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 5 Connect the Ethernet cable to the Radio Point MR port. T F A R D 4-34 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 6 Replace the plastic cover on the Radio Point. Chapter 4 RP5100i installation D R A F T 4-35 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation Installation is complete. T F A R D 4-36 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 5 RP5100r installation This chapter describes installing Rugged Radio Points on poles and walls. Rugged Radio Point installation overview Pole mount installation Wall mount installation 5-2 5-4 5-10 D R A F T 5-1 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 5 RP5100r installation Rugged Radio Point installation overview The Rugged Radio Point (RP) ships with the following hardware:
Radio Point Mounting plate Mounting bolts (M8 Hex) RJ45, IP67 connector for CAT 6A cables Figure 5-1. Hardware provided by CommScope NOTE An M8 hex wrench is required to install mounting bolts. Mounting the Radio Point (RP) on a pole requires the following hardware provided by the system integrator:
Two U bolts Four nuts ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D R A F T 5-2 Chapter 5 RP5100r installation RJ45, IP67 connector for CAT 5E Ethernet surge protector, as required by local code (for example, DTK-MRJPOEX or DTK-MRJPOES) NOTE If the MR port is connected to a switch that does not provide IEEE802.3bt, type-4 PoE power, the SR port can be used to provide power with a PoE++ injector. In this case, the installer needs to provide a CAT 5E MPN 17-10044 connector (https://
www.conec.com/catalog/en/rj45-stecker-set.html) to connect the RJ45 to the SR port. For more information, see ONECELL Network Planning Guide, v5.5
(M0304AF). Figure 5-2. Hardware provided by the systems integrator T F A R D 5-3 Mounting the Radio Point (RP) on a wall requires the following hardware provided by the system integrator:
Four molly screws capable 50 lb (23 kg) minimum rating NOTE Once the Radio Point is installed and the powered on, it may take up to 20 minutes for the frequency to stabilize and lock. Before connecting the Ethernet cables to the RP, terminate the RP end of the Ethernet cable with the RJ45, IP67 connector. M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Figure 5-3. RJ45, IP67 connector assembly Chapter 5 RP5100r installation Antenna port label In a multi operator deployment, each operator can connect their own antenna for the Bands and slots they intend to use. This feature allows an operator to reserve the Band/Radio module slot on an outdoor RP5100r to be used for or by a Baseband Controller when outdoor RP5100s are deployed in an enterprise with multiple Baseband Controllers (up to 4). The antenna port label shows the antenna ports, internal slot number and supported band. These parameters are configured at the factory. Figure 5-4. Antenna port label Pole mount installation There is vertical orientation for pole mount installations NOTE The minimum pole diameter requirement is 4'' (102mm). ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D R A F T 5-4 Chapter 5 RP5100r installation Vertical pole mount 1 Slide the two U bolt clamps onto the pole and secure the RP mounting plate to the clamps with four nuts. T F A R D 5-5 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 2 Insert two screws into the upper holes on opposite sides of the RP. Chapter 5 RP5100r installation Required orientation is with connectors at the bottom of the RP D R A F T 5-6 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 5 RP5100r installation 3 Hang the RP to the mounting bracket using the installed screws. CAUTION Ensure that the RP is oriented correctly with all connectors at the bottom of the RP. Required orientation with connectors at the bottom of the RP T F A R D 5-7 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 5 RP5100r installation 4 Align holes at bottom location of bracket. Insert and tighten the bottom screws through the plate hole into both sides of the RP. Be sure that all four screws are tightened. NOTE: The torque requirement for the mounting screws is 20-21 in-lbs. D R A F T 5-8 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 5 RP5100r installation 5 Connect the antenna cables on the bottom of the RP. 6 Connect the Ethernet cable RJ45 end to the bottom of the RP to the MR port. MR port Ethernet T F A R D 5-9 Antenna cables M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 5 RP5100r installation Wall mount installation 1 Drill four holes in the wall using the mounting plate to determine the hole locations. Mount the backplate on the wall with four molly screws. T F A R D 5-10 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 5 RP5100r installation 2 Insert two screws into the upper holes on opposite sides of the RP as shown in the drawing below. Required orientation is with connectors at the bottom of the RP ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D R A F T 5-11 Chapter 5 RP5100r installation 3 Attach the RP to the mounting plate. Required orientation is with connectors at the bottom of the RP 4 Tighten the top screws on the RP and insert and tighten the bottom screws on the RP. NOTE: The torque requirement for the mounting screws is 20-21 in-lbs. T F A R D 5-12 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 5 RP5100r installation 5 Insert and tighten the bottom screws through the plate hole into both sides of the RP. D R A F T 5-13 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 5 RP5100r installation 6 Connect the antenna cables on the bottom of the RP. 7 Connect the Ethernet cable RJ45 end to the bottom of the RP to the MR port. NOTE: Insert the Ethernet surge protection as required by local code (for example, DTK-MRJPOEX or DTK-MRJPOES). MR Ethernet port T F A R D Antenna cables 5-14 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation This chapter describes installing indoor Radio Points on ceiling tiles, above ceiling tiles, on poles and in a flown configuration. Indoor Radio Point (RP2000) installation overview Ceiling mount Flown mount Pole mount 6-2 6-3 6-17 6-23 D R A F T 6-1 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation Indoor Radio Point (RP2000) installation overview There are four configurations for installing the Radio Point, which are dependent on the ceiling type. Ceiling mount, on tile Ceiling mount, above tile Flown mount Pole mount NOTE Once the Radio Point is installed and the powered on, it may take up to 20 minutes for the frequency to stabilize and lock. T F A R D 6-2 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation Ceiling mount Mounting the Radio Point (RP) above or on the ceiling tile requires the following hardware provided by CommScope:
Radio Point mounting plate and 4 screws Octagon box mounting plate and 2 screws 4" octagon box, 1-1/2" deep with 1/2" side cutouts Clamp with screw - not required for flown mount option Figure 6-1. CommScope ceiling mount kit contents Octagon box Mounting plate for octagon box with 2 screws Clamp with 1 screw Mounting plate for RP with 4 screws D R A F T 6-3 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation Mounting the Radio Point (RP) above or on the ceiling tile requires the following hardware provided by the systems integrator:
Drop rail Eaton B-line BA50 recommended Figure 6-2. Drop rail, system integrator-provided T F A R D 6-4 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Mounting the Radio Point on the ceiling tile 1 Remove two ceiling tiles from the overhead. Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation 2 Place the octagon box on the tile and trace the outline. Cut the opening. D R A F T 6-5 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation 3 Drill a 1/2-inch diameter hole for the Ethernet cable pass-through. NOTE: Use a 1-1/2 deep RACO 8125 or equivalent. 4 Attach the octagon box to the ceiling bracket using a clamp and screw. NOTE: CommScope recommends the Eaton B-line BA50 bracket. 1/2-inch diameter hole Hole for mounting plate Clamp Drop ceiling rail Octagon box Screw M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 T F A R D 6-6 5 Replace the ceiling tile with the cutouts. Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation D R A F T 6-7 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation 6 Install the drop rail assembly over the ceiling tile with the cutouts. T F A R D 6-8 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 7 Attach the mounting plate onto the octagon box. Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation Ethernet cable Mounting plate 8 Attach base plate to the Radio Point. NOTE: Apply thread locking compound to screws prior to installation. D R A F T 6-9 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation 9 Mount the Radio Point to the octagon box plate. 10 Secure the Radio Point. T F A R D 6-10 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 11 Connect the Ethernet cable to the Radio Point. Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation 12 Replace the second ceiling tile. D R A F T 6-11 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation Installation is complete. T F A R D 6-12 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Mounting the Radio Point above the ceiling tile 1 Remove ceiling tile from the overhead. Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation 2 Attach the octagon box to the bracket. Clamp Drop ceiling rail Octagon box Screw D R A F T 6-13 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation 3 Attach the mounting plate to the Radio Point. NOTE: Apply thread locking compound to screws prior to installation. 4 Attach the Radio Point to the octagon box. T F A R D 6-14 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 5 Install the drop rail assembly to the ceiling tile rail. Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation NOTE: The minimum clearance for cooling is 3 inches. 3 Ceiling tile ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D R A F T 6-15 Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation 6 Connect Ethernet cable to RP. 7 Replace the ceiling tile. T F A R D 6-16 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation Flown mount The Radio Point can be flown mounted on the end of a rod. This configuration is used for buildings where there are no drop ceilings. Mounting the Radio Point (RP) in the flown configuration requires the hardware listed in Indoor Radio Point (RP2000) installation overview on page 6-2 Figure 6-3. CommScope supplied kit contents Mounting the Radio Point (RP) in the flown configuration requires the following hardware provided by the system integrator:
Rod, 3/8-inch threaded 2 flat washers Nut Lock nut, nylon D R A F T 6-17 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation Flown mount installation 1 Attach the threaded, 3/8-inch rod, cut to the required length, to the ceiling. 2 Install the nut and a flat washer on the rod. 3 Slide the octagon box onto the rod and install a flat washer and the nylon lock nut. T F A R D 6-18 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 4 Attach the plate with two screws to the octagon box. Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation 5 Attach the CommScope supplied mounting plate to the Radio Point with four screws. D R A F T 6-19 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation 6 Attach the Radio Point to the octagon box. T F A R D 6-20 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 7 Secure the Radio Point to the octagon box plate. Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation D R A F T 6-21 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation 8 Connect the Ethernet cable to the Radio Point. Installation is complete. T F A R D 6-22 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Pole mount Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation The Radio Point can be pole mounted. This configuration is used for building where there are no drop ceilings. Mounting the Radio Point (RP) on a pole requires the following hardware provided by CommScope in the mounting kit:
Mounting bracket 4 screws Figure 6-4. Mounting bracket kit contents Mounting the Radio Point (RP) on a pole requires the following hardware provided by the system integrator:
Adjustable clamp at least 2 inches larger than the circumference of the pole Pole mount installation 1 Attach the bracket to the Radio point. Mounting bracket D R A F T 6-23 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation 2 Slide the adjustable clamp through the slots on the Radio Point bracket. 3 Wrap the clamp around the pole and tighten the clamp screw to secure the Radio Point to the pole. 4 Connect the Ethernet cable to the Radio Point. T F A R D 6-24 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation Installation is complete. D R A F T 6-25 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation T F A R D 6-26 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation This chapter describes installing Rugged Radio Points on poles and walls. Rugged Radio Point (RP2100) installation overview Pole mount installation Wall mount installation 7-2 7-4 7-17 D R A F T 7-1 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Rugged Radio Point (RP2100) installation overview The Rugged Radio Point (RP) ships with the following hardware:
Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation Radio Point Mounting plate Mounting brackets Four tamper-resistant mounting screws (M5) RJ45, IP67 connector Two 4.3-10 antenna couplers NOTE A tamper-resistant T25 Torx bit, 1/4" hex shank, attached to a driver handle, is required to secure the tamper-resistant mounting screws. Mounting the Radio Point (RP) on a pole requires the following hardware provided by the system integrator:
Two adjustable clamps ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D R A F T 7-2 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation Mounting the Radio Point (RP) on a wall requires the following hardware provided by the system integrator:
Four molly screws capable 50 lb (23 kg) minimum rating Before installing the RP on the pole, terminate the RP end of the Ethernet cable with the RJ45, IP67 connector provided in the box. NOTE Once the Radio Point is installed and the powered on, it may take up to 20 minutes for the frequency to stabilize and lock. T F A R D 7-3 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation Pole mount installation There are two orientations for pole mount installations:
Vertical pole mount Horizontal pole mount NOTE The minimum pole diameter requirement is 4'' (102mm). Vertical pole mount 1 Attach mounting brackets to mounting plate. NOTE: The torque requirement for the bracket mounting screws is 5-6 in-lbs. 2 Slide the adjustable clamp through the slots on each RP mounting bracket on the RP plate. Slide adjustable clamp end through slots ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D R A F T 7-4 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation 3 Wrap each clamp around the pole and tighten the clamp screw to secure the RP to the pole. T F A R D 7-5 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation 4 Insert two screws into the upper holes on opposite sides of the RP as shown in the drawing below. CAUTION Ensure that the RP is oriented correctly with the two antenna connectors at the top of the RP. Required orientation ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D R A F T 7-6 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation 5 Hang the RP to the mounting bracket using the installed screws. Align holes at bottom location of bracket. T F A R D 7-7 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation 6 Insert and tighten the bottom screws through the plate hole into both sides of the RP. Be sure that all four screws are tightened. NOTE: The torque requirement for the mounting screws is 20-21 in-lbs. D R A F T 7-8 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation 7 Connect the antenna couplers on the top of the RP. NOTE: Check the antenna coupler manufacturers documentation for torque requirements. 8 Connect the Ethernet cable RJ45 end to the bottom of the RP. T F A R D 7-9 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation Horizontal pole mount 1 Attach mounting brackets to mounting plate. NOTE: The torque requirement for the bracket mounting screws is 5-6 in-lbs. T F A R D 7-10 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation 2 Slide the adjustable clamp through the slots on each RP mounting bracket on the RP plate. Slide adjustable clamp end through slots D R A F T 7-11 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation 3 Wrap each clamp around the pole and tighten the clamp screw to secure the RP to the pole. 4 Insert two screws into the upper holes on opposite sides of the RP as shown in the drawing below. T F A R D 7-12 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation CAUTION Ensure that the RP is oriented correctly with the two antenna connectors at the top of the RP. Required orientation ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D R A F T 7-13 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation 5 Hang the RP to the mounting bracket using the installed screws. Align holes at bottom location of bracket and install two additional screws. T F A R D 7-14 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation 6 Insert and tighten the bottom screws through the plate hole into both sides of the RP. Be sure that all four screws are tightened. NOTE: The torque requirement for the mounting screws is 20-21 in-lbs. D R A F T 7-15 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation 7 Connect the antenna couplers on the top of the RP. NOTE: Check the antenna coupler manufacturers documentation for torque requirements. 8 Connect the Ethernet cable RJ45 end to the bottom of the RP. T F A R D 7-16 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation Wall mount installation 1 Drill four holes in the wall using the mounting plate to determine the hole locations. Mount the backplate on the wall with four molly screws. D R A F T 7-17 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation 2 Insert two screws into the upper holes on opposite sides of the RP as shown in the drawing below. Required orientation T F A R D 7-18 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation 3 Attach the RP to the mounting plate. Tighten the top screws on the RP and insert and tighten the bottom screws on the RP. NOTE: The torque requirement for the mounting screws is 20-21 in-lbs. D R A F T 7-19 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation 4 Insert and tighten the bottom screws through the plate hole into both sides of the RP. 5 Connect the antenna couplers on the top of the RP. NOTE: Check the antenna coupler manufacturers documentation for torque requirements. 6 Connect the Ethernet cable RJ45 end to the bottom of the RP. T F A R D 7-20 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Part III: Appendices Appendix A Safety Appendix B Installation troubleshooting Appendix C Specifications Appendix D Field Replaceable Units Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines D R A F T T F A R D Appendix A Safety This appendix contains specifications for CommScope ONECELL, including FCC information and technical data. Radiation Exposure Statement Human exposure limits for ONECELL deployments FCC ID A-2 A-2 A-6 D R A F T A-1 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter A Safety Radiation Exposure Statement Important: Changes or modifications not expressly approved by CommScope LLC could void your authority to operate the equipment. The Baseband Controller and RP5100 have been tested and found to comply with the limits for Class A equipment, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at his own expense. For more information, see the publication femtocells and Health at http:// www.femtoforum.org or visit the FCC website at www.fcc.gov. FCC Part 15 NOTE EN55032 WARNING This equipment is compliant with Class A of EN55032. In a residential environment, this equipment may cause radio interference. T F A R D A-2 Human exposure limits for ONECELL deployments The human exposure limits for the ONECELL product is calculated by using the Maximum Permissible Exposure (MPE) method associated with fixed-type transmitter devices at a minimum exposure distance of 20 cm. WARNING This equipment is not suitable for use in locations where children are likely to be present. M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Table A-1 includes values for one Radio Point (RP5000 series) and four Radio Points per chassis. Chapter A Safety Table A-1. RF exposure for ONECELL at maximum power internal antennas for RP5000 series Parameter RPM-A5A11-
B66 RPM-A5A11-
B02 RPM-I5A11-
B01 RPM-I5A11-
B03 RPM-I5A11-
B07 24.13 24.23 24.25 24.00 24.70 Tx Power (dBm) per antenna Tx Loss (dB) Tx Antenna Gain (dBi) Number of Antennas
(MIMO) Contribution due to multiple antennas (dB) Bands Point Source Total EIRP
(watts) Power Density (W/m2) @
20 cm Transmitter Duty Cycle %
100 100 100 100 100 3.0103 3.0103 3.0103 3.0103 3.0103 Derived Total EIRP (dBW) 1.140 1.240 1.260 1.010 1.710 Frequency Range (MHz) 2110-2200 1930-1990 2110-2170 1805-1880 2620-2690 1.300 1.331 1.337 1.262 1.483 2.587 2.647 2.569 2.510 2.950 1. For persons with implants, the maximum calculated distance of 30cm. This applies to any combination of up to four radio modules in Bands 1,3 and 7. 2. For general public and workers, a measured distance of 5mm was determined. This applies to any combination of up to four radio modules in Bands 1,3 and 7. For general public and workers, a calculated distance of 20cm was determined. This applies to any combination of up to four radio modules in Bands 2 and 66. Parameter RPM-I5A11-
B17 RPM-A5A11-
B12 RPM-A5A11-
B14 RPM-A5A11-
B05 RPM-A5A11-
B30 21.70 21.88 21.45 21.58 20.99 0 4 2 66 0 4 Tx Power (dBm) per antenna Tx Loss (dB) Tx Antenna Gain (dBi) ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 0 4 2 2 0 4 0 4 2 3 0 2 0 4 2 7 0 5 0 4 2 1 0 4 D R A F T A-3 100 2
-1.110 12 0.775 1.541 21 0 5 2 100 Parameter RPM-I5A11-
B17 RPM-A5A11-
B12 RPM-A5A11-
B14 RPM-A5A11-
B05 RPM-A5A11-
B30 100 2 100 2 100 2 3.0103 3.0103 3.0103 3.0103 3.0103 Derived Total EIRP (dBW)
-1.290 Bands
-1.540 14
-3.410 5
-1.000 30 Frequency Range (MHz) 734-746 729 - 746 758 - 768 869-894 2350-2360 Chapter A Safety Transmitter Duty Cycle %
Number of Antennas
(MIMO) Contribution due to multiple antennas (dB) Point Source Total EIRP
(watts) Power Density (W/m2) @
20 cm 100 2 12 0.743 1.478 0.702 0.456 0.794 1.396 0.907 1.58 Table A-2 includes values for one Radio Point (RP2000 and RP2100) and four Radio Points per chassis. Table A-2. RF exposure for ONECELL at maximum power internal antennas for RP2000 series Parameter Indoor RP-A2014 & RP-I2014 Rugged RP-A2114 & RP-I2114 21 0 11.8 100 2 21 0 12 100 2 21 0 12.5 100 2 Tx Power (dBm) per antenna 21 Tx Loss (dB) Tx Antenna Gain (dBi) Transmitter Duty Cycle %
100 Number of Antennas (MIMO) Contribution due to multiple antennas (dB) 0 0 2 T F A R D A-4 3.0103 3.0103 3.0103 3.0103 3.0103 3.0103 Derived Total EIRP (dBW)
-5.990
-0.990 5.810 6.010 6.510 Bands 12,13,17 1,2,3,4,7,10,25 12,13,17 3 1,2,4,10,25 Frequency Range (MHz) 729-756 1805-2690 729-756 1805-1880 1930-2170 Point Source Total EIRP (watts) 0.252 0.796 3.811 3.991 4.477 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 21 0 13.5 100 2 7.510 2620-
2690 2620-
2690 5.637 Chapter A Safety Table A-2. RF exposure for ONECELL at maximum power internal antennas for RP2000 series (continued) Parameter Indoor RP-A2014 & RP-I2014 Rugged RP-A2114 & RP-I2114 Power Density (W/m2) @ 20 cm 0.501 1.584 7.582 7.939 8.908 11.214 Reference documents
[1] Federal Communications Commission Document OET Bulletin 65, Supplement C, 2001, Evaluating Compliance with FCC guidelines for Human Exposure to radio frequency Electromagnetic Fields, US Federal Communications Commission, Office of Engineering and Technology June 2001.
[2] Federal Communications Commission Document OET Bulletin 56, Questions and answers about biological effects and potential hazards of radio frequency electromagnetic fields, Federal Communications Commission Office of Engineering and Technology, August 1999.
[3] ICNIRP Guidelines for limiting exposure to time varying electric, magnetic and electromagnetic fields up to 300 GHz. International Commission on Non Ionizing Radiation, published in Health Physics 74 (4): 494-522; 1998
[4] ICNIRP Statement on EMF-Emitting New Technologies, International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation, published in Health Physics 94 (4):376-392, 2008
[5] 3GPP Document 3GPP TS 36.104 version 10.11.0 Release 10, LTE Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA); Base Station (BS) radio transmission and reception D R A F T A-5 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter A Safety FCC ID The FCC ID is available on the information labels attached to the RPs. RP5100 series For the RP5100i, the FCC ID for each of the installed radio modules is visible when the cover is removed. The drawing below shows the label on the radio module. T F A R D A-6 The RP5100r FCC ID is on the label located on the side of device as shown in the drawing below. M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter A Safety FCC ID label RP2000 series The RP2000 FCC ID is on the label located on the back of the device as shown in the drawing below. FCC ID label D R A F T A-7 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter A Safety The RP2100 FCC ID is on the label located on the side of the device as shown in the drawing below. FCC ID label T F A R D A-8 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix B Installation troubleshooting This section contains information on troubleshooting the ONECELL installation. It includes the LED patterns for the Baseband Controller and Radio points. Baseband Controller LED patterns Radio Point LED patterns B-2 B-4 D R A F T B-1 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Appendix B Installation troubleshooting Baseband Controller LED patterns The Baseband Controller has four LEDs on the front panel. The following table shows Display pattern for each LED What the pattern indicates Action to take, if any, to resolve the issue LED Display Pattern Indicates Action to Take STATUS Green, solid None Power On Sectors up RP ERROR Green, solid Power On None Amber, solid Self-test failure Replace Baseband Controller Green, blinking Firmware upgrade from DMS None Sectors not up Amber, blinking No configuration from DMS Check DMS availability Check if the provisioning is correct Escalate to operator OFF BC rebooting after upgrade None Red, solid*
Error in system - software or hardware issues detected Replace Baseband Controller Module Amber, solid Self-test failure Replace Baseband Controller Amber, blinking No Radio Points connected Check RP cable Off Radio Points connected, firmware upgrade from DMS None Red, blinking Check 1588 VLAN configuration Radio Point alarm - PLL state unlock; service impacting alarm from Radio Point (alarm in one or more RP) M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 T F A R D B-2 Appendix B Installation troubleshooting LED Display Pattern Indicates Action to Take TIMING LED Green, solid Power On, timing None Amber, solid Self-test failure Replace Baseband Controller Amber, blinking No timing Check GPS antenna connection feed Off Firmware upgrade from DMS None Red, solid*
Error in system Replace Baseband Controller Module CORE LED Green, solid Power On None GPS module down Software/Hardware issues Connection to MME Amber, solid Self-test failure Replace Baseband Controller Amber, blinking No connection to MME IPsec is up Check the MME configuration on the BC Check if MME is reachable Off Firmware upgrade from DMS None Red, blinking Internet connection IPsec down Check if Security Gateway is reachable Check security credentials Red, solid*
No Internet Replace Baseband Controller Module Interface hardware issues
* Note: When all of the LEDs are solid red, there is a BC hardware failure. D R A F T B-3 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Appendix B Installation troubleshooting Radio Point LED patterns This section contains LED patterns for RP5100 series and RP2000 series. RP5100i LED patterns The Radio Point RP5100i supports six LEDs on the front cover. Indicators are for four radios (one for each) ETH 1 MR PORT:POE++, POE+, Ethernet link ETH 2 SR PORT:POE++, POE+, Ethernet link T F A R D B-4 ETH 1, 2 RADIO 1, 2, 3, 4 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix B Installation troubleshooting The following table shows:
Display pattern for each LED What the pattern indicates Action to take, if any, to resolve the issue LED Display Pattern Indicates Action to Take RADIO 1 Green, solid Power On, transmitting None RADIO 2 RADIO 3 RADIO 4 Amber, solid Red, solid RFTxState OFF No Controller Assigned No Timing No connection to Controller HW error Low Power Check 1588 VLAN configuration Verify that the Radio Point is in STANDBY because more than 32 RPs are connected Hardware error replace Radio Point Green, blinking Firmware upgrade None Amber, blinking RF module Self-Test Failure Replace Radio Module Eth 1 Green, solid Power On, PoE++ power None Amber, solid Link up, no power Check that the Ethernet cable is connected to the Radio Point Green, blinking PoE+ power None Amber, blinking Platform Self-Test Failure Replace Radio Point Red, solid Ethernet port error Connect the Ethernet cable between the Baseband Controller and Radio Point Replace Radio Point Eth 2 Green, solid Power On, PoE++ power None Amber, solid Link up, no power Check that the Ethernet cable is connected to the Radio Point Green, blinking PoE+ power None Amber, blinking Platform Self-Test Failure Replace Radio Point Red, solid Ethernet port error Connect the Ethernet cable between the Baseband Controller and Radio Point Replace Radio Point
* Note: When all of the LEDs are solid red, there is an RP hardware failure. ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D R A F T B-5 Appendix B Installation troubleshooting RP5100r LED patterns The Radio Point RP5100r has one LED. The following table includes the LED patterns. LED Display Pattern Indicates Green, blinking Not all available radio modules are in use RFTx ON for all radio modules Action to Take No action required All available radio modules are in use RFTx ON for all radio modules No action required Replace Radio Point Error in the system. No module connected to the BC All modules have low power No modules in use Note: The radio modules may be connected to the BC. Check the connection between the RP and BC. Check that the BC admin status is UP. Green, fast blinking Software upgrade No action required Green, solid Red, solid Red, blinking T F A R D B-6 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix B Installation troubleshooting RP2000 series LED patterns The RP2000 and RP2100 Radio Points have one LED. The LED for the RP2000
(Indoor) is on the front cover. The LED for the RP2100 (Rugged) is on the bottom of the Radio Point where the Ethernet cable port is located. The following table shows:
Display pattern for each LED What the pattern indicates Action to take, if any, to resolve the issue LED Display Pattern Indicates Action to Take STATUS Green, solid Power On RFTx state is ON Amber, solid Self-test failure None Replace RP None Green, blinking Amber, blinking Firmware upgrade Connected to Baseband Controller PLL state unlock RFTx state OFF or suspended L2 path verification failed Admin state STANDBY Check 1588 VLAN configuration Verify RP is in STANDBY because more than 32 Radio Points are connected to the same Baseband Controller Red, blinking No connection to Baseband Controller
(http) Connect the Ethernet cable between the Baseband Controller and Radio Point Replace RP Red, solid Error in system software or hardware issues Interface issues detected AdminState UNLOCKED Connect the Ethernet cable between the Baseband Controller and Radio Point Upgrade Radio Point Replace Radio Point D R A F T B-7 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Appendix B Installation troubleshooting T F A R D B-8 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix C Specifications This appendix contains specifications for CommScope ONECELL, including FCC information and technical data. Environmental and physical specifications SPF/SPF+ specifications C-1 C-3 Environmental and physical specifications The following table lists the electrical ratings and technical data for the Baseband Controller, RP5100 series and RP2000/RP2100. Table C-1. Environmental and Physical specifications Baseband Controller Environmental Operating Temperatures: 0C to 40C Operating Humidity 10%-90% Non-Condensing Power Requirements 120/230 VAC,1.7/0.85 A, 50/60 Hz Power Consumption 204W Typical / 216W Maximum Dimensions 1 Rack Unit Chassis hosts 2 Baseband Controller module units 19" W x 1.75" H x 18.8" D (483mm W x 44.4mm H x 477mm D) Weight RP5100i Single BC 13.1 lbs (5.9 kg) Dual BC 19.1 lbs. (8.7 kg) D R A F T C-1 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Appendix C Specifications Table C-1. Environmental and Physical specifications (continued) Environmental Operating Temperatures: 0 to 50C (Plenum rated: UL-2043) Operating Humidity 10%-95% Non-Condensing Operating temperatures: 0C to 50C Active Cooling/Fans, acoustic noise: 39.5 dBA at 25C Power Requirements IEEE802.3bt-type 4 PoE++
Power Consumption Up to: 72W (26W + 11.5W per RM) 13.54" W x13.54 H x 3.35" D
(344.0 mm W x 344.0 mm H x 85.0 mm D) 8.82 lbs (4 kg) Environmental Operating Temperatures: 0 to 50C (Plenum rated: UL-2043) Operating Humidity 10%-95% Non-Condensing Operating temperatures: 0C to 50C Active Cooling/Fans, acoustic noise: 39.5 dBA at 25C Power Requirements IEEE802.3bt-type4 PoE++
Power Consumption Up to: 72W (26W + 11.5W per RM) Dimensions 14.9" W x 12.64" H x 4.06" D
(378.7 mm W x 321.1 mm H x 102.5 mm D) 21.7 lbs (9.85 kg) Environmental Operating Temperatures:0C to 50C (Plenum rated: UL-2043) Operating Humidity: 10%-95% Non-Condensing Power Requirements 802.3at PoE+
Power Consumption 22W Typical / 25.5W Maximum Dimensions 7.4" W x 9.25" H x 1.75" D
(188mm W x 235mm H x 45mm D) 2.6 lbs (1.2 kg) Environmental Operating Temperatures: -40C to 60C Power Requirements 802.3at PoE+
Power Consumption 22W Typical / 25.5W Maximum Dimensions Weight RP5100r Weight RP2000 Weight RP2100 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 T F A R D C-2 Appendix C Specifications Table C-1. Environmental and Physical specifications (continued) Dimensions 9.3" W x 9.1" H x 3.0" D
(236mm W x 230mm H x 76mm D) Weight 8 lbs (0.6 kg) SPF/SPF+ specifications The following table lists the SPF and SPF+ specifications required for the Baseband Controller. 1G SFP LC SX Transceiver; 220M to 1K M 1G SFP LC LX transceiver, 550M 10K M 10G SFP+ LC SR Transceiver; Multi mode 26M to 300M SFP-10G-LR Transceiver; Single mode 10KM 10G Direct attach SFP+ cable; Twin ax Cable; 7M (must be compatible with HP & Cisco switches D R A F T C-3 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Appendix C Specifications T F A R D C-4 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021
1 2 3 4 5 6 | MANUAL PART 1 | Users Manual | 3.51 MiB | February 09 2022 |
ONECELL Hardware Installation Guide Release 5.5 Document Number: M0304AC Document Revision: 5.5.01 Date: July 2021 DRAFT Copyright 2021 CommScope, All rights reserved. THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN DEVELOPED BY COMMSCOPE, AND IS INTENDED FOR THE USE OF ITS CUSTOMERS AND CUSTOMER SUPPORT PERSONNEL. THE SPECIFICATIONS AND INFORMATION REGARDING THE PRODUCTS IN THIS MANUAL ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE. ALL STATEMENTS, INFORMATION, AND RECOMMENDATIONS IN THIS MANUAL ARE BELIEVED TO BE ACCURATE BUT ARE PRESENTED WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. USERS MUST TAKE FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR THEIR APPLICATION OF ANY PRODUCTS. THE SOFTWARE LICENSE AND LIMITED WARRANTY FOR THE ACCOMPANYING PRODUCT ARE SET FORTH IN THE INFORMATION PACKET THAT SHIPPED WITH THE PRODUCT AND ARE INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE. IF YOU ARE UNABLE TO LOCATE THE SOFTWARE LICENSE OR LIMITED WARRANTY, CONTACT YOUR COMMSCOPE SALES REPRESENTATIVE FOR A COPY. T F A R D ii M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Contents Document revision history About this document Audience ....................................................................................................................xiii Purpose.......................................................................................................................xiii What you need to know .............................................................................................xiii Customer documentation ...........................................................................................xiii Conventions ................................................................................................................ xv Notes, cautions, and warnings ................................................................................... xvi PART 1 OVERVIEW AND PREPARATION Chapter 1 CommScope ONECELL overview Overview....................................................................................................................1-2 CommScope ONECELL system................................................................................1-2 ONECELL hardware components .............................................................................1-3 Baseband Controller physical ports.....................................................................1-3 Chapter 2 Preparing to install the ONECELL system Overview....................................................................................................................2-2 Before installing the ONECELL components ...........................................................2-2 Commissioning the ONECELL network ...................................................................2-2 PART 2 ONECELL COMPONENT INSTALLATION Chapter 3 Baseband Controller installation Preparing for Baseband Controller installation..........................................................3-2 Installing the Baseband Controller into a rack...........................................................3-2 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation RP5100i installation overview...................................................................................4-2 Ceiling mount.............................................................................................................4-3 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D R A F T iii Contents Mounting the Radio Point on the ceiling tile ......................................................4-5 Mounting the Radio Point above the ceiling tile...............................................4-15 Flown mount ............................................................................................................4-22 Flown mount installation...................................................................................4-24 Pole mount ...............................................................................................................4-31 Pole mount installation......................................................................................4-31 Chapter 5 RP5100r installation Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation Rugged Radio Point installation overview ................................................................5-2 Antenna port label ...............................................................................................5-4 Pole mount installation ..............................................................................................5-4 Vertical pole mount .............................................................................................5-5 Wall mount installation ............................................................................................5-10 Indoor Radio Point (RP2000) installation overview..................................................6-2 Ceiling mount.............................................................................................................6-3 Mounting the Radio Point on the ceiling tile ......................................................6-5 Mounting the Radio Point above the ceiling tile...............................................6-13 Flown mount ............................................................................................................6-17 Flown mount installation...................................................................................6-18 Pole mount ...............................................................................................................6-23 Pole mount installation......................................................................................6-23 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation Rugged Radio Point (RP2100) installation overview................................................7-2 Pole mount installation ..............................................................................................7-4 Vertical pole mount .............................................................................................7-4 Horizontal pole mount.......................................................................................7-10 Wall mount installation ............................................................................................7-17 T F A R D iv PART 3 APPENDICES Appendix A Safety Radiation Exposure Statement.................................................................................. A-2 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Contents FCC Part 15 ........................................................................................................ A-2 EN55032............................................................................................................. A-2 Human exposure limits for ONECELL deployments ............................................... A-2 Reference documents ......................................................................................... A-5 FCC ID...................................................................................................................... A-6 RP5100 series ..................................................................................................... A-6 RP2000 series ..................................................................................................... A-7 Appendix B Installation troubleshooting Baseband Controller LED patterns ........................................................................... B-2 Radio Point LED patterns ......................................................................................... B-4 RP5100i LED patterns........................................................................................ B-4 RP5100r LED patterns ....................................................................................... B-6 RP2000 series LED patterns............................................................................... B-7 Appendix C Specifications Appendix D Field Replaceable Units Environmental and physical specifications............................................................... C-1 SPF/SPF+ specifications........................................................................................... C-3 FRU overview...........................................................................................................D-2 Replacing Baseband Controller modules..................................................................D-2 Prerequisites .......................................................................................................D-2 Off-site activities ................................................................................................ D-3 On-site activities.................................................................................................D-7 Post-Install Verification .................................................................................... D-11 Replacing Radio Points prerequisites and on-site activities ...................................D-13 Prerequisites .....................................................................................................D-13 On-site activities...............................................................................................D-14 Replacing RP5100 series Radio Points................................................................... D-16 Replacing a ceiling RP5100i (above tile).........................................................D-17 Replacing a flown mounted RP5100i...............................................................D-32 Replacing a pole mounted RP5100i .................................................................D-42 Replacing RP5100i RF modules.............................................................................D-47 Replacing RP2000 series Radio Points................................................................... D-52 Replacing a ceiling Indoor RP (above tile) ......................................................D-52 Replacing a flown mounted Indoor RP ............................................................ D-62 D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 v Contents Replacing a pole mounted Indoor RP...............................................................D-66 Replacing a vertical pole mounted Rugged RP................................................D-69 Replacing a horizontal pole mounted Rugged RP............................................D-76 Replacing a wall mounted Rugged RP.............................................................D-81 RP post-replacement verification............................................................................ D-85 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines Overview................................................................................................................... E-2 Cable handling .......................................................................................................... E-2 Cable termination...................................................................................................... E-3 Cable splicing ..................................................................................................... E-4 Cable termination ............................................................................................... E-5 Cable grounding ............................................................................................... E-10 Lightning protection................................................................................................ E-12 Important guidelines......................................................................................... E-12 Indoor box ........................................................................................................ E-12 Outdoor protection ........................................................................................... E-13 Ceiling connector .................................................................................................... E-15 Patch panel .............................................................................................................. E-17 Power separation guidelines ................................................................................... E-17 T F A R D vi M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Contents D R A F T vii ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 List of figures Figure 1-1 Figure 1-2 Figure 3-1 Figure 4-1 Figure 4-2 Figure 4-3 Figure 4-4 Figure 5-1 Figure 5-2 Figure 5-3 Figure 5-4 Figure 6-1 Figure 6-2 Figure 6-3 Figure 6-4 Figure E-1 Figure E-2 Figure E-3 Figure E-4 Figure E-5 Figure E-6 Figure E-7 ONECELL solution .........................................................................1-3 Baseband Controller ports ...............................................................1-5 Fan label...........................................................................................3-5 CommScope ceiling mount kit contents ..........................................4-3 Drop rail, system integrator-provided..............................................4-4 CommScope flown mount kit contents..........................................4-23 Mounting bracket kit contents .......................................................4-31 Hardware provided by CommScope................................................5-2 Hardware provided by the systems integrator .................................5-3 RJ45, IP67 connector assembly.......................................................5-4 Antenna port label............................................................................5-4 CommScope ceiling mount kit contents ..........................................6-3 Drop rail, system integrator-provided..............................................6-4 CommScope supplied kit contents.................................................6-17 Mounting bracket kit contents .......................................................6-23 Unreel cable .................................................................................... E-2 Cable with sock attached using tie wrap......................................... E-3 RJ45, IP67 connector...................................................................... E-3 Assembling the connector on the RP end ....................................... E-4 CAT6-A lightning protector ......................................................... E-13 Remote equipment protection for outdoor devices....................... E-14 Protector box mounted to pole...................................................... E-15 D R A F T viii ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 List of tables Table 1 Table 2 Table 1-1 Table A-1 Table A-2 Table C-1 Table E-1 Customer documentation ................................................................... xiv Conventions ........................................................................................ xv Baseband Controller physical port assignments.................................1-4 RF exposure for ONECELL at maximum power internal antennas for RP5000 series ....................................................................................A-3 RF exposure for ONECELL at maximum power internal antennas for RP2000 series ....................................................................................A-4 Environmental and Physical specifications....................................... C-1 CAT-6A protection equipment parts list ......................................... E-13 D R A F T ix ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 List of tables T F A R D x M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Document revision history The following section lists documentation changes in ONECELL Installation Guide, v5.5 (M0304AC). Revision 5.5.01 (July 8, 2021) Initial document release D R A F T xi ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Document revision history T F A R D xii M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 About this document This document provides the procedures for installing and configuring the Baseband Controller and Radio Points. Audience Purpose This document is written for computer hardware installers and administrators, network architects and business planners who are responsible for the planning and design of the CommScope ONECELL deployment environment. This guide provides the information necessary for installing the ONECELL hardware in the operators network. What you need to know The reader should have a basic understanding of:
Data networks LTE technology General telecommunications practices Customer documentation The following table lists available documents in the ONECELL documentation suite. ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D R A F T xiii About this document Table 1. Customer documentation Title Contents ONECELL Installation Guide, v5.5 (M0304AC) Includes detailed installation instructions for Baseband Controller and Radio Points hardware. ONECELL Feature Guide, v5.5
(M0304AE) ONECELL Network Planning Guide, v5.5 (M0304AF) Contains a description of anchor features for the current and previous releases, and a system overview, including CommScope provided components and required components from other vendors. Describes main components of the ONECELL system, high-level view of hardware components, how do you engineer an in-building system, how do you determine Radio Points locations, and how to design in-building systems. Contains best practices for deployment, including when to use clustering, and how to manage capacity. ONECELL RP5200 Installation Guide, v5.5 (M0304AG) Includes detailed installation instructions for Baseband Controller and Radio Points hardware. OM and KPI Reference for ONECELL Devices, v5.5
(M0304AK) Describes the operational measurements and key performance indicators for ONECELL devices. ONECELL Troubleshooting, v5.5
(M0304AJ) Covers common troubleshooting scenarios in deployed devices and troubleshooting methods. ONECELL Administration, v5.5
(M0304AH) Describes how to operate, maintain and manage ONECELL devices using the Baseband Controllers Web UI. ONECELL Device Alarm Reference (M0304AL) Includes ONECELL device alarm information. T F A R D xiv M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 About this document Conventions This guide uses the following text conventions, as applicable. Table 2. Conventions Convention Description Syntax symbols
Font usage Bold input font Italic input font Plain output font Italic output font Enclose a required parameter or set of parameters. For example:
>band-class <class>
<class> is a required parameter. Enclose an optional parameter or set of parameters. For example:
>activate image <version> [reboot]
[reboot] is an optional parameter. Separates items on a list of parameters, only one of which can be used. For example:
>channel-included <yes|no>
A valid command is:
>channel-included yes Indicates text that must be entered exactly as shown. For example:
Enter ping 192.23.10.12. Indicates a variable parameter for which you must provide an actual value. For example:
>authentication key <aukey>
<aukey> is a variable parameter. A valid command is:
>authentication key 9782503000 Indicates system output in a command line or system-
generated file. For example:
IP address 192.23.10.12 is alive. Indicates a variable in system output in a command line or system-generated file. For example:
Installation of release <release> is complete. D R A F T xv ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 About this document Table 2. Conventions Convention Description blue text Indicates a hypertext link. Plain italic font Bold font Other conventions
Indicates file names, directory paths, book titles, chapter titles, and user accounts. Indicates text that appears on screen exactly as shown, for example, names of screens, names of buttons, items on menus, and items on pull down lists. Indicates graphical user interface (GUI) menu path. For example:
Select Edit > Add Network to open the Add Network screen. Notes, cautions, and warnings NOTE Notes provide additional information about the subject text. CAUTION Cautions indicate that procedures, if performed incorrectly, can cause equipment damage or data loss. WARNING Warnings indicate that procedures, if performed incorrectly, can harm you. M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 T F A R D xvi Part I: Overview and preparation Chapter 1 CommScope ONECELL overview Chapter 2 Preparing to install the ONECELL system D R A F T T F A R D Chapter 1 CommScope ONECELL overview This chapter contains a high level overview of the ONECELL deployment and the ONECELL components installed in the ONECELL system. Overview CommScope ONECELL system ONECELL hardware components 1-2 1-2 1-3 D R A F T 1-1 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 1 CommScope ONECELL overview Overview ONECELL is a revolutionary wireless system that can deliver the ultimate in wireless performance. It eliminates cell borders and handovers It can cover a large area with consistent user experience without any significant interference It can take advantage of multiple distributed radio points to deliver a stronger signal on both the downlink and the uplink It can deliver greater capacity through distributed (multi-user and single-user) MIMO and Coordinated Multipoint (CoMP) It has the flexibility to neutralize macro interference in co-channel small cell deployments It can be used to deliver unprecedented levels of capacity to hot spot areas by deploying radio points with overlapping coverage and enabling multi- user MIMO In addition to these important benefits in user experience and data capacity, ONECELL provides superior economics and investment protection, ease of deployment and support for multi-operator deployments. CommScope ONECELL system ONECELL is an in-building, enterprise solution for LTE that provides an in-building consistent signal. It operates as a wireless network with a single cell, called a Baseband Controller, over distributed Radio Points. Network operators benefit from the ONECELL because they reduce the load on their infrastructure. T F A R D 1-2 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Figure 1-1. ONECELL solution Chapter 1 CommScope ONECELL overview ONECELL hardware components The ONECELL hardware consists of the following components:
Baseband Controller Baseband Controller Chassis Baseband Controller Module Power/Fan Unit (PFU) Baseband Controller physical ports The following ports are on the front panel of the Baseband Controller Module. Table 1-1 shows the port assignments. In addition, there is a connector used for the GPS antenna cable. NOTE For more detailed BC port information, see ONECELL Network Planning Guide, v5.5 (M0304AF). ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D R A F T 1-3 Chapter 1 CommScope ONECELL overview Table 1-1. Baseband Controller physical port assignments Port Assignment Network Port Speed Media Type Description MGMT 1 Gbps RJ45 Local Management External Interface to access the WebGUI on the Baseband Controller. Not used 1 Gbps Not used IQ Data 1 Gbps Boundary Clock 1 Gbps IPsec 1 Gbps X2 and Redundancy 1 Gbps 1 Gbps RP Management and Timing RJ45 RJ45 Dual Media RJ45 or SFP Dual Media RJ45 or SFP Dual Media RJ45 or SFP Dual Media RJ45 or SFP IQ Data 10 Gbps SFP+
Not used 10 Gbps SFP+
Not used Fronthaul IQ Data Traffic between the Baseband Controller and Radio Points via an Ethernet switch on copper (RJ45) port. Boundary Clock Input of IEEE 1588 PTP Timing signal via dual media port. Backhaul Traffic (S1 and OAM Interfaces) via dual media port. VLAN tags are configurable in Dual IPsec mode to separate different traffic streams on the same port. Fronthaul Traffic for X2 and Redundancy Cluster data via dual media port. Fronthaul Traffic for IEEE 1588 PTP timing and SOAP/XML control data via dual media port. Timing and OAM data traffic between Baseband Controller and Radio Points through an Ethernet switch(s) Fronthaul IQ Data Traffic between the Baseband Controller and Radio Points via Ethernet switch on Fiber (SFP) port. 0 1-6 7 8 9 10 11 12 T F A R D 1-4 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Figure 1-2. Baseband Controller ports Chapter 1 CommScope ONECELL overview Copper wire ports Fiber optic ports ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D R A F T 1-5 Chapter 1 CommScope ONECELL overview T F A R D 1-6 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 2 Preparing to install the ONECELL system This section has the steps to complete before starting the ONECELL installation. Overview Before installing the ONECELL components 2-2 2-2 D R A F T 2-1 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 2 Preparing to install the ONECELL system Overview This document describes the ONECELL installation and includes:
Chapter 3, Baseband Controller installation Chapter 4, RP5100i installation Chapter 5, RP5100r installation Chapter 6, RP2000 Installation Chapter 7, RP2100 Installation Before installing the ONECELL components Before installing the ONECELL components, the system integrator must plan the network for the topology that will be deployed. See OneCell Network Planning Guide
(913023). CommScope recommends that cables and switches be in place before installing the ONECELL components. See Appendix E, Cable installation and power separation guidelines for more information. Commissioning the ONECELL network To bring your ONECELL system up, youll need to commission the system by configuring it. The commissioning procedures are dependent on the site installation. Contact your CommScope representative for your commissioning procedures. T F A R D 2-2 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Part II: ONECELL component installation Chapter 3 Baseband Controller installation Chapter 4 RP5100i installation Chapter 5 RP5100r installation Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation D R A F T T F A R D Chapter 3 Baseband Controller installation This chapter contains the Baseband Controller installation procedures, including chassis installation into a rack, Baseband Controller Module and Power/Fan Unit installation into the Baseband Controller Chassis and the cables required for a basic installation. Preparing for Baseband Controller installation Installing the Baseband Controller into a rack 3-2 3-2 D R A F T 3-1 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 3 Baseband Controller installation Preparing for Baseband Controller installation Open the shipping box. It should have the components for one complete Baseband Controller Module:
Baseband Controller Chassis including four mounting screws Baseband Controller Module Power/Fan Unit (PFU) The Baseband Controller is 1U high. Be sure there is enough room for the Baseband Controller in the rack. NOTE If you are installing a ONECELL system with GPS timing, you will need a coaxial cable with an SMA-type male connector to the Baseband Controller. For information on RF gain requirements, see ONECELL Network Planning Guide, v5.5 (M0304AF). Installing the Baseband Controller into a rack The Baseband Controller can be installed in a 19-inch or 600mm rack. The Baseband Controller Chassis package contains two kits: one with 19-inch brackets and one with 600mm brackets. CAUTION The Baseband Controller, when mounted, must be in the horizontal position. No other orientations are allowed. NOTE The chassis requires four screws to secure it into the rack. 1 Select the 19-inch or 600mm bracket kit according to the size of the rack. Attach the brackets to the Baseband Controller Chassis M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 T F A R D 3-2 Chapter 3 Baseband Controller installation 2 Slide the chassis into the rack. 3 Line up the holes in the chassis ears to the holes in the rack. 4 Secure the chassis with the screws. D R A F T 3-3 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 3 Baseband Controller installation 5 Carefully slide the BC into the front of the chassis. 6 Secure the BC by tightening the front panel screws. T F A R D 3-4 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 3 Baseband Controller installation 7 In the back of the rack, carefully slide the PFU into the back of the chassis. CAUTION The PFU has a fan hazard. A label is affixed to the top of the PFU indicating the hazard. Figure 3-1. Fan label NOTE: The connectors on the PFU should fit easily into the connector on the BC. Do not force the PFU into the chassis. D R A F T 3-5 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 3 Baseband Controller installation 8 Secure the PFU by tightening the thumb screws. 9 Connect the power cord to the PFU. T F A R D 3-6 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 3 Baseband Controller installation 10 On the Baseband Controller Modules front panel, connect the GPS antenna cable. 11 Connect the Ethernet or fiber optic cable to the appropriate port. D R A F T 3-7 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 3 Baseband Controller installation 12 On the back of the Baseband Controller, turn on the power. The LEDs on the front panel will be solid green, when the power is on. If none are on, check your power connection. If the LED pattern is other than all green, see Baseband Controller LED patterns on page B-2. T F A R D 3-8 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation This chapter describes installing indoor Radio Points on ceiling tiles, above ceiling tiles, on poles and in a flown configuration. RP5100i installation overview Ceiling mount Flown mount Pole mount 4-2 4-3 4-22 4-31 D R A F T 4-1 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation RP5100i installation overview The RP5100i is the Radio Point for indoor solutions. There are four configurations for installing the RP5100i, which are dependent on the ceiling type. Ceiling mount, on tile Ceiling mount, above tile Flown mount Pole mount Once the Radio Point is installed and powered on, it may take up to 20 minutes for the frequency to stabilize and lock. If the MR port is connected to a switch that does not provide IEEE802.3bt, type-4 PoE power, the SR port can be used to provide power with a PoE++ injector. For more information, see ONECELL Network Planning Guide, v5.5 (M0304AF). NOTE NOTE T F A R D 4-2 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Ceiling mount Chapter 4 RP5100i installation Mounting the Radio Point (RP) above or on the ceiling tile requires the following hardware provided by CommScope:
Radio Point plate and screws 4" octagon box, 1-1/2" deep with 1/2" side cutouts Clamp and screw Figure 4-1. CommScope ceiling mount kit contents Octagon box Mounting plate for octagon box with 2 screws Mounting plate for RP with 4 screws D R A F T 4-3 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation Mounting the Radio Point (RP) above or on the ceiling tile requires the following hardware provided by the system integrator:
Drop rail Eaton B-line BA50A or equivalent, with a static load capacity of at least 25 lbs without a drop wire, recommended Figure 4-2. Drop rail, system integrator-provided Drop rail Clamp 2 screws T F A R D 4-4 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation Mounting the Radio Point on the ceiling tile 1 Remove two ceiling tiles from the overhead. 2 Place the octagon box on the tile and trace the outline. Cut the opening. 3 Drill a 1/2-inch diameter hole for the Ethernet cable pass-through. NOTE: Use a 1-1/2 deep RACO 8125 or equivalent. D R A F T 4-5 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 4 Attach the octagon box to the ceiling bracket using a clamp and screw. 70 mm
(2.7) 138 mm
(5.4) Clamp Drop ceiling rail Octagon box Screws M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 T F A R D 4-6 5 Replace the ceiling tile with the cutouts. Chapter 4 RP5100i installation D R A F T 4-7 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 6 Install the drop rail/octagon box assembly over the modified tile. T F A R D 4-8 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 7 Attach the mounting plate onto the octagon box and feed the Ethernet cable through the small hole in the ceiling tile. Ethernet cable Mounting plate D R A F T 4-9 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 8 Attach base plate to the Radio Point. NOTE: Apply thread locking compound to screws prior to installation. 9 Mount the Radio Point on the octagon box plate. Ethernet cable T F A R D 4-10 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 10 Secure Radio Point to the octagon plate. Chapter 4 RP5100i installation D R A F T 4-11 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 11 Remove the cover from the RP. NOTE: The cover is attached to the RP with two lanyards. T F A R D 4-12 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 12 Connect Ethernet cable to the MR port on the Radio Point. Chapter 4 RP5100i installation D R A F T 4-13 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 13 Replace plastic cover on the Radio Point. 14 Replace the ceiling tile next to the Radio Point. T F A R D 4-14 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation Mounting the Radio Point above the ceiling tile 1 Remove ceiling tile from the overhead. D R A F T 4-15 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 2 Attach the octagon box to the bracket. NOTE: CommScope recommends an Eaton B-line BA50A adjustable bracket. Clamp Drop rail Octagon box Screw T F A R D 4-16 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 3 Attach the bracket to the mounting plate to the octagon box. Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 4 Attach plate to the Radio Point. NOTE: Apply thread locking compound to screws prior to installation. D R A F T 4-17 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 5 Attach the Radio Point to the octagon box mounting plate. T F A R D 4-18 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 6 Install drop rail above the ceiling tile. Chapter 4 RP5100i installation D R A F T 4-19 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 7 Remove the cover from the RP. NOTE: The cover is attached to the RP with two lanyards. 8 Connect the Ethernet cables to the Radio Point MR port. T F A R D 4-20 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 9 Replace the cover on the Radio Point. Chapter 4 RP5100i installation NOTE: The minimum clearance for cooling is 3 inches. 3 Ceiling tile D R A F T 4-21 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 10 Replace the ceiling tile. Flown mount The Radio Point can be flown mounted on the end of a rod. This configuration is used for building where there are no drop ceilings. Mounting the Radio Point (RP) in the flown configuration requires the following hardware provided by CommScope in the mounting kit:
Radio Point plate and screws 4" octagon box, 1-1/2" deep with 1/2" side cutouts NOTE: Remove the top, middle cutout. Clamp and screw this hardware is not required for the flown mount option T F A R D 4-22 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Figure 4-3. CommScope flown mount kit contents Chapter 4 RP5100i installation Octagon box Mounting the Radio Point (RP) in the flown configuration requires the following hardware provided by the system integrator:
Mounting plate for RP with 4 screws Mounting plate for octagon box with 2 screws Rod, 3/8-inch threaded Nut Lock nut, nylon Flat washers D R A F T 4-23 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation Flown mount installation 1 Attach the threaded, 3/8-inch rod, cut to the required length, to the ceiling. 2 Install the nut and a flat washer on the rod. 3 Slide the octagon box on the rod and install a flat washer and the nylon lock nut. NOTE: Be sure the bracket is tight between the nuts and there is enough clearance at the end of the rod to attach the bracket to the Radio Point. T F A R D 4-24 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 4 Attach plate to octagon box. Chapter 4 RP5100i installation D R A F T 4-25 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 5 Attach the mounting plate to the Radio Point. T F A R D 4-26 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 6 Attach the Radio Point to the octagon box. Chapter 4 RP5100i installation D R A F T 4-27 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 7 Remove the cover from the RP. NOTE: The cover is attached to the RP with two lanyards. T F A R D 4-28 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 8 Connect the Ethernet cable to the Radio Point MR port. Chapter 4 RP5100i installation D R A F T 4-29 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 9 Attach the plastic cover to the Radio Point. Installation is complete. T F A R D 4-30 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Pole mount Chapter 4 RP5100i installation The Radio Point can be pole mounted. This configuration is used for building where there are no drop ceilings. Mounting the Radio Point (RP) on a pole requires the following hardware provided by CommScope in the mounting kit:
Mounting bracket Screws Figure 4-4. Mounting bracket kit contents Mounting the Radio Point (RP) on a pole requires the following hardware provided by the system integrator:
Adjustable clamp at least 2 inches larger than the circumference of the pole Pole mount installation 1 Attach the bracket to the Radio point. D R A F T 4-31 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 2 Slide the adjustable clamp through the slots on the Radio Point bracket. 3 Wrap the clamp around the pole and tighten the clamp screw to secure the Radio Point to the pole. T F A R D 4-32 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 4 Remove the cover from the RP. NOTE: The cover is attached to the RP with two lanyards. D R A F T 4-33 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 5 Connect the Ethernet cable to the Radio Point MR port. T F A R D 4-34 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 6 Replace the plastic cover on the Radio Point. Chapter 4 RP5100i installation D R A F T 4-35 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation Installation is complete. T F A R D 4-36 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 5 RP5100r installation This chapter describes installing Rugged Radio Points on poles and walls. Rugged Radio Point installation overview Pole mount installation Wall mount installation 5-2 5-4 5-10 D R A F T 5-1 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 5 RP5100r installation Rugged Radio Point installation overview The Rugged Radio Point (RP) ships with the following hardware:
Radio Point Mounting plate Mounting bolts (M8 Hex) RJ45, IP67 connector for CAT 6A cables Figure 5-1. Hardware provided by CommScope NOTE An M8 hex wrench is required to install mounting bolts. Mounting the Radio Point (RP) on a pole requires the following hardware provided by the system integrator:
Two U bolts Four nuts ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D R A F T 5-2 Chapter 5 RP5100r installation RJ45, IP67 connector for CAT 5E Ethernet surge protector, as required by local code (for example, DTK-MRJPOEX or DTK-MRJPOES) NOTE If the MR port is connected to a switch that does not provide IEEE802.3bt, type-4 PoE power, the SR port can be used to provide power with a PoE++ injector. In this case, the installer needs to provide a CAT 5E MPN 17-10044 connector (https://
www.conec.com/catalog/en/rj45-stecker-set.html) to connect the RJ45 to the SR port. For more information, see ONECELL Network Planning Guide, v5.5
(M0304AF). Figure 5-2. Hardware provided by the systems integrator T F A R D 5-3 Mounting the Radio Point (RP) on a wall requires the following hardware provided by the system integrator:
Four molly screws capable 50 lb (23 kg) minimum rating NOTE Once the Radio Point is installed and the powered on, it may take up to 20 minutes for the frequency to stabilize and lock. Before connecting the Ethernet cables to the RP, terminate the RP end of the Ethernet cable with the RJ45, IP67 connector. M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Figure 5-3. RJ45, IP67 connector assembly Chapter 5 RP5100r installation Antenna port label In a multi operator deployment, each operator can connect their own antenna for the Bands and slots they intend to use. This feature allows an operator to reserve the Band/Radio module slot on an outdoor RP5100r to be used for or by a Baseband Controller when outdoor RP5100s are deployed in an enterprise with multiple Baseband Controllers (up to 4). The antenna port label shows the antenna ports, internal slot number and supported band. These parameters are configured at the factory. Figure 5-4. Antenna port label Pole mount installation There is vertical orientation for pole mount installations NOTE The minimum pole diameter requirement is 4'' (102mm). ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D R A F T 5-4 Chapter 5 RP5100r installation Vertical pole mount 1 Slide the two U bolt clamps onto the pole and secure the RP mounting plate to the clamps with four nuts. T F A R D 5-5 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 2 Insert two screws into the upper holes on opposite sides of the RP. Chapter 5 RP5100r installation Required orientation is with connectors at the bottom of the RP D R A F T 5-6 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 5 RP5100r installation 3 Hang the RP to the mounting bracket using the installed screws. CAUTION Ensure that the RP is oriented correctly with all connectors at the bottom of the RP. Required orientation with connectors at the bottom of the RP T F A R D 5-7 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 5 RP5100r installation 4 Align holes at bottom location of bracket. Insert and tighten the bottom screws through the plate hole into both sides of the RP. Be sure that all four screws are tightened. NOTE: The torque requirement for the mounting screws is 20-21 in-lbs. D R A F T 5-8 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 5 RP5100r installation 5 Connect the antenna cables on the bottom of the RP. 6 Connect the Ethernet cable RJ45 end to the bottom of the RP to the MR port. MR port Ethernet T F A R D 5-9 Antenna cables M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 5 RP5100r installation Wall mount installation 1 Drill four holes in the wall using the mounting plate to determine the hole locations. Mount the backplate on the wall with four molly screws. T F A R D 5-10 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 5 RP5100r installation 2 Insert two screws into the upper holes on opposite sides of the RP as shown in the drawing below. Required orientation is with connectors at the bottom of the RP ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D R A F T 5-11 Chapter 5 RP5100r installation 3 Attach the RP to the mounting plate. Required orientation is with connectors at the bottom of the RP 4 Tighten the top screws on the RP and insert and tighten the bottom screws on the RP. NOTE: The torque requirement for the mounting screws is 20-21 in-lbs. T F A R D 5-12 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 5 RP5100r installation 5 Insert and tighten the bottom screws through the plate hole into both sides of the RP. D R A F T 5-13 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 5 RP5100r installation 6 Connect the antenna cables on the bottom of the RP. 7 Connect the Ethernet cable RJ45 end to the bottom of the RP to the MR port. NOTE: Insert the Ethernet surge protection as required by local code (for example, DTK-MRJPOEX or DTK-MRJPOES). MR Ethernet port T F A R D Antenna cables 5-14 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation This chapter describes installing indoor Radio Points on ceiling tiles, above ceiling tiles, on poles and in a flown configuration. Indoor Radio Point (RP2000) installation overview Ceiling mount Flown mount Pole mount 6-2 6-3 6-17 6-23 D R A F T 6-1 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation Indoor Radio Point (RP2000) installation overview There are four configurations for installing the Radio Point, which are dependent on the ceiling type. Ceiling mount, on tile Ceiling mount, above tile Flown mount Pole mount NOTE Once the Radio Point is installed and the powered on, it may take up to 20 minutes for the frequency to stabilize and lock. T F A R D 6-2 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation Ceiling mount Mounting the Radio Point (RP) above or on the ceiling tile requires the following hardware provided by CommScope:
Radio Point mounting plate and 4 screws Octagon box mounting plate and 2 screws 4" octagon box, 1-1/2" deep with 1/2" side cutouts Clamp with screw - not required for flown mount option Figure 6-1. CommScope ceiling mount kit contents Octagon box Mounting plate for octagon box with 2 screws Clamp with 1 screw Mounting plate for RP with 4 screws D R A F T 6-3 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation Mounting the Radio Point (RP) above or on the ceiling tile requires the following hardware provided by the systems integrator:
Drop rail Eaton B-line BA50 recommended Figure 6-2. Drop rail, system integrator-provided T F A R D 6-4 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Mounting the Radio Point on the ceiling tile 1 Remove two ceiling tiles from the overhead. Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation 2 Place the octagon box on the tile and trace the outline. Cut the opening. D R A F T 6-5 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation 3 Drill a 1/2-inch diameter hole for the Ethernet cable pass-through. NOTE: Use a 1-1/2 deep RACO 8125 or equivalent. 4 Attach the octagon box to the ceiling bracket using a clamp and screw. NOTE: CommScope recommends the Eaton B-line BA50 bracket. 1/2-inch diameter hole Hole for mounting plate Clamp Drop ceiling rail Octagon box Screw M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 T F A R D 6-6 5 Replace the ceiling tile with the cutouts. Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation D R A F T 6-7 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation 6 Install the drop rail assembly over the ceiling tile with the cutouts. T F A R D 6-8 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 7 Attach the mounting plate onto the octagon box. Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation Ethernet cable Mounting plate 8 Attach base plate to the Radio Point. NOTE: Apply thread locking compound to screws prior to installation. D R A F T 6-9 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation 9 Mount the Radio Point to the octagon box plate. 10 Secure the Radio Point. T F A R D 6-10 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 11 Connect the Ethernet cable to the Radio Point. Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation 12 Replace the second ceiling tile. D R A F T 6-11 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation Installation is complete. T F A R D 6-12 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Mounting the Radio Point above the ceiling tile 1 Remove ceiling tile from the overhead. Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation 2 Attach the octagon box to the bracket. Clamp Drop ceiling rail Octagon box Screw D R A F T 6-13 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation 3 Attach the mounting plate to the Radio Point. NOTE: Apply thread locking compound to screws prior to installation. 4 Attach the Radio Point to the octagon box. T F A R D 6-14 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 5 Install the drop rail assembly to the ceiling tile rail. Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation NOTE: The minimum clearance for cooling is 3 inches. 3 Ceiling tile ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D R A F T 6-15 Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation 6 Connect Ethernet cable to RP. 7 Replace the ceiling tile. T F A R D 6-16 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation Flown mount The Radio Point can be flown mounted on the end of a rod. This configuration is used for buildings where there are no drop ceilings. Mounting the Radio Point (RP) in the flown configuration requires the hardware listed in Indoor Radio Point (RP2000) installation overview on page 6-2 Figure 6-3. CommScope supplied kit contents Mounting the Radio Point (RP) in the flown configuration requires the following hardware provided by the system integrator:
Rod, 3/8-inch threaded 2 flat washers Nut Lock nut, nylon D R A F T 6-17 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation Flown mount installation 1 Attach the threaded, 3/8-inch rod, cut to the required length, to the ceiling. 2 Install the nut and a flat washer on the rod. 3 Slide the octagon box onto the rod and install a flat washer and the nylon lock nut. T F A R D 6-18 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 4 Attach the plate with two screws to the octagon box. Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation 5 Attach the CommScope supplied mounting plate to the Radio Point with four screws. D R A F T 6-19 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation 6 Attach the Radio Point to the octagon box. T F A R D 6-20 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 7 Secure the Radio Point to the octagon box plate. Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation D R A F T 6-21 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation 8 Connect the Ethernet cable to the Radio Point. Installation is complete. T F A R D 6-22 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Pole mount Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation The Radio Point can be pole mounted. This configuration is used for building where there are no drop ceilings. Mounting the Radio Point (RP) on a pole requires the following hardware provided by CommScope in the mounting kit:
Mounting bracket 4 screws Figure 6-4. Mounting bracket kit contents Mounting the Radio Point (RP) on a pole requires the following hardware provided by the system integrator:
Adjustable clamp at least 2 inches larger than the circumference of the pole Pole mount installation 1 Attach the bracket to the Radio point. Mounting bracket D R A F T 6-23 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation 2 Slide the adjustable clamp through the slots on the Radio Point bracket. 3 Wrap the clamp around the pole and tighten the clamp screw to secure the Radio Point to the pole. 4 Connect the Ethernet cable to the Radio Point. T F A R D 6-24 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation Installation is complete. D R A F T 6-25 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation T F A R D 6-26 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021
1 2 3 4 5 6 | MANUAL PART 2 | Users Manual | 5.45 MiB | February 09 2022 |
Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation This chapter describes installing Rugged Radio Points on poles and walls. Rugged Radio Point (RP2100) installation overview Pole mount installation Wall mount installation 7-2 7-4 7-17 D R A F T 7-1 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Rugged Radio Point (RP2100) installation overview The Rugged Radio Point (RP) ships with the following hardware:
Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation Radio Point Mounting plate Mounting brackets Four tamper-resistant mounting screws (M5) RJ45, IP67 connector Two 4.3-10 antenna couplers NOTE A tamper-resistant T25 Torx bit, 1/4" hex shank, attached to a driver handle, is required to secure the tamper-resistant mounting screws. Mounting the Radio Point (RP) on a pole requires the following hardware provided by the system integrator:
Two adjustable clamps ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D R A F T 7-2 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation Mounting the Radio Point (RP) on a wall requires the following hardware provided by the system integrator:
Four molly screws capable 50 lb (23 kg) minimum rating Before installing the RP on the pole, terminate the RP end of the Ethernet cable with the RJ45, IP67 connector provided in the box. NOTE Once the Radio Point is installed and the powered on, it may take up to 20 minutes for the frequency to stabilize and lock. T F A R D 7-3 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation Pole mount installation There are two orientations for pole mount installations:
Vertical pole mount Horizontal pole mount NOTE The minimum pole diameter requirement is 4'' (102mm). Vertical pole mount 1 Attach mounting brackets to mounting plate. NOTE: The torque requirement for the bracket mounting screws is 5-6 in-lbs. 2 Slide the adjustable clamp through the slots on each RP mounting bracket on the RP plate. Slide adjustable clamp end through slots ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D R A F T 7-4 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation 3 Wrap each clamp around the pole and tighten the clamp screw to secure the RP to the pole. T F A R D 7-5 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation 4 Insert two screws into the upper holes on opposite sides of the RP as shown in the drawing below. CAUTION Ensure that the RP is oriented correctly with the two antenna connectors at the top of the RP. Required orientation ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D R A F T 7-6 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation 5 Hang the RP to the mounting bracket using the installed screws. Align holes at bottom location of bracket. T F A R D 7-7 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation 6 Insert and tighten the bottom screws through the plate hole into both sides of the RP. Be sure that all four screws are tightened. NOTE: The torque requirement for the mounting screws is 20-21 in-lbs. D R A F T 7-8 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation 7 Connect the antenna couplers on the top of the RP. NOTE: Check the antenna coupler manufacturers documentation for torque requirements. 8 Connect the Ethernet cable RJ45 end to the bottom of the RP. T F A R D 7-9 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation Horizontal pole mount 1 Attach mounting brackets to mounting plate. NOTE: The torque requirement for the bracket mounting screws is 5-6 in-lbs. T F A R D 7-10 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation 2 Slide the adjustable clamp through the slots on each RP mounting bracket on the RP plate. Slide adjustable clamp end through slots D R A F T 7-11 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation 3 Wrap each clamp around the pole and tighten the clamp screw to secure the RP to the pole. 4 Insert two screws into the upper holes on opposite sides of the RP as shown in the drawing below. T F A R D 7-12 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation CAUTION Ensure that the RP is oriented correctly with the two antenna connectors at the top of the RP. Required orientation ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D R A F T 7-13 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation 5 Hang the RP to the mounting bracket using the installed screws. Align holes at bottom location of bracket and install two additional screws. T F A R D 7-14 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation 6 Insert and tighten the bottom screws through the plate hole into both sides of the RP. Be sure that all four screws are tightened. NOTE: The torque requirement for the mounting screws is 20-21 in-lbs. D R A F T 7-15 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation 7 Connect the antenna couplers on the top of the RP. NOTE: Check the antenna coupler manufacturers documentation for torque requirements. 8 Connect the Ethernet cable RJ45 end to the bottom of the RP. T F A R D 7-16 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation Wall mount installation 1 Drill four holes in the wall using the mounting plate to determine the hole locations. Mount the backplate on the wall with four molly screws. D R A F T 7-17 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation 2 Insert two screws into the upper holes on opposite sides of the RP as shown in the drawing below. Required orientation T F A R D 7-18 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation 3 Attach the RP to the mounting plate. Tighten the top screws on the RP and insert and tighten the bottom screws on the RP. NOTE: The torque requirement for the mounting screws is 20-21 in-lbs. D R A F T 7-19 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation 4 Insert and tighten the bottom screws through the plate hole into both sides of the RP. 5 Connect the antenna couplers on the top of the RP. NOTE: Check the antenna coupler manufacturers documentation for torque requirements. 6 Connect the Ethernet cable RJ45 end to the bottom of the RP. T F A R D 7-20 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Part III: Appendices Appendix A Safety Appendix B Installation troubleshooting Appendix C Specifications Appendix D Field Replaceable Units Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines D R A F T T F A R D Appendix A Safety This appendix contains specifications for CommScope ONECELL, including FCC information and technical data. Radiation Exposure Statement Human exposure limits for ONECELL deployments FCC ID A-2 A-2 A-6 D R A F T A-1 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter A Safety Radiation Exposure Statement Important: Changes or modifications not expressly approved by CommScope LLC could void your authority to operate the equipment. The Baseband Controller and RP5100 have been tested and found to comply with the limits for Class A equipment, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at his own expense. For more information, see the publication femtocells and Health at http:// www.femtoforum.org or visit the FCC website at www.fcc.gov. FCC Part 15 NOTE EN55032 WARNING This equipment is compliant with Class A of EN55032. In a residential environment, this equipment may cause radio interference. T F A R D A-2 Human exposure limits for ONECELL deployments The human exposure limits for the ONECELL product is calculated by using the Maximum Permissible Exposure (MPE) method associated with fixed-type transmitter devices at a minimum exposure distance of 20 cm. WARNING This equipment is not suitable for use in locations where children are likely to be present. M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Table A-1 includes values for one Radio Point (RP5000 series) and four Radio Points per chassis. Chapter A Safety Table A-1. RF exposure for ONECELL at maximum power internal antennas for RP5000 series Parameter RPM-A5A11-
B66 RPM-A5A11-
B02 RPM-I5A11-
B01 RPM-I5A11-
B03 RPM-I5A11-
B07 24.13 24.23 24.25 24.00 24.70 Tx Power (dBm) per antenna Tx Loss (dB) Tx Antenna Gain (dBi) Number of Antennas
(MIMO) Contribution due to multiple antennas (dB) Bands Point Source Total EIRP
(watts) Power Density (W/m2) @
20 cm Transmitter Duty Cycle %
100 100 100 100 100 3.0103 3.0103 3.0103 3.0103 3.0103 Derived Total EIRP (dBW) 1.140 1.240 1.260 1.010 1.710 Frequency Range (MHz) 2110-2200 1930-1990 2110-2170 1805-1880 2620-2690 1.300 1.331 1.337 1.262 1.483 2.587 2.647 2.569 2.510 2.950 1. For persons with implants, the maximum calculated distance of 30cm. This applies to any combination of up to four radio modules in Bands 1,3 and 7. 2. For general public and workers, a measured distance of 5mm was determined. This applies to any combination of up to four radio modules in Bands 1,3 and 7. For general public and workers, a calculated distance of 20cm was determined. This applies to any combination of up to four radio modules in Bands 2 and 66. Parameter RPM-I5A11-
B17 RPM-A5A11-
B12 RPM-A5A11-
B14 RPM-A5A11-
B05 RPM-A5A11-
B30 21.70 21.88 21.45 21.58 20.99 0 4 2 66 0 4 Tx Power (dBm) per antenna Tx Loss (dB) Tx Antenna Gain (dBi) ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 0 4 2 2 0 4 0 4 2 3 0 2 0 4 2 7 0 5 0 4 2 1 0 4 D R A F T A-3 100 2
-1.110 12 0.775 1.541 21 0 5 2 100 Parameter RPM-I5A11-
B17 RPM-A5A11-
B12 RPM-A5A11-
B14 RPM-A5A11-
B05 RPM-A5A11-
B30 100 2 100 2 100 2 3.0103 3.0103 3.0103 3.0103 3.0103 Derived Total EIRP (dBW)
-1.290 Bands
-1.540 14
-3.410 5
-1.000 30 Frequency Range (MHz) 734-746 729 - 746 758 - 768 869-894 2350-2360 Chapter A Safety Transmitter Duty Cycle %
Number of Antennas
(MIMO) Contribution due to multiple antennas (dB) Point Source Total EIRP
(watts) Power Density (W/m2) @
20 cm 100 2 12 0.743 1.478 0.702 0.456 0.794 1.396 0.907 1.58 Table A-2 includes values for one Radio Point (RP2000 and RP2100) and four Radio Points per chassis. Table A-2. RF exposure for ONECELL at maximum power internal antennas for RP2000 series Parameter Indoor RP-A2014 & RP-I2014 Rugged RP-A2114 & RP-I2114 21 0 11.8 100 2 21 0 12 100 2 21 0 12.5 100 2 Tx Power (dBm) per antenna 21 Tx Loss (dB) Tx Antenna Gain (dBi) Transmitter Duty Cycle %
100 Number of Antennas (MIMO) Contribution due to multiple antennas (dB) 0 0 2 T F A R D A-4 3.0103 3.0103 3.0103 3.0103 3.0103 3.0103 Derived Total EIRP (dBW)
-5.990
-0.990 5.810 6.010 6.510 Bands 12,13,17 1,2,3,4,7,10,25 12,13,17 3 1,2,4,10,25 Frequency Range (MHz) 729-756 1805-2690 729-756 1805-1880 1930-2170 Point Source Total EIRP (watts) 0.252 0.796 3.811 3.991 4.477 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 21 0 13.5 100 2 7.510 2620-
2690 2620-
2690 5.637 Chapter A Safety Table A-2. RF exposure for ONECELL at maximum power internal antennas for RP2000 series (continued) Parameter Indoor RP-A2014 & RP-I2014 Rugged RP-A2114 & RP-I2114 Power Density (W/m2) @ 20 cm 0.501 1.584 7.582 7.939 8.908 11.214 Reference documents
[1] Federal Communications Commission Document OET Bulletin 65, Supplement C, 2001, Evaluating Compliance with FCC guidelines for Human Exposure to radio frequency Electromagnetic Fields, US Federal Communications Commission, Office of Engineering and Technology June 2001.
[2] Federal Communications Commission Document OET Bulletin 56, Questions and answers about biological effects and potential hazards of radio frequency electromagnetic fields, Federal Communications Commission Office of Engineering and Technology, August 1999.
[3] ICNIRP Guidelines for limiting exposure to time varying electric, magnetic and electromagnetic fields up to 300 GHz. International Commission on Non Ionizing Radiation, published in Health Physics 74 (4): 494-522; 1998
[4] ICNIRP Statement on EMF-Emitting New Technologies, International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation, published in Health Physics 94 (4):376-392, 2008
[5] 3GPP Document 3GPP TS 36.104 version 10.11.0 Release 10, LTE Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA); Base Station (BS) radio transmission and reception D R A F T A-5 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter A Safety FCC ID The FCC ID is available on the information labels attached to the RPs. RP5100 series For the RP5100i, the FCC ID for each of the installed radio modules is visible when the cover is removed. The drawing below shows the label on the radio module. T F A R D A-6 The RP5100r FCC ID is on the label located on the side of device as shown in the drawing below. M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter A Safety FCC ID label RP2000 series The RP2000 FCC ID is on the label located on the back of the device as shown in the drawing below. FCC ID label D R A F T A-7 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter A Safety The RP2100 FCC ID is on the label located on the side of the device as shown in the drawing below. FCC ID label T F A R D A-8 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix B Installation troubleshooting This section contains information on troubleshooting the ONECELL installation. It includes the LED patterns for the Baseband Controller and Radio points. Baseband Controller LED patterns Radio Point LED patterns B-2 B-4 D R A F T B-1 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Appendix B Installation troubleshooting Baseband Controller LED patterns The Baseband Controller has four LEDs on the front panel. The following table shows Display pattern for each LED What the pattern indicates Action to take, if any, to resolve the issue LED Display Pattern Indicates Action to Take STATUS Green, solid None Power On Sectors up RP ERROR Green, solid Power On None Amber, solid Self-test failure Replace Baseband Controller Green, blinking Firmware upgrade from DMS None Sectors not up Amber, blinking No configuration from DMS Check DMS availability Check if the provisioning is correct Escalate to operator OFF BC rebooting after upgrade None Red, solid*
Error in system - software or hardware issues detected Replace Baseband Controller Module Amber, solid Self-test failure Replace Baseband Controller Amber, blinking No Radio Points connected Check RP cable Off Radio Points connected, firmware upgrade from DMS None Red, blinking Check 1588 VLAN configuration Radio Point alarm - PLL state unlock; service impacting alarm from Radio Point (alarm in one or more RP) M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 T F A R D B-2 Appendix B Installation troubleshooting LED Display Pattern Indicates Action to Take TIMING LED Green, solid Power On, timing None Amber, solid Self-test failure Replace Baseband Controller Amber, blinking No timing Check GPS antenna connection feed Off Firmware upgrade from DMS None Red, solid*
Error in system Replace Baseband Controller Module CORE LED Green, solid Power On None GPS module down Software/Hardware issues Connection to MME Amber, solid Self-test failure Replace Baseband Controller Amber, blinking No connection to MME IPsec is up Check the MME configuration on the BC Check if MME is reachable Off Firmware upgrade from DMS None Red, blinking Internet connection IPsec down Check if Security Gateway is reachable Check security credentials Red, solid*
No Internet Replace Baseband Controller Module Interface hardware issues
* Note: When all of the LEDs are solid red, there is a BC hardware failure. D R A F T B-3 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Appendix B Installation troubleshooting Radio Point LED patterns This section contains LED patterns for RP5100 series and RP2000 series. RP5100i LED patterns The Radio Point RP5100i supports six LEDs on the front cover. Indicators are for four radios (one for each) ETH 1 MR PORT:POE++, POE+, Ethernet link ETH 2 SR PORT:POE++, POE+, Ethernet link T F A R D B-4 ETH 1, 2 RADIO 1, 2, 3, 4 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix B Installation troubleshooting The following table shows:
Display pattern for each LED What the pattern indicates Action to take, if any, to resolve the issue LED Display Pattern Indicates Action to Take RADIO 1 Green, solid Power On, transmitting None RADIO 2 RADIO 3 RADIO 4 Amber, solid Red, solid RFTxState OFF No Controller Assigned No Timing No connection to Controller HW error Low Power Check 1588 VLAN configuration Verify that the Radio Point is in STANDBY because more than 32 RPs are connected Hardware error replace Radio Point Green, blinking Firmware upgrade None Amber, blinking RF module Self-Test Failure Replace Radio Module Eth 1 Green, solid Power On, PoE++ power None Amber, solid Link up, no power Check that the Ethernet cable is connected to the Radio Point Green, blinking PoE+ power None Amber, blinking Platform Self-Test Failure Replace Radio Point Red, solid Ethernet port error Connect the Ethernet cable between the Baseband Controller and Radio Point Replace Radio Point Eth 2 Green, solid Power On, PoE++ power None Amber, solid Link up, no power Check that the Ethernet cable is connected to the Radio Point Green, blinking PoE+ power None Amber, blinking Platform Self-Test Failure Replace Radio Point Red, solid Ethernet port error Connect the Ethernet cable between the Baseband Controller and Radio Point Replace Radio Point
* Note: When all of the LEDs are solid red, there is an RP hardware failure. ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D R A F T B-5 Appendix B Installation troubleshooting RP5100r LED patterns The Radio Point RP5100r has one LED. The following table includes the LED patterns. LED Display Pattern Indicates Green, blinking Not all available radio modules are in use RFTx ON for all radio modules Action to Take No action required All available radio modules are in use RFTx ON for all radio modules No action required Replace Radio Point Error in the system. No module connected to the BC All modules have low power No modules in use Note: The radio modules may be connected to the BC. Check the connection between the RP and BC. Check that the BC admin status is UP. Green, fast blinking Software upgrade No action required Green, solid Red, solid Red, blinking T F A R D B-6 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix B Installation troubleshooting RP2000 series LED patterns The RP2000 and RP2100 Radio Points have one LED. The LED for the RP2000
(Indoor) is on the front cover. The LED for the RP2100 (Rugged) is on the bottom of the Radio Point where the Ethernet cable port is located. The following table shows:
Display pattern for each LED What the pattern indicates Action to take, if any, to resolve the issue LED Display Pattern Indicates Action to Take STATUS Green, solid Power On RFTx state is ON Amber, solid Self-test failure None Replace RP None Green, blinking Amber, blinking Firmware upgrade Connected to Baseband Controller PLL state unlock RFTx state OFF or suspended L2 path verification failed Admin state STANDBY Check 1588 VLAN configuration Verify RP is in STANDBY because more than 32 Radio Points are connected to the same Baseband Controller Red, blinking No connection to Baseband Controller
(http) Connect the Ethernet cable between the Baseband Controller and Radio Point Replace RP Red, solid Error in system software or hardware issues Interface issues detected AdminState UNLOCKED Connect the Ethernet cable between the Baseband Controller and Radio Point Upgrade Radio Point Replace Radio Point D R A F T B-7 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Appendix B Installation troubleshooting T F A R D B-8 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix C Specifications This appendix contains specifications for CommScope ONECELL, including FCC information and technical data. Environmental and physical specifications SPF/SPF+ specifications C-1 C-3 Environmental and physical specifications The following table lists the electrical ratings and technical data for the Baseband Controller, RP5100 series and RP2000/RP2100. Table C-1. Environmental and Physical specifications Baseband Controller Environmental Operating Temperatures: 0C to 40C Operating Humidity 10%-90% Non-Condensing Power Requirements 120/230 VAC,1.7/0.85 A, 50/60 Hz Power Consumption 204W Typical / 216W Maximum Dimensions 1 Rack Unit Chassis hosts 2 Baseband Controller module units 19" W x 1.75" H x 18.8" D (483mm W x 44.4mm H x 477mm D) Weight RP5100i Single BC 13.1 lbs (5.9 kg) Dual BC 19.1 lbs. (8.7 kg) D R A F T C-1 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Appendix C Specifications Table C-1. Environmental and Physical specifications (continued) Environmental Operating Temperatures: 0 to 50C (Plenum rated: UL-2043) Operating Humidity 10%-95% Non-Condensing Operating temperatures: 0C to 50C Active Cooling/Fans, acoustic noise: 39.5 dBA at 25C Power Requirements IEEE802.3bt-type 4 PoE++
Power Consumption Up to: 72W (26W + 11.5W per RM) 13.54" W x13.54 H x 3.35" D
(344.0 mm W x 344.0 mm H x 85.0 mm D) 8.82 lbs (4 kg) Environmental Operating Temperatures: 0 to 50C (Plenum rated: UL-2043) Operating Humidity 10%-95% Non-Condensing Operating temperatures: 0C to 50C Active Cooling/Fans, acoustic noise: 39.5 dBA at 25C Power Requirements IEEE802.3bt-type4 PoE++
Power Consumption Up to: 72W (26W + 11.5W per RM) Dimensions 14.9" W x 12.64" H x 4.06" D
(378.7 mm W x 321.1 mm H x 102.5 mm D) 21.7 lbs (9.85 kg) Environmental Operating Temperatures:0C to 50C (Plenum rated: UL-2043) Operating Humidity: 10%-95% Non-Condensing Power Requirements 802.3at PoE+
Power Consumption 22W Typical / 25.5W Maximum Dimensions 7.4" W x 9.25" H x 1.75" D
(188mm W x 235mm H x 45mm D) 2.6 lbs (1.2 kg) Environmental Operating Temperatures: -40C to 60C Power Requirements 802.3at PoE+
Power Consumption 22W Typical / 25.5W Maximum Dimensions Weight RP5100r Weight RP2000 Weight RP2100 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 T F A R D C-2 Appendix C Specifications Table C-1. Environmental and Physical specifications (continued) Dimensions 9.3" W x 9.1" H x 3.0" D
(236mm W x 230mm H x 76mm D) Weight 8 lbs (0.6 kg) SPF/SPF+ specifications The following table lists the SPF and SPF+ specifications required for the Baseband Controller. 1G SFP LC SX Transceiver; 220M to 1K M 1G SFP LC LX transceiver, 550M 10K M 10G SFP+ LC SR Transceiver; Multi mode 26M to 300M SFP-10G-LR Transceiver; Single mode 10KM 10G Direct attach SFP+ cable; Twin ax Cable; 7M (must be compatible with HP & Cisco switches D R A F T C-3 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Appendix C Specifications T F A R D C-4 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units This appendix contains instructions for replacing Baseband Controller modules and Radio Points in the ONECELL system. FRU overview Replacing Baseband Controller modules Replacing RP5100 series Radio Points Replacing RP5100i RF modules Replacing RP2000 series Radio Points RP post-replacement verification D-2 D-2 D-16 D-47 D-52 D-85 D R A F T D-1 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units FRU overview Field Replaceable Units (FRUs) are modules that can be replaced on-site in case of equipment failure. On-site and off-site activities are required when replacing modules. The off-site activities are achieved by using DMS. This appendix contains details for replacing Baseband Controller (BC) modules and Radio Points (RP). Replacing Baseband Controller modules The following procedure provides instructions for replacing the ONECELL Baseband Controller (BC) module in a live network environment. This procedure is divided into four sections:
Prerequisites Off-site activities On-site activities Post-Install Verification Prerequisites The following table contains a checklist of prerequisites for replacing a BC. Step Prerequisite Completed 1 2 3 4 5 6 UDEF file for DMS import SSH password Replacement ONECELL BC module Laptop for Web GUI access Config.tar file containing operator information Note: This file should be saved on the Laptop that will be used for WebGUI access. License file (if applicable) Note: This file should be saved on the Laptop that will be used for WebGUI access. M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 T F A R D D-2 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units Step Prerequisite Completed 7 8 9 Configuration details for WebGUI commissioning Note: These parameters are derived from the failed unit being replaced. Ethernet cable Note: Required for connecting the laptop to the ONECELL Baseband Controller Management port DMS FTP IP address Off-site activities Before replacing the BC module, import a new EDF file to the DMS. This file contains the BC MAC address and HeMs password specific to the new BC. 1 Access the FTP location on DMS using ftp protocol, port 2100. 2 Upload the EDF file to /appdata/dms/import/factory. 3 Access the DMS Network console from a supported Web Browser. NOTE: The DMS GUI supports Microsoft Edge 81 and later, Google Chrome 81 and later, and Mozilla Firefox Quantum 68 and later. 4 Enter the IP address for the Network Management portal. http://<IP Address DMS server>/networkconsole The Sign In dialog box displays. D R A F T D-3 5 Enter Username and Password. The Search Device screen displays. ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 6 Enter the device Mac ID. The Network Management Portal opens. 7 Select Import tab located in the left margin of the Device console. 8 Select File Import. 9 Browse and select the desired import file. The EDF file format is xml. T F A R D D-4 10 Click Import. 11 Click Import Progress. Wait for the import to be completed. M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 12 Click the Operational History icon in the upper right corner of the page. The Operational History page displays. Check that the file import was successful. 13 Login to the Device console. ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D R A F T D-5 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 14 Enter the MAC ID of the replacement Baseband Controller. NOTE: Your CommScope service engineer will provide the new BC MAC ID. 15 Select the Device configuration tab on the left margin. 16 Configure the same parameters from the BC being replaced. M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 T F A R D D-6 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 17 Select the Dashboard menu item. The Controller will display "Out of Service" until the On-site installation is completed. On-site activities After the off-site activities are complete, you are ready to replace the BC module on-
site. 1 Power off the ONECELL Baseband Controller. ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D R A F T D-7 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 2 Make a note of the existing cables connected to the failed ONECELL BC. 3 Label the cables identifying the port locations on the BC. Disconnect the cables. T F A R D D-8 4 Remove the GPS antenna cable from the BC (if applicable). M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 5 Turn the mounting screws on the BC front panel counterclockwise to loosen them and remove the BC module. 6 Insert the new BC module into the chassis and tighten the mounting screws. ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D R A F T D-9 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 7 Re-connect the cables as noted in step 3. T F A R D D-10 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 8 Power on the controller. 9 Configure the BC. Post-Install Verification On-site The operational state of the ONECELL system can be determined by the LED status on the BCs front panel. Additional information can be attained from the WebGUI status screens. Off-site 1 Open a supported Web browser. NOTE: The DMS GUI supports Microsoft Edge 81 and later, Google Chrome 81 and later, and Mozilla Firefox Quantum 68 and later. 2 Enter the IP address for the Device Management portal. http://<IP Address DMS server>/deviceconsole The Sign In dialog box displays. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D-11 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 3 Enter Username and Password. The Search Device screen displays. T F A R D 4 Enter the MAC ID of the new BC. The BC Dashboard displays. The Summary at the top of the page should show Ready. D-12 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units NOTE: Provision the remaining Device configurations to align with the failed BC configuration on the DMS Device Configuration page. 5 Scroll to the bottom of the page to view the Device PnP status. If all of the PnP boxes have green checks, the BC replacement is successful. Stop here. If one or more of the PnP boxes are red, those activities failed. Go to the Device PnP page to identify the failed activity. Replacing Radio Points prerequisites and on-site activities Prepare the network for the Radio Point replacement. Prerequisites On-site activities Prerequisites The following table contains a checklist of prerequisites for replacing an RP. Prerequisite SSH password Replacement ONECELL RP module D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D-13 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units Prerequisite Laptop for Web GUI access Ethernet cable Note: Required for connecting the laptop to the ONECELL Baseband Controller Management port On-site activities Before replacing the RP, delete the RP from the system using the WebGUI. 1 Connect the Ethernet cable to the MGMT port on the BCs front panel. 2 Open a supported browser. 3 Enter the IP address for the GUI, using the format below. https://<IP address of Management Interface>:6002 Example:
https://192.168.8.1:6002 The Sign In dialog box appears. T F A R D D-14 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units The Dashboard displays. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D-15 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 4 On the Dashboard, click the Radio Points link. The Radio Points Dashboard displays. 5 Click the RP Information tab. T F A R D 6 If one of the Radio Points is Down, select that RP by checking the box next to it. 7 Click Delete. 8 Check the Radio Point Information table to ensure the RP is deleted. Replacing RP5100 series Radio Points The following procedures provide instructions for replacing a ONECELL Radio Point
(RP) module in a live network environment. Replacing a ceiling RP5100i (above tile) Replacing a flown mounted RP5100i D-16 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units Replacing a pole mounted RP5100i RP post-replacement verification Replacing a ceiling RP5100i (above tile) 1 Remove the ceiling tile next to the mounted RP to allow access to the mounting hardware and Ethernet cable. 2 Remove the RP cover. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D-17 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units T F A R D D-18 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 3 Disconnect the Ethernet cable. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D-19 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 4 Replace the cover and twist the RP clockwise to remove it. Set the failed RP aside. T F A R D D-20 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 5 Attach the mounting plate to the replacement RP. NOTE: Apply thread locking compound to the screws prior to installation. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D-21 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 6 Attach the RP to the octagonal mounting plate and twist to engage. T F A R D D-22 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 7 Remove the cover and connect the Ethernet cable to the MR port. NOTE: The cover is attached to the RP with two lanyards. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D-23 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 8 Attach the plastic cover to the RP. 9 Replace the ceiling tile. T F A R D D-24 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 10 Verify the RP installation. See The operational state of the RP can be determined by the LED status on the RP. Additional information can be attained from the WebGUI status screens. For verification procedures, see RP post-replacement verification. Replacing a ceiling Indoor RP (on tile) 1 Remove the RP cover. NOTE: The cover is attached to the RP with two lanyards. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D-25 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 2 Disconnect the Ethernet cable from the RP. T F A R D D-26 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 3 Replace the cover and twist the RP clockwise and remove the failed RP. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D-27 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 4 Attach the plate to the replacement RP. NOTE: Apply thread locking compound to the screws prior to installation. T F A R D D-28 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 5 Attach the RP to the octagonal mounting plate. 6 Secure the RP to the plate by twisting the RP counterclockwise. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D-29 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 7 Remove the cover and connect the Ethernet cable to the MR port. NOTE: The cover is attached to the RP with two lanyards. T F A R D D-30 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 8 Attach the plastic cover to the Radio Point. 9 Verify the RP installation. See The operational state of the RP can be determined by the LED status on the RP. Additional information can be attained from the WebGUI status screens. For verification procedures, see RP post-replacement verification. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D-31 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units Replacing a flown mounted RP5100i 1 Remove the RP cover. NOTE: The cover is attached to the RP with two lanyards. T F A R D D-32 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 2 Disconnect the Ethernet cable. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D-33 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 3 Replace the cover and twist the RP clockwise. T F A R D D-34 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 4 Remove the failed RP. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D-35 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 5 Attach the mounting plate to the RP. NOTE: Apply thread locking compound to the screws prior to installation. T F A R D D-36 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 6 Attach the RP to the octagon box. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D-37 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 7 Twist the RP counterclockwise. T F A R D D-38 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 8 Remove the RP cover. NOTE: The cover is attached to the RP with two lanyards. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D-39 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 9 Connect the Ethernet cable to the MR port. T F A R D D-40 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 10 Replace the RP cover. 11 Verify the RP installation. See The operational state of the RP can be determined by the LED status on the RP. Additional information can be attained from the WebGUI status screens. For verification procedures, see RP post-replacement verification. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D-41 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units Replacing a pole mounted RP5100i 1 Remove the RP cover. NOTE: The cover is attached to the RP with two lanyards. T F A R D D-42 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 2 Disconnect the Ethernet cable. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D-43 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 3 Loosen the clamp and remove the RP. 4 Attach the bracket to the replacement RP. T F A R D D-44 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 5 Attach the replacement RP to the pole using the clamp. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D-45 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 6 Remove the cover and connect the Ethernet cable to the RP. NOTE: The cover is attached to the RP with two lanyards. T F A R D D-46 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 7 Replace the cover on the RP. 8 Verify the RP installation. The operational state of the RP can be determined by the LED status on the RP. Additional information can be attained from the WebGUI status screens. For verification procedures, see RP post-replacement verification. Replacing RP5100i RF modules The following procedures provide instructions for replacing a ONECELL Radio Point RF module. WARNING Disconnect the Ethernet cable(s) on the RP to remove the power. Failure to do so will cause damage to the RP. ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D-47 D R A F T Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 1 Remove the RP cover. 2 Disconnect the Ethernet cable on the RP. T F A R D 3 Unscrew the RF module. D-48 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 4 Remove the RF module. D R A F T 5 Install the replacement RF module. ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D-49 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 6 Secure it in the slot. 7 Connect the Ethernet cable. T F A R D D-50 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D-51 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 8 Attach the RP cover. 9 Verify the RF module installation. The operational state of the RF module can be determined by the LED status on the RP. Additional information can be attained from the WebGUI status screens. For verification procedures, see RP post-replacement verification. Replacing RP2000 series Radio Points This procedure provides instructions for replacing a ONECELL RP2000 series Radio Point in a live network environment. Replacing a ceiling Indoor RP (above tile) 1 Remove the ceiling tile below the mounted RP to allow access to the mounting hardware and Ethernet cable. T F A R D D-52 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 2 Loosen the locking screw. NOTE: The locking screw is not on newer RP2000s. 3 Disconnect the Ethernet cable. ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D-53 D R A F T Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 4 Twist the RP to remove it. T F A R D D-54 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 5 Remove the mounting plate from the failed RP and attach it to the replacement RP. Set the failed RP aside. NOTE: Apply thread locking compound to the screws prior to installation. 6 Attach the RP to the octagonal mounting plate and twist to engage. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D-55 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 7 Connect the Ethernet cable to the RP. T F A R D D-56 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 8 Replace the ceiling tile. 9 Verify the RP installation. See The operational state of the RP can be determined by the LED status on the RP. Additional information can be attained from the WebGUI status screens. For verification procedures, see RP post-replacement verification. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D-57 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units Replacing a ceiling Indoor RP (on tile) 1 Disconnect the Ethernet cable from the RP. 2 If there is a locking screw, loosen it. 3 Twist the RP. T F A R D D-58 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 4 Remove the RP. Remove the mounting plate from the RP and set the RP aside. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D-59 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 5 Attach the plate to the replacement RP. NOTE: Apply thread locking compound to the screws prior to installation. 6 Attach the RP to the octagonal mounting plate. T F A R D D-60 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 7 Secure RP to octagon plate. 8 Connect the Ethernet cable to the RP. 9 Verify the RP installation. See The operational state of the RP can be determined by the LED status on the RP. Additional information can be attained from the WebGUI status screens. For verification procedures, see RP post-replacement verification. ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D-61 D R A F T Appendix D Field Replaceable Units Replacing a flown mounted Indoor RP 1 Disconnect the Ethernet cable. 2 Remove the RP. T F A R D D-62 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 3 Remove the mounting plate from the RP and set the failed RP aside. 4 Attach the mounting plate to the replacement RP. NOTE: Apply thread locking compound to the screws prior to installation. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D-63 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 5 Attach the RP to the octagon plate. T F A R D D-64 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 6 Secure the RP. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D-65 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 7 Connect the Ethernet cable to the RP. 8 Verify the RP installation. See The operational state of the RP can be determined by the LED status on the RP. Additional information can be attained from the WebGUI status screens. For verification procedures, see RP post-replacement verification. Replacing a pole mounted Indoor RP 1 Disconnect the Ethernet cable. T F A R D D-66 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 2 Loosen the clamp, remove the RP and set it aside. 3 Remove the bracket from the failed RP and attach it to the replacement RP. ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D-67 D R A F T Appendix D Field Replaceable Units Bracket 4 Attach the replacement RP to the pole using the clamp. 5 Connect the Ethernet cable to the RP. T F A R D D-68 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 6 Verify the RP installation. See The operational state of the RP can be determined by the LED status on the RP. Additional information can be attained from the WebGUI status screens. For verification procedures, see RP post-replacement verification. Replacing a vertical pole mounted Rugged RP 1 Disconnect the Ethernet cable and the antenna couplers from the RP. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D-69 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 2 Remove the screws on the bottom of the RP and loosen the top screws. T F A R D D-70 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 3 Lift the RP off of the mounting plate and set it aside. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D-71 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 4 Insert two screws into the upper holes on the replacement RP. NOTE: Do not tighten the screws. T F A R D D-72 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units CAUTION Ensure that the RP is oriented correctly with the two antenna connectors at the top of the RP. Required orientation 5 Hang the RP to the mounting bracket using the installed screws. Align holes at bottom location of bracket and install two additional screws. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D-73 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units T F A R D D-74 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 6 Insert two screws on the bottom of the RP and tighten all four screws. NOTE: The torque requirement for the mounting screws is 20-21 in-lbs. 7 Connect the antenna couplers on the top of the RP. NOTE: Check the antenna coupler manufacturers documentation for torque requirements. 8 Connect the Ethernet cable RJ45 end to the bottom of the RP. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D-75 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 9 Verify the RP installation. See The operational state of the RP can be determined by the LED status on the RP. Additional information can be attained from the WebGUI status screens. For verification procedures, see RP post-replacement verification. Replacing a horizontal pole mounted Rugged RP 1 Disconnect the Ethernet cable and the antenna couplers from the RP. T F A R D D-76 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 2 Remove the screws on the bottom of the RP and loosen the top screws. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D-77 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 3 Lift the failed RP off of the mounting plate and set it aside. T F A R D 4 Insert two screws into the upper holes on the replacement RP. NOTE: Do not tighten the screws. D-78 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units CAUTION Ensure that the RP is oriented correctly with the two antenna connectors at the top of the RP. Required orientation 5 Attach the RP to the mounting plate. Tighten the top screws on the RP and insert and tighten the bottom screws on the RP. NOTE: The torque requirement for the mounting screws is 20-21 in-lbs. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D-79 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 6 Connect the antenna couplers on the top of the RP. NOTE: Check the antenna coupler manufacturers documentation for torque requirements. 7 Connect the Ethernet cable RJ45 end to the bottom of the RP. T F A R D D-80 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 8 Verify the RP installation. See The operational state of the RP can be determined by the LED status on the RP. Additional information can be attained from the WebGUI status screens. For verification procedures, see RP post-replacement verification. Replacing a wall mounted Rugged RP 1 Disconnect the Ethernet cable and the antenna couplers from the RP. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D-81 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 2 Remove the screws on the bottom of the RP, loosen the top screws and remove the RP from the mounting plate. Set the RP aside. T F A R D D-82 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 3 On the replacement RP, insert two screws into the upper holes. Required orientation 4 Attach the RP to the mounting plate. Tighten the top screws on the RP and insert the bottom screws on the RP. ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D-83 D R A F T Appendix D Field Replaceable Units NOTE: The torque requirement for the mounting screws is 20-21 in-lbs. 5 Connect the antenna couplers on the top of the RP. NOTE: Check the antenna coupler manufacturers documentation for torque requirements. 6 Connect the Ethernet cable RJ45 end to the bottom of the RP. T F A R D D-84 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 7 The operational state of the RP can be determined by the LED status on the RP. Additional information can be attained from the WebGUI status screens. For verification procedures, see RP post-replacement verification. RP post-replacement verification The operational state of the replaced RP can be determined by the LED status on the RP. Additional information can be attained from the WebGUI status screens. 1 Connect the Ethernet cable to the MGMT port on the BCs front panel. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D-85 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 2 Open a supported browser. 3 Enter the IP address for the GUI, using the format below. https://<IP address of Management Interface>:6002 Example:
https://192.168.8.1:6002 The Sign In dialog box appears. T F A R D D-86 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 4 Ensure the WebGUI is operating in Management Mode. The Dashboard displays. 5 On the Dashboard, click the Radio Points link. The Radio Points Dashboard displays. 6 Click the RP Information tab. The RP Information page displays. ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D-87 D R A F T Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 7 Make sure the replaced RP is UP. T F A R D D-88 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines This section contains best practices for installing Ethernet cables and connecting them to RPs. Overview Cable handling Cable termination Lightning protection Ceiling connector Patch panel Power separation guidelines E-2 E-2 E-3 E-12 E-15 E-17 E-17 D R A F T E-1 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines Overview When installing Rugged RPs, cables that can withstand temperature extremes and inclement weather should be used. In outside environments, avoid contamination or damage to plugs. Plugs must be protected from sunlight and water in a suitable equipment housing or NEMA 4 rated box. It is also important to avoid exposure to water at cut ends of unfilled cables and cords. The following information is available to help you extend the operation of your RP and switches. Cable handling Indoor/outdoor cords can be routed outdoors above ground and indoors, and can be ordered in lengths long enough for direct (home-run) installations from switch to end equipment. Cords have 20% Insertion Loss De-rating so only 85 meters total can be supported. Extended lengths can be cut in two for terminating the indoor ends at protectors or panels. Terminations are similar to typical 4-pair indoor cables. Unreel long lengths of cable to ensure the cable does not become twisted or caught on objects. Figure E-1. Unreel cable T F A R D E-2 CommScope recommends using a sock fitted and secured over the plug to pull cable through long conduits. Sock information Tie wrap information M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines Figure E-2. Cable with sock attached using tie wrap Sock Conduit Tie-wrap Feed the sock through the conduit and secure the sock on the terminal end of the cable with the tie-wrap. Once the sock and tie-wrap are in place, pull the cable through the conduit. Cable termination Before installing the Rugged RP, terminate the RP end of the Ethernet cable with the RJ45, IP67 connector provided in the box. Figure E-3. RJ45, IP67 connector Flip the plug anti-snag to make it easier to push through the cord grips (flip it back before plugging in). ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D R A F T E-3 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines Use the split grommet provided. Once it is in place, coat it with silicone to ensure the connector is sealed. Figure E-4. Assembling the connector on the RP end Cable splicing Some cables are run in one piece from source to destination and have connector terminations. In other cases, two shorter pieces of cable need to be spliced together. When a cable is run to outdoor devices, you should take measures to ensure that cables are properly protected against moisture entering the cable. This is especially important when the jacket is stripped back from the wires. Some cables are gel filled and the termination includes cleaning the excess gel and blocking the end with silicone sealant to prevent future leakage. A typical blocking method uses a 2 cm length of Alpha Wire PVC-105-2 tubing or equivalent. 1 Fill all space inside the tubing with B-sealant. M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 T F A R D E-4 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines 2 Position the filled tube to overlap the end of the inner jacket and seal the gel. Clean off all excess sealant. NOTE: Tape can be used to stabilize the tube for immediate termination before the sealant sets. Cable termination Shielded cables must be properly terminated, either grounded or isolated. For exposed installations requiring protection, the end of the shield can be bonded in various ways. The following procedure is an example of one method. 1 Make a slit along the length of the jacket. Be careful not to tear the underlying shielding. D R A F T E-5 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines 2 Pull back the jacket along the slit and remove. T F A R D E-6 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines 3 Fold back the foil shielding and drain wire to expose the inner jacket. 4 Prepare the inner jacket for blocking the gel and direct burial. a Cut back the inner jacket b Trim the flute c Clean the excess gel NOTE: The flute can be cut longer to match the blocking tube length. D R A F T E-7 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines 5 Fill all space inside the tubing with B-sealant and position the filled tube to overlap the end of the inner jacket and seal the gel. 6 Fold the drain wire and foil back over the tube and position the foil to be folded back over the tube. T F A R D E-8 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines 7 An extra piece of foil can be used to cover the foil seam. 8 For an HGS620 termination, wrap the drain wire at least two times around and position it where the spring clips will capture them. 9 Tape over the foil for stability. 10 Trim the wire ends. ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D R A F T E-9 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines Cable grounding For CAT-6A cables, the shield termination method is to use the ground lug and B-
bond clip that are available in the 12A1 Grounding Kit. 1 Fold the foil back over the jacket end and wrap the drain wire around the end and push the ground lug over the wrap. T F A R D E-10 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines 2 Open the B-bonding clip to be placed and closed over the grounding lug. 3 The lug tail can be cut off or used for ground attachment. 4 Treat the inner jacket as described in step 4 on page E-7. ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D R A F T E-11 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines For an isolated shield termination, the 1572A and 1592A outer jacket foil and drain wire are removed a short distance back from the termination and electrical tape is used to isolate the foil end. Lightning protection CommScope recommends including lightning protection in your ONECELL system to isolate equipment from surge damage. Important guidelines Verify hole diameter blocking may need to remain outside the cover Maintain pair twists up to termination points Avoid having pairs crossing over each other Indoor box To protect the cables in an indoor installation from lightning damage, CommScope recommends using the ITW Linx CAT6-A-LAN protector. NOTE The gel filled outdoor cable types will still need blocking. See Cable splicing and Cable termination for instructions on blocking cable. E-12 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 T F A R D Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines Figure E-5. CAT6-A lightning protector Outdoor protection The following is an example of a pole mounted CAT-6A configuration for protecting remote equipment installed outdoors. Table E-1 lists the recommended parts for installing the protection equipment. Table E-1. CAT-6A protection equipment parts list Part Name Link to Part on Distributors Web site NEMA 4x enclosure Allied Moulded fiberglass enclosure Bottom Mounted Liquid Tight Cordgrips Heyco pre-assembled cordgrips Bottom Mounted Liquid Tight Bushing Heyco liquid tight bushings snap-in Allied Moulded back panel Ditek surge protection buss Ditek 110RJC6APOE Protector Allied Moulded pole mount kit Back panel Ground buss Protector Pole mount kit D R A F T E-13 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines Figure E-6. Remote equipment protection for outdoor devices Back panel NEMA 4x enclosure Bottom Mounted Liquid Tight Cordgrips Ground Buss Bottom Mounted Liquid Tight Bushing NOTE Enclosure should be mounted close to the equipment for the best protection. T F A R D E-14 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines Figure E-7. Protector box mounted to pole Pole Mount kit Ceiling connector If surge protection is not needed, gel flooded cables can be blocked and transitioned to indoor cable using a ceiling connector. The following link is for the recommended CommScope part. Ceiling connector 1 Terminate the indoor cable first then lay down a bed of B sealant. ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Minimize excess cord length D R A F T E-15 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines 2 Clean all gel from the end of the OSP cable. 3 After the cable and conductors are positioned, fill the area around the cable end with sealant and close the connector housing. T F A R D E-16 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines Patch panel CommScope recommends installing a patch panel in the NOC to connect and manage CAT-6A cables. The following is a list of recommended CommScope 24 and 48 port patch panels and high density information outlets. 760163436_HFTP-HD6B-1U-24 760163444_HFTP-HD6B-2U-48 760163451_HFTPA-HD6B-1U-24 760163469_HFTPA-HD6B-2U-48 760163519_HFTP-J6 760163527_HFTP-J10G For more information, go to CommScope.com or contact your CommScope customer representative. Power separation guidelines For power separation best guidelines, refer to the following standards:
Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces, TIA-569-C Information technology Implementation and operation of customer premises cabling Part 2: Planning and installation, ISO/IEC 14763-2 Information Technology Cabling Installation Part 2: Installation Planning and practices inside buildings, BS EN 50174-2 D R A F T E-17 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines T F A R D E-18 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 B ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 DRAFT ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021
1 2 3 4 5 6 | USER MANUAL | Users Manual | 2.17 MiB | June 16 2021 |
ONECELL RP5200 Hardware Installation Guide Release 5.5 Document Number: M0304AG Document Revision: 5.5.01 Date: April 2021 DRAFT Copyright 2021 CommScope, All rights reserved. THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN DEVELOPED BY COMMSCOPE, AND IS INTENDED FOR THE USE OF ITS CUSTOMERS AND CUSTOMER SUPPORT PERSONNEL. THE SPECIFICATIONS AND INFORMATION REGARDING THE PRODUCTS IN THIS MANUAL ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE. ALL STATEMENTS, INFORMATION, AND RECOMMENDATIONS IN THIS MANUAL ARE BELIEVED TO BE ACCURATE BUT ARE PRESENTED WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. USERS MUST TAKE FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR THEIR APPLICATION OF ANY PRODUCTS. THE SOFTWARE LICENSE AND LIMITED WARRANTY FOR THE ACCOMPANYING PRODUCT ARE SET FORTH IN THE INFORMATION PACKET THAT SHIPPED WITH THE PRODUCT AND ARE INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE. IF YOU ARE UNABLE TO LOCATE THE SOFTWARE LICENSE OR LIMITED WARRANTY, CONTACT YOUR COMMSCOPE SALES REPRESENTATIVE FOR A COPY. T F A R D ii M0304AG 5.5.01 April 2021 Contents Document revision history About this document Audience ...................................................................................................................... xi Purpose......................................................................................................................... xi What you need to know ............................................................................................... xi Customer documentation ............................................................................................. xi Conventions ...............................................................................................................xiii Notes, cautions, and warnings ................................................................................... xiv Chapter 1 CommScope ONECELL overview Overview....................................................................................................................1-2 CommScope ONECELL system................................................................................1-2 ONECELL hardware components .............................................................................1-3 Baseband Controller physical ports.....................................................................1-3 Chapter 2 RP5200 installation Appendix A Safety RP5200 installation overview ....................................................................................2-2 Ceiling mount.............................................................................................................2-3 Mounting the Radio Point on the ceiling tile ......................................................2-5 Mounting the Radio Point above the ceiling tile...............................................2-12 Radiation Exposure Statement.................................................................................. A-2 FCC Part 15 ........................................................................................................ A-2 EN55032............................................................................................................. A-2 Human exposure limits for ONECELL deployments ............................................... A-2 Reference documents ......................................................................................... A-4 FCC ID...................................................................................................................... A-5 RP5200 ............................................................................................................... A-5 Appendix B Installation troubleshooting Radio Point RP5200 LED patterns ........................................................................... B-2 D R A F T iii ONECELL RP5200 Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Contents Appendix C Specifications Environmental and physical specifications............................................................... C-1 SPF/SPF+ specifications........................................................................................... C-2 Appendix D Cable installation and power separation guidelines Overview...................................................................................................................D-2 Cable handling ..........................................................................................................D-2 Cable termination......................................................................................................D-3 Cable splicing .....................................................................................................D-4 Cable termination ...............................................................................................D-5 Cable grounding ...............................................................................................D-10 Lightning protection................................................................................................ D-12 Important guidelines.........................................................................................D-12 Indoor box ........................................................................................................D-12 Outdoor protection ...........................................................................................D-13 Ceiling connector ....................................................................................................D-15 Patch panel ..............................................................................................................D-17 Power separation guidelines ...................................................................................D-17 T F A R D iv M0304AG 5.5.01 April 2021 Contents D R A F T v ONECELL RP5200 Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 List of figures Figure 1-1 Figure 1-2 Figure 2-1 Figure 2-2 Figure D-1 Figure D-2 Figure D-3 Figure D-4 Figure D-5 Figure D-6 Figure D-7 ONECELL solution .........................................................................1-3 Baseband Controller ports ...............................................................1-5 CommScope ceiling mount kit (CommScope PN ????)..................2-3 Drop rail (CommScope PN ?????) ..................................................2-4 Unreel cable ....................................................................................D-2 Cable with sock attached using tie wrap.........................................D-3 RJ45, IP67 connector......................................................................D-3 Assembling the connector on the RP end .......................................D-4 CAT6-A lightning protector .........................................................D-13 Remote equipment protection for outdoor devices.......................D-14 Protector box mounted to pole......................................................D-15 D R A F T vi ONECELL RP5200 Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 List of tables Table 1 Table 2 Table 1-1 Table A-1 Table C-1 Table D-1 Customer documentation ....................................................................xii Conventions .......................................................................................xiii Baseband Controller physical port assignments.................................1-4 RF exposure for ONECELL at maximum power internal antennas for RP5200 .........................................................................A-3 Environmental and Physical specifications....................................... C-1 CAT-6A protection equipment parts list .........................................D-13 D R A F T vii ONECELL RP5200 Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 List of tables T F A R D viii M0304AG 5.5.01 April 2021 Document revision history The following section lists documentation changes in ONECELL RP5200 Installation Guide, v5.5 (M0304AG). Revision 5.5.01 (April 20, 2021) Initial document release D R A F T ix ONECELL RP5200 Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Document revision history T F A R D x M0304AG 5.5.01 April 2021 About this document This document provides the procedures for installing RP5200 Radio Points. Audience Purpose This document is written for computer hardware installers and administrators, network architects and business planners who are responsible for the planning and design of the CommScope ONECELL deployment environment. This guide provides the information necessary for installing the RP5200 hardware in the operators network. What you need to know The reader should have a basic understanding of:
Data networks LTE technology General telecommunications practices Customer documentation The following table lists available documents in the ONECELL documentation suite. ONECELL RP5200 Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D R A F T xi About this document Table 1. Customer documentation Title Contents ONECELL Feature Guide, v5.5
(M0304AE) ONECELL Network Planning Guide, v5.5 (M0304AF) Contains a description of anchor features for the current and previous releases, and a system overview, including CommScope provided components and required components from other vendors. Describes main components of the ONECELL system, high-level view of hardware components, how do you engineer an in-building system, how do you determine Radio Points locations, and how to design in-building systems. Contains best practices for deployment, including when to use clustering, and how to manage capacity. ONECELLRP5200 Installation Guide, v5.5 (M0304AG) Includes detailed installation instructions for Baseband Controller and Radio Points hardware. OM and KPI Reference for ONECELL Devices, v5.5
(M0304AK) Describes the operational measurements and key performance indicators for ONECELL devices. ONECELL Troubleshooting, v5.5
(M0304AJ) Covers common troubleshooting scenarios in deployed devices and troubleshooting methods. ONECELL Administration, v5.5
(M0304AH) Describes how to operate, maintain and manage ONECELL devices using the Baseband Controllers Web UI. ONECELL Device Alarm Reference (M0304AL) Includes ONECELL device alarm information. T F A R D xii M0304AG 5.5.01 April 2021 About this document Conventions This guide uses the following text conventions, as applicable. Table 2. Conventions Convention Description Syntax symbols
Font usage Bold input font Italic input font Plain output font Italic output font Enclose a required parameter or set of parameters. For example:
>band-class <class>
<class> is a required parameter. Enclose an optional parameter or set of parameters. For example:
>activate image <version> [reboot]
[reboot] is an optional parameter. Separates items on a list of parameters, only one of which can be used. For example:
>channel-included <yes|no>
A valid command is:
>channel-included yes Indicates text that must be entered exactly as shown. For example:
Enter ping 192.23.10.12. Indicates a variable parameter for which you must provide an actual value. For example:
>authentication key <aukey>
<aukey> is a variable parameter. A valid command is:
>authentication key 9782503000 Indicates system output in a command line or system-
generated file. For example:
IP address 192.23.10.12 is alive. Indicates a variable in system output in a command line or system-generated file. For example:
Installation of release <release> is complete. D R A F T xiii ONECELL RP5200 Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 About this document Table 2. Conventions Convention Description blue text Indicates a hypertext link. Plain italic font Bold font Other conventions
Indicates file names, directory paths, book titles, chapter titles, and user accounts. Indicates text that appears on screen exactly as shown, for example, names of screens, names of buttons, items on menus, and items on pull down lists. Indicates graphical user interface (GUI) menu path. For example:
Select Edit > Add Network to open the Add Network screen. Notes, cautions, and warnings NOTE Notes provide additional information about the subject text. CAUTION Cautions indicate that procedures, if performed incorrectly, can cause equipment damage or data loss. WARNING Warnings indicate that procedures, if performed incorrectly, can harm you. M0304AG 5.5.01 April 2021 T F A R D xiv Chapter 1 CommScope ONECELL overview This chapter contains a high level overview of the ONECELL deployment and the ONECELL components installed in the ONECELL system. Overview CommScope ONECELL system ONECELL hardware components 1-2 1-2 1-3 D R A F T 1-1 ONECELL RP5200 Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 1 CommScope ONECELL overview Overview ONECELL is a revolutionary wireless system that can deliver the ultimate in wireless performance. It eliminates cell borders and handovers It can cover a large area with consistent user experience without any significant interference It can take advantage of multiple distributed radio points to deliver a stronger signal on both the downlink and the uplink It can deliver greater capacity through distributed (multi-user and single-user) MIMO and Coordinated Multipoint (CoMP) It has the flexibility to neutralize macro interference in co-channel small cell deployments It can be used to deliver unprecedented levels of capacity to hot spot areas by deploying radio points with overlapping coverage and enabling multi- user MIMO In addition to these important benefits in user experience and data capacity, ONECELL provides superior economics and investment protection, ease of deployment and support for multi-operator deployments. CommScope ONECELL system ONECELL is an in-building, enterprise solution for LTE that provides an in-building consistent signal. It operates as a wireless network with a single cell, called a Baseband Controller, over distributed Radio Points. Network operators benefit from the ONECELL because they reduce the load on their infrastructure. T F A R D 1-2 M0304AG 5.5.01 April 2021 Figure 1-1. ONECELL solution Chapter 1 CommScope ONECELL overview ONECELL hardware components The ONECELL hardware consists of the following components:
Baseband Controller Baseband Controller Chassis Baseband Controller Module Power/Fan Unit (PFU) Radio Points RP2000 series RP5000 series Baseband Controller physical ports The following ports are on the front panel of the Baseband Controller Module. Table 1-1 shows the port assignments. In addition, there is a connector used for the GPS antenna cable. NOTE For more detailed BC port information, see ONECELL Network Planning Guide, v5.5 (M0304AF). ONECELL RP5200 Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D R A F T 1-3 Chapter 1 CommScope ONECELL overview Table 1-1. Baseband Controller physical port assignments Port Assignment Network Port Speed Media Type Description MGMT 1 Gbps RJ45 Local Management External Interface to access the WebGUI on the Baseband Controller. Not used 1 Gbps Not used IQ Data 1 Gbps Boundary Clock 1 Gbps IPsec 1 Gbps X2 and Redundancy 1 Gbps 1 Gbps RP Management and Timing RJ45 RJ45 Dual Media RJ45 or SFP Dual Media RJ45 or SFP Dual Media RJ45 or SFP Dual Media RJ45 or SFP IQ Data 10 Gbps SFP+
Not used 10 Gbps SFP+
Not used Fronthaul IQ Data Traffic between the Baseband Controller and Radio Points via an Ethernet switch on copper (RJ45) port. Boundary Clock Input of IEEE 1588 PTP Timing signal via dual media port. Backhaul Traffic (S1 and OAM Interfaces) via dual media port. VLAN tags are configurable in Dual IPsec mode to separate different traffic streams on the same port. Fronthaul Traffic for X2 and Redundancy Cluster data via dual media port. Fronthaul Traffic for IEEE 1588 PTP timing and SOAP/XML control data via dual media port. Timing and OAM data traffic between Baseband Controller and Radio Points through an Ethernet switch(s) Fronthaul IQ Data Traffic between the Baseband Controller and Radio Points via Ethernet switch on Fiber (SFP) port. 0 1-6 7 8 9 10 11 12 T F A R D 1-4 M0304AG 5.5.01 April 2021 Figure 1-2. Baseband Controller ports Chapter 1 CommScope ONECELL overview Copper wire ports Fiber optic ports D R A F T 1-5 ONECELL RP5200 Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 1 CommScope ONECELL overview T F A R D 1-6 M0304AG 5.5.01 April 2021 Chapter 2 RP5200 installation This chapter describes installing RP5200 Radio Points on ceiling tiles, above ceiling tiles, on poles and in a flown configuration. RP5200 installation overview Ceiling mount 2-2 2-3 D R A F T 2-1 ONECELL RP5200 Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 2 RP5200 installation RP5200 installation overview The RP5200 is the Radio Point for indoor solutions. There are two configurations for installing the RP5200, which are dependent on the ceiling type. Ceiling mount Wall mount Once the Radio Point is installed and powered on, it may take up to 20 minutes for the frequency to stabilize and lock. If the MR port is connected to a switch that does not provide IEEE802.3bt, type-4 PoE power, the SR port can be used to provide power with a PoE++ injector. For more information, see ONECELL Network Planning Guide, v5.5 (M0304AF). NOTE NOTE T F A R D 2-2 M0304AG 5.5.01 April 2021 Chapter 2 RP5200 installation Ceiling mount Mounting the Radio Point (RP) above or on the ceiling tile requires the following hardware provided by CommScope:
Radio Point plate and screws 4" octagon box, 1-1/2" deep with 1/2" side cutouts Clamp and screw Figure 2-1. CommScope ceiling mount kit (CommScope PN ????) D R A F T 2-3 ONECELL RP5200 Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 2 RP5200 installation Figure 2-2. Drop rail (CommScope PN ?????) Drop rail Clamp 2 screws T F A R D 2-4 M0304AG 5.5.01 April 2021 Mounting the Radio Point on the ceiling tile 1 Remove two ceiling tiles from the overhead. Chapter 2 RP5200 installation 2 Place the RP plate on the tile and mark the four holes on the tile. D R A F T 2-5 ONECELL RP5200 Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 2 RP5200 installation 3 Cut the opening according to the dimensions in the following drawing. 4 Attach the octagon box to the ceiling bracket using a clamp and screw. Clamp Drop ceiling rail Octagon box Screws M0304AG 5.5.01 April 2021 T F A R D 2-6 Chapter 2 RP5200 installation 5 Replace the ceiling tile with the cutout. 6 Install the drop rail/octagon box assembly over the modified tile. D R A F T 2-7 ONECELL RP5200 Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 2 RP5200 installation 7 Attach the mounting plate onto the octagon box on the RP side of the tile. Need drawing T F A R D 2-8 M0304AG 5.5.01 April 2021 8 Attach base plate to the Radio Point. Chapter 2 RP5200 installation 9 Install the blue and red Ethernet cables provided in the mounting kit on the RP as shown below. 10 Is there a step for connecting the RP Ethernet cables to the switch Ethernet cables?
11 Attach the RP to the octagon plate. ONECELL RP5200 Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D R A F T 2-9 Chapter 2 RP5200 installation a Align the keyhole opening on the octagon mounting plate with the button on the RP mounting plate. b Lift the RP vertically and slide it into the locked position. 12 Mount the Radio Point on the octagon box plate. Is this the correct location for this step?
Delete this this step T F A R D 2-10 M0304AG 5.5.01 April 2021 Chapter 2 RP5200 installation Need drawing 13 Replace the ceiling tile next to the Radio Point. D R A F T ONECELL RP5200 Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 2-11 Chapter 2 RP5200 installation Mounting the Radio Point above the ceiling tile 1 Remove ceiling tile from the overhead. T F A R D 2-12 M0304AG 5.5.01 April 2021 Chapter 2 RP5200 installation 2 Attach the octagon box to the bracket. NOTE: CommScope recommends an Eaton B-line BA50A adjustable bracket. Clamp Drop rail Octagon box Screw D R A F T ONECELL RP5200 Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 2-13 Chapter 2 RP5200 installation 3 Attach the bracket to the mounting plate to the octagon box. Need revised drawing 4 Attach plate to the Radio Point. T F A R D 5 Install the blue and red Ethernet cables provided in the mounting kit on the RP as shown below. 2-14 M0304AG 5.5.01 April 2021 Chapter 2 RP5200 installation 6 Is there a step for connecting the RP Ethernet cables to the switch Ethernet cables?
7 Attach the RP to the octagon plate. a Align the keyhole opening on the octagon mounting plate with the button on the RP mounting plate. b Lift the RP vertically and slide it into the locked position. ONECELL RP5200 Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 2-15 D R A F T Chapter 2 RP5200 installation 8 Mount the Radio Point on the octagon box plate. Is this the correct location for this step?
Need drawing T F A R D 2-16 M0304AG 5.5.01 April 2021 Chapter 2 RP5200 installation 9 Install drop rail above the ceiling tile. Need revised drawing with new plates D R A F T ONECELL RP5200 Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 2-17 Chapter 2 RP5200 installation Need revised drawing 3 Ceiling tile NOTE: Replace the ceiling tile next to the Radio Point. The minimum clearance for cooling is 3 inches. 10 Replace the ceiling tile. T F A R D 2-18 M0304AG 5.5.01 April 2021 Chapter 2 RP5200 installation D R A F T ONECELL RP5200 Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 2-19 Chapter 2 RP5200 installation T F A R D 2-20 M0304AG 5.5.01 April 2021 Appendix A Safety This appendix contains specifications for CommScope ONECELL, including FCC information and technical data. Radiation Exposure Statement Human exposure limits for ONECELL deployments FCC ID A-2 A-2 A-5 D R A F T A-1 ONECELL RP5200 Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter A Safety Radiation Exposure Statement Important: Changes or modifications not expressly approved by CommScope LLC could void your authority to operate the equipment. The Baseband Controller and RP5100 have been tested and found to comply with the limits for Class A equipment, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at his own expense. For more information, see the publication femtocells and Health at http:// www.femtoforum.org or visit the FCC website at www.fcc.gov. FCC Part 15 NOTE EN55032 WARNING This equipment is compliant with Class A of EN55032. In a residential environment, this equipment may cause radio interference. T F A R D A-2 Human exposure limits for ONECELL deployments The human exposure limits for the ONECELL product is calculated by using the Maximum Permissible Exposure (MPE) method associated with fixed-type transmitter devices at a minimum exposure distance of 20 cm. WARNING This equipment is not suitable for use in locations where children are likely to be present. M0304AG 5.5.01 April 2021 Chapter A Safety Table A-1 includes values for one RP5200 Radio Point and four Radio Points per chassis. Table A-1. RF exposure for ONECELL at maximum power internal antennas for RP5200 Parameter RPM-A5A11-
B66 RPM-A5A11-
B02 RPM-I5A11-
B01 RPM-I5A11-
B03 RPM-I5A11-
B07 24.13 24.23 24.25 24.00 24.70 Transmitter Duty Cycle %
100 100 100 100 100 Tx Power (dBm) per antenna Tx Loss (dB) Tx Antenna Gain (dBi) Number of Antennas
(MIMO) Contribution due to multiple antennas (dB) Bands Point Source Total EIRP
(watts) Power Density (W/m2) @
20 cm Tx Power (dBm) per antenna Tx Loss (dB) Tx Antenna Gain (dBi) 0 4 2 66 0 4 3.0103 3.0103 3.0103 3.0103 3.0103 Derived Total EIRP (dBW) 1.140 1.240 1.260 1.010 1.710 Frequency Range (MHz) 2110-2200 1930-1990 2110-2170 1805-1880 2620-2690 1.300 1.331 1.337 1.262 1.483 2.587 2.647 2.569 2.510 2.950 1. For persons with implants, the maximum calculated distance of 30cm. This applies to any combination of up to 2. For general public and workers, a measured distance of 5mm was determined. This applies to any combination four radio modules in Bands 1,3 and 7. of up to four radio modules in Bands 1,3 and 7. For general public and workers, a calculated distance of 20cm was determined. This applies to any combination of up to four radio modules in Bands 2 and 66. Parameter RPM-I5A11-
B17 RPM-A5A11-
B12 RPM-A5A11-
B14 RPM-A5A11-
B05 RPM-A5A11-
B30 21.70 21.88 21.45 21.58 20.99 0 4 2 2 0 4 0 4 2 7 0 5 0 4 2 3 0 2 0 4 2 1 0 4 ONECELL RP5200 Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D R A F T A-3 Chapter A Safety Transmitter Duty Cycle %
Number of Antennas
(MIMO) Contribution due to multiple antennas (dB) Point Source Total EIRP
(watts) Power Density (W/m2) @
20 cm Parameter RPM-I5A11-
B17 RPM-A5A11-
B12 RPM-A5A11-
B14 RPM-A5A11-
B05 RPM-A5A11-
B30 100 2 100 2 100 2 3.0103 3.0103 3.0103 3.0103 3.0103 Derived Total EIRP (dBW)
-1.290 Bands
-1.540 14
-3.410 5
-1.000 30 Frequency Range (MHz) 734-746 729 - 746 758 - 768 869-894 2350-2360 100 2 12 0.743 1.478 100 2
-1.110 12 0.775 1.541 0.702 0.456 0.794 1.396 0.907 1.58 Reference documents
[1] Federal Communications Commission Document OET Bulletin 65, Supplement C, 2001, Evaluating Compliance with FCC guidelines for Human Exposure to radio frequency Electromagnetic Fields, US Federal Communications Commission, Office of Engineering and Technology June 2001.
[2] Federal Communications Commission Document OET Bulletin 56, Questions and answers about biological effects and potential hazards of radio frequency electromagnetic fields, Federal Communications Commission Office of Engineering and Technology, August 1999.
[3] ICNIRP Guidelines for limiting exposure to time varying electric, magnetic and electromagnetic fields up to 300 GHz. International Commission on Non Ionizing Radiation, published in Health Physics 74 (4): 494-522; 1998
[4] ICNIRP Statement on EMF-Emitting New Technologies, International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation, published in Health Physics 94 (4):376-392, 2008
[5] 3GPP Document 3GPP TS 36.104 version 10.11.0 Release 10, LTE Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA); Base Station (BS) radio transmission and reception M0304AG 5.5.01 April 2021 T F A R D A-4 Chapter A Safety FCC ID RP5200 The FCC ID is available on the information labels attached to the RPs. For the RP5200, the FCC ID for each of the installed radio modules is visible when the cover is removed. The drawing below shows the label on the radio module. D R A F T A-5 ONECELL RP5200 Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter A Safety T F A R D A-6 M0304AG 5.5.01 April 2021 Appendix B Installation troubleshooting This section contains information on troubleshooting the ONECELL installation. It includes the LED patterns for the Baseband Controller and Radio points. Radio Point RP5200 LED patterns B-2 D R A F T B-1 ONECELL RP5200 Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Appendix B Installation troubleshooting Radio Point RP5200 LED patterns The Radio Point RP5200 supports six LEDs on the front cover. Indicators are for four radios (one for each) ETH 1 MR PORT:POE++, POE+, Ethernet link ETH 2 SR PORT:POE++, POE+, Ethernet link T F A R D B-2 ETH 1, 2 RADIO 1, 2, 3, 4 The following table shows:
Display pattern for each LED What the pattern indicates M0304AG 5.5.01 April 2021 Appendix B Installation troubleshooting Action to take, if any, to resolve the issue LED Display Pattern Indicates Action to Take RADIO 1 Green, solid Power On, transmitting None RADIO 2 RADIO 3 RADIO 4 Amber, solid Red, solid RFTxState OFF No Controller Assigned No Timing No connection to Controller HW error Low Power Check 1588 VLAN configuration Verify that the Radio Point is in STANDBY because more than 32 RPs are connected Hardware error replace Radio Point Green, blinking Firmware upgrade None Amber, blinking RF module Self-Test Failure Replace Radio Module Eth 1 Green, solid Power On, PoE++ power None Amber, solid Link up, no power Check that the Ethernet cable is connected to the Radio Point Green, blinking PoE+ power None Amber, blinking Platform Self-Test Failure Replace Radio Point Red, solid Ethernet port error Connect the Ethernet cable between the Baseband Controller and Radio Point Replace Radio Point Eth 2 Green, solid Power On, PoE++ power None Amber, solid Link up, no power Check that the Ethernet cable is connected to the Radio Point Green, blinking PoE+ power None Amber, blinking Platform Self-Test Failure Replace Radio Point Red, solid Ethernet port error Connect the Ethernet cable between the Baseband Controller and Radio Point Replace Radio Point
* Note: When all of the LEDs are solid red, there is an RP hardware failure. ONECELL RP5200 Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D R A F T B-3 Appendix B Installation troubleshooting T F A R D B-4 M0304AG 5.5.01 April 2021 Appendix C Specifications This appendix contains specifications for CommScope ONECELL, including FCC information and technical data. Environmental and physical specifications SPF/SPF+ specifications C-1 C-2 Environmental and physical specifications The following table lists the electrical ratings and technical data for the RP5200. Table C-1. Environmental and Physical specifications Specification Type Specification Values Environmental Operating Temperatures: 0 to 50C (Plenum rated: UL-2043) Operating Humidity 10%-95% Non-Condensing Operating temperatures: 0C to 50C Active Cooling/Fans, acoustic noise: 39.5 dBA at 25C Power Requirements IEEE802.3bt-type 4 PoE++
Power Consumption Up to: 72W (26W + 11.5W per RM) Dimensions 13.54" W x13.54 H x 3.35" D
(344.0 mm W x 344.0 mm H x 85.0 mm D) Weight 8.82 lbs (4 kg) ONECELL RP5200 Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D R A F T C-1 Appendix C Specifications SPF/SPF+ specifications The following table lists the SPF and SPF+ specifications required for the Baseband Controller. 1G SFP LC SX Transceiver; 220M to 1K M 1G SFP LC LX transceiver, 550M 10K M 10G SFP+ LC SR Transceiver; Multi mode 26M to 300M SFP-10G-LR Transceiver; Single mode 10KM 10G Direct attach SFP+ cable; Twin ax Cable; 7M (must be compatible with HP & Cisco switches T F A R D C-2 M0304AG 5.5.01 April 2021 Appendix D Cable installation and power separation guidelines This section contains best practices for installing Ethernet cables and connecting them to RPs. Overview Cable handling Cable termination Lightning protection Ceiling connector Patch panel Power separation guidelines D-2 D-2 D-3 D-12 D-15 D-17 D-17 D R A F T D-1 ONECELL RP5200 Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Appendix D Cable installation and power separation guidelines Overview When installing Rugged RPs, cables that can withstand temperature extremes and inclement weather should be used. In outside environments, avoid contamination or damage to plugs. Plugs must be protected from sunlight and water in a suitable equipment housing or NEMA 4 rated box. It is also important to avoid exposure to water at cut ends of unfilled cables and cords. The following information is available to help you extend the operation of your RP and switches. Cable handling Indoor/outdoor cords can be routed outdoors above ground and indoors, and can be ordered in lengths long enough for direct (home-run) installations from switch to end equipment. Cords have 20% Insertion Loss De-rating so only 85 meters total can be supported. Extended lengths can be cut in two for terminating the indoor ends at protectors or panels. Terminations are similar to typical 4-pair indoor cables. Unreel long lengths of cable to ensure the cable does not become twisted or caught on objects. Figure D-1. Unreel cable T F A R D D-2 CommScope recommends using a sock fitted and secured over the plug to pull cable through long conduits. Sock information Tie wrap information M0304AG 5.5.01 April 2021 Appendix D Cable installation and power separation guidelines Figure D-2. Cable with sock attached using tie wrap Sock Conduit Tie-wrap Feed the sock through the conduit and secure the sock on the terminal end of the cable with the tie-wrap. Once the sock and tie-wrap are in place, pull the cable through the conduit. Cable termination Before installing the Rugged RP, terminate the RP end of the Ethernet cable with the RJ45, IP67 connector provided in the box. Figure D-3. RJ45, IP67 connector Flip the plug anti-snag to make it easier to push through the cord grips (flip it back before plugging in). ONECELL RP5200 Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D R A F T D-3 Appendix D Cable installation and power separation guidelines Use the split grommet provided. Once it is in place, coat it with silicone to ensure the connector is sealed. Figure D-4. Assembling the connector on the RP end Cable splicing Some cables are run in one piece from source to destination and have connector terminations. In other cases, two shorter pieces of cable need to be spliced together. When a cable is run to outdoor devices, you should take measures to ensure that cables are properly protected against moisture entering the cable. This is especially important when the jacket is stripped back from the wires. Some cables are gel filled and the termination includes cleaning the excess gel and blocking the end with silicone sealant to prevent future leakage. A typical blocking method uses a 2 cm length of Alpha Wire PVC-105-2 tubing or equivalent. 1 Fill all space inside the tubing with B-sealant. M0304AG 5.5.01 April 2021 T F A R D D-4 Appendix D Cable installation and power separation guidelines 2 Position the filled tube to overlap the end of the inner jacket and seal the gel. Clean off all excess sealant. NOTE: Tape can be used to stabilize the tube for immediate termination before the sealant sets. Cable termination Shielded cables must be properly terminated, either grounded or isolated. For exposed installations requiring protection, the end of the shield can be bonded in various ways. The following procedure is an example of one method. 1 Make a slit along the length of the jacket. Be careful not to tear the underlying shielding. D R A F T D-5 ONECELL RP5200 Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Appendix D Cable installation and power separation guidelines 2 Pull back the jacket along the slit and remove. T F A R D D-6 M0304AG 5.5.01 April 2021 Appendix D Cable installation and power separation guidelines 3 Fold back the foil shielding and drain wire to expose the inner jacket. 4 Prepare the inner jacket for blocking the gel and direct burial. a Cut back the inner jacket b Trim the flute c Clean the excess gel NOTE: The flute can be cut longer to match the blocking tube length. D R A F T D-7 ONECELL RP5200 Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Appendix D Cable installation and power separation guidelines 5 Fill all space inside the tubing with B-sealant and position the filled tube to overlap the end of the inner jacket and seal the gel. 6 Fold the drain wire and foil back over the tube and position the foil to be folded back over the tube. T F A R D D-8 M0304AG 5.5.01 April 2021 Appendix D Cable installation and power separation guidelines 7 An extra piece of foil can be used to cover the foil seam. 8 For an HGS620 termination, wrap the drain wire at least two times around and position it where the spring clips will capture them. 9 Tape over the foil for stability. 10 Trim the wire ends. ONECELL RP5200 Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D R A F T D-9 Appendix D Cable installation and power separation guidelines Cable grounding For CAT-6A cables, the shield termination method is to use the ground lug and B-
bond clip that are available in the 12A1 Grounding Kit. 1 Fold the foil back over the jacket end and wrap the drain wire around the end and push the ground lug over the wrap. T F A R D D-10 M0304AG 5.5.01 April 2021 Appendix D Cable installation and power separation guidelines 2 Open the B-bonding clip to be placed and closed over the grounding lug. 3 The lug tail can be cut off or used for ground attachment. 4 Treat the inner jacket as described in step 4 on page D-7. ONECELL RP5200 Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D-11 D R A F T Appendix D Cable installation and power separation guidelines For an isolated shield termination, the 1572A and 1592A outer jacket foil and drain wire are removed a short distance back from the termination and electrical tape is used to isolate the foil end. Lightning protection CommScope recommends including lightning protection in your ONECELL system to isolate equipment from surge damage. Important guidelines Verify hole diameter blocking may need to remain outside the cover Maintain pair twists up to termination points Avoid having pairs crossing over each other Indoor box To protect the cables in an indoor installation from lightning damage, CommScope recommends using the ITW Linx CAT6-A-LAN protector. NOTE The gel filled outdoor cable types will still need blocking. See Cable splicing and Cable termination for instructions on blocking cable. D-12 M0304AG 5.5.01 April 2021 T F A R D Appendix D Cable installation and power separation guidelines Figure D-5. CAT6-A lightning protector Outdoor protection The following is an example of a pole mounted CAT-6A configuration for protecting remote equipment installed outdoors. Table D-1 lists the recommended parts for installing the protection equipment. Table D-1. CAT-6A protection equipment parts list Part Name Link to Part on Distributors Web site NEMA 4x enclosure Allied Moulded fiberglass enclosure Bottom Mounted Liquid Tight Cordgrips Heyco pre-assembled cordgrips Bottom Mounted Liquid Tight Bushing Heyco liquid tight bushings snap-in Allied Moulded back panel Ditek surge protection buss Ditek 110RJC6APOE Protector Allied Moulded pole mount kit Back panel Ground buss Protector Pole mount kit D R A F T ONECELL RP5200 Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D-13 Appendix D Cable installation and power separation guidelines Figure D-6. Remote equipment protection for outdoor devices Back panel NEMA 4x enclosure Bottom Mounted Liquid Tight Cordgrips Ground Buss Bottom Mounted Liquid Tight Bushing NOTE Enclosure should be mounted close to the equipment for the best protection. T F A R D D-14 M0304AG 5.5.01 April 2021 Appendix D Cable installation and power separation guidelines Figure D-7. Protector box mounted to pole Pole Mount kit Minimize excess cord length D R A F T Ceiling connector If surge protection is not needed, gel flooded cables can be blocked and transitioned to indoor cable using a ceiling connector. The following link is for the recommended CommScope part. Ceiling connector 1 Terminate the indoor cable first then lay down a bed of B sealant. ONECELL RP5200 Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D-15 Appendix D Cable installation and power separation guidelines 2 Clean all gel from the end of the OSP cable. 3 After the cable and conductors are positioned, fill the area around the cable end with sealant and close the connector housing. T F A R D D-16 M0304AG 5.5.01 April 2021 Appendix D Cable installation and power separation guidelines Patch panel CommScope recommends installing a patch panel in the NOC to connect and manage CAT-6A cables. The following is a list of recommended CommScope 24 and 48 port patch panels and high density information outlets. 760163436_HFTP-HD6B-1U-24 760163444_HFTP-HD6B-2U-48 760163451_HFTPA-HD6B-1U-24 760163469_HFTPA-HD6B-2U-48 760163519_HFTP-J6 760163527_HFTP-J10G For more information, go to CommScope.com or contact your CommScope customer representative. Power separation guidelines For power separation best guidelines, refer to the following standards:
Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces, TIA-569-C Information technology Implementation and operation of customer premises cabling Part 2: Planning and installation, ISO/IEC 14763-2 Information Technology Cabling Installation Part 2: Installation Planning and practices inside buildings, BS EN 50174-2 D R A F T ONECELL RP5200 Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D-17 Appendix D Cable installation and power separation guidelines T F A R D D-18 M0304AG 5.5.01 April 2021 B ONECELL RP5200 Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 DRAFT ONECELL RP5200 Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 M0304AG 5.5.01 April 2021
1 2 3 4 5 6 | USER MANUAL PART 1 | Users Manual | 4.04 MiB | January 27 2021 / July 25 2021 | delayed release |
OneCell®
Hardware Installation Guide
Release 4.5
Document Number: M0303A2
Document Revision: 4.5.01
Date: September 2020
DRAFT
Copyright 2020 CommScope, All rights reserved.
THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN DEVELOPED BY COMMSCOPE, AND IS INTENDED FOR THE USE OF ITS
CUSTOMERS AND CUSTOMER SUPPORT PERSONNEL.
THE SPECIFICATIONS AND INFORMATION REGARDING THE PRODUCTS IN THIS MANUAL ARE SUBJECT
TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE. ALL STATEMENTS, INFORMATION, AND RECOMMENDATIONS IN THIS
MANUAL ARE BELIEVED TO BE ACCURATE BUT ARE PRESENTED WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. USERS MUST TAKE FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR THEIR APPLICATION OF ANY
PRODUCTS.
THE SOFTWARE LICENSE AND LIMITED WARRANTY FOR THE ACCOMPANYING PRODUCT ARE SET
FORTH IN THE INFORMATION PACKET THAT SHIPPED WITH THE PRODUCT AND ARE INCORPORATED
HEREIN BY REFERENCE. IF YOU ARE UNABLE TO LOCATE THE SOFTWARE LICENSE OR LIMITED
WARRANTY, CONTACT YOUR COMMSCOPE SALES REPRESENTATIVE FOR A COPY.
T
F
A
R
D
ii
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Contents
Document revision history
About this document
Audience ....................................................................................................................xiii
Purpose.......................................................................................................................xiii
What you need to know .............................................................................................xiii
Customer documentation ...........................................................................................xiii
Conventions ............................................................................................................... xiv
Notes, cautions, and warnings ................................................................................... xvi
PART 1
OVERVIEW AND PREPARATION
Chapter 1
CommScope OneCell® overview
Overview....................................................................................................................1-2
CommScope OneCell system ....................................................................................1-2
OneCell hardware components ..................................................................................1-3
Baseband Controller physical ports.....................................................................1-3
Chapter 2
Preparing to install the OneCell system
Overview....................................................................................................................2-2
Before installing the OneCell components ................................................................2-2
Commissioning the OneCell network........................................................................2-2
PART 2
ONECELL COMPONENT INSTALLATION
Chapter 3
Baseband Controller installation
Preparing for Baseband Controller installation..........................................................3-2
Installing the Baseband Controller into a rack...........................................................3-2
Chapter 4
RP5100i installation
RP5100i installation overview...................................................................................4-2
Ceiling mount.............................................................................................................4-3
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
D
R
A
F
T
iii
Contents
Mounting the Radio Point on the ceiling tile ......................................................4-5
Mounting the Radio Point above the ceiling tile...............................................4-15
Flown mount ............................................................................................................4-22
Flown mount installation...................................................................................4-24
Pole mount ...............................................................................................................4-31
Pole mount installation......................................................................................4-31
Chapter 5
RP5100r installation
Chapter 6
RP2000 Installation
Rugged Radio Point installation overview ................................................................5-2
Pole mount installation ..............................................................................................5-4
Vertical pole mount .............................................................................................5-4
Wall mount installation ............................................................................................5-10
Indoor Radio Point (RP2000) installation overview..................................................6-2
Ceiling mount.............................................................................................................6-3
Mounting the Radio Point on the ceiling tile ......................................................6-5
Mounting the Radio Point above the ceiling tile...............................................6-13
Flown mount ............................................................................................................6-17
Flown mount installation...................................................................................6-18
Pole mount ...............................................................................................................6-23
Pole mount installation......................................................................................6-23
Chapter 7
RP2100 Installation
Rugged Radio Point (RP2100) installation overview................................................7-2
Pole mount installation ..............................................................................................7-4
Vertical pole mount .............................................................................................7-4
Horizontal pole mount.......................................................................................7-10
Wall mount installation ............................................................................................7-17
T
F
A
R
D
iv
PART 3
APPENDICES
Appendix A
Safety
Radiation Exposure Statement.................................................................................. A-2
FCC Part 15 ........................................................................................................ A-2
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
EN55032............................................................................................................. A-2
Human exposure limits for OneCell deployments.................................................... A-2
Reference documents ......................................................................................... A-4
Contents
Appendix B
Installation troubleshooting
Baseband Controller LED patterns ........................................................................... B-2
Radio Point LED patterns ......................................................................................... B-4
RP5100i LED patterns........................................................................................ B-4
RP5100r LED patterns ....................................................................................... B-6
RP2000 series LED patterns............................................................................... B-7
Appendix C
Specifications
Appendix D
Field Replaceable Units
Environmental and physical specifications............................................................... C-2
SPF/SPF+ specifications........................................................................................... C-3
FRU overview...........................................................................................................D-2
Replacing Baseband Controller modules..................................................................D-2
Prerequisites .......................................................................................................D-2
Off-site activities ................................................................................................ D-3
On-site activities.................................................................................................D-7
Post-Install Verification .................................................................................... D-11
Replacing Radio Points prerequisites and on-site activities ...................................D-13
Prerequisites .....................................................................................................D-13
On-site activities...............................................................................................D-14
Replacing RP5100 series Radio Points................................................................... D-16
Replacing a ceiling RP5100i (above tile).........................................................D-17
Replacing a flown mounted RP5100i...............................................................D-32
Replacing a pole mounted RP5100i .................................................................D-42
Replacing RP5100i RF modules.............................................................................D-47
Replacing RP2000 series Radio Points................................................................... D-52
Replacing a ceiling Indoor RP (above tile) ......................................................D-52
Replacing a flown mounted Indoor RP ............................................................ D-62
Replacing a pole mounted Indoor RP...............................................................D-66
Replacing a vertical pole mounted Rugged RP................................................D-69
Replacing a horizontal pole mounted Rugged RP............................................D-76
Replacing a wall mounted Rugged RP.............................................................D-81
D
R
A
F
T
v
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
Contents
RP post-replacement verification............................................................................ D-85
Appendix E
Cable installation and power separation guidelines
Overview................................................................................................................... E-2
Cable handling .......................................................................................................... E-2
Cable termination...................................................................................................... E-3
Cable splicing ..................................................................................................... E-4
Cable termination ............................................................................................... E-5
Cable grounding ............................................................................................... E-10
Lightning protection................................................................................................ E-12
Important guidelines......................................................................................... E-12
Indoor box ........................................................................................................ E-12
Outdoor protection ........................................................................................... E-13
Ceiling connector .................................................................................................... E-15
Patch panel .............................................................................................................. E-17
Power separation guidelines ................................................................................... E-17
T
F
A
R
D
vi
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Contents
D
R
A
F
T
vii
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
List of figures
Figure 1-1
Figure 1-2
Figure 4-1
Figure 4-2
Figure 4-3
Figure 4-4
Figure 5-1
Figure 5-2
Figure 5-3
Figure 6-1
Figure 6-2
Figure 6-3
Figure 6-4
Figure E-1
Figure E-2
Figure E-3
Figure E-4
Figure E-5
Figure E-6
Figure E-7
OneCell solution ..............................................................................1-3
Baseband Controller ports ...............................................................1-4
CommScope ceiling mount kit contents ..........................................4-3
Drop rail, system integrator-provided..............................................4-4
CommScope flown mount kit contents..........................................4-23
Mounting bracket kit contents .......................................................4-31
Hardware provided by CommScope................................................5-2
Hardware provided by the systems integrator .................................5-3
RJ45, IP67 connector assembly.......................................................5-4
CommScope ceiling mount kit contents ..........................................6-3
Drop rail, system integrator-provided..............................................6-4
CommScope supplied kit contents.................................................6-17
Mounting bracket kit contents .......................................................6-23
Unreel cable .................................................................................... E-2
Cable with sock attached using tie wrap......................................... E-3
RJ45, IP67 connector...................................................................... E-3
Assembling the connector on the RP end ....................................... E-4
CAT6-A lightning protector ......................................................... E-13
Remote equipment protection for outdoor devices....................... E-14
Protector box mounted to pole...................................................... E-15
D
R
A
F
T
viii
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
List of tables
Table 1
Table 2
Table 1-1
Table A-1
Table A-2
Table C-1
Table E-1
Customer documentation ................................................................... xiv
Conventions ....................................................................................... xiv
Baseband Controller physical port assignments.................................1-4
RF exposure for OneCell at maximum power internal antennas for
RP5000 series ....................................................................................A-3
RF exposure for OneCell at maximum power internal antennas for
RP2000 series ....................................................................................A-4
Environmental and Physical specifications....................................... C-2
CAT-6A protection equipment parts list ......................................... E-13
D
R
A
F
T
ix
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
List of tables
T
F
A
R
D
x
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Document revision history
The following section lists documentation changes in OneCell® Installation Guide,
v4.5 (M0303A2).
Revision 4.5.01 (September 14, 2020)
•
Initial document release
• Added Band 5 (RPM-A5A11-B05) and Band 30 (RPM-A5A11-B30) RF exposure
data to Table A-1 on page A-3
D
R
A
F
T
xi
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
Document revision history
T
F
A
R
D
xii
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
About this document
This document provides the procedures for installing and configuring the Baseband
Controller and Radio Points.
Audience
Purpose
This document is written for computer hardware installers and administrators,
network architects and business planners who are responsible for the planning and
design of the CommScope OneCell deployment environment.
This guide provides the information necessary for installing the OneCell hardware in
the operator’s network.
What you need to know
The reader should have a basic understanding of:
• Data networks
•
LTE technology
• General telecommunications practices
Customer documentation
The following table lists available documents in the OneCell documentation suite.
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
D
R
A
F
T
xiii
About this document
Table 1. Customer documentation
Title
Contents
OneCell® Feature Guide, v4.5
(M0303A0)
OneCell® Network Planning
Guide, v4.5 (M0303A1)
Contains a description of anchor features for the
current release, and a system overview, including
CommScope provided components and required
components from other vendors.
Describes main components of the OneCell system,
high-level view of hardware components, how do you
engineer an in-building system, how do you determine
Radio Points locations, and how to design in-building
systems. Contains best practices for deployment,
including when to use clustering, and how to manage
capacity.
OneCell® Installation Guide, v4.5
(M0303A2)
Includes detailed installation instructions for
Baseband Controller and Radio Points hardware.
OM and KPI Reference for
OneCell® Devices, v4.5
(M0303A3)
Describes the operational measurements and key
performance indicators for OneCell devices.
OneCell® Troubleshooting, v4.5
(M0303A4)
Covers common troubleshooting scenarios in
deployed devices and troubleshooting methods.
OneCell® Administration, v4.5
(M0303A5)
Describes how to operate, maintain and manage
OneCell devices using the Baseband Controller’s Web
UI.
OneCell® Device Alarm Reference
(M0301A7)
Includes OneCell device alarm information.
T
F
A
R
D
xiv
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
About this document
Conventions
This guide uses the following text conventions, as applicable.
Table 2. Conventions
Convention
Description
Syntax symbols
< >
[ ]
|
Font usage
Bold input font
Italic input font
Plain output font
Italic output font
Enclose a required parameter or set of parameters. For
example:
>band-class <class>
<class> is a required parameter.
Enclose an optional parameter or set of parameters. For
example:
>activate image <version> [reboot]
[reboot] is an optional parameter.
Separates items on a list of parameters, only one of
which can be used. For example:
>channel-included <yes|no>
A valid command is:
>channel-included yes
Indicates text that must be entered exactly as shown. For
example:
Enter ping 192.23.10.12.
Indicates a variable parameter for which you must
provide an actual value. For example:
>authentication key <aukey>
<aukey> is a variable parameter.
A valid command is:
>authentication key 9782503000
Indicates system output in a command line or system-
generated file. For example:
IP address 192.23.10.12 is alive.
Indicates a variable in system output in a command line
or system-generated file. For example:
Installation of release <release> is
complete.
D
R
A
F
T
xv
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
About this document
Table 2. Conventions
Convention
Description
blue text
Indicates a hypertext link.
Plain italic font
Bold font
Other conventions
>
Indicates file names, directory paths, book titles, chapter
titles, and user accounts.
Indicates text that appears on screen exactly as shown,
for example, names of screens, names of buttons, items
on menus, and items on pull down lists.
Indicates graphical user interface (GUI) menu path. For
example:
Select Edit > Add Network to open the Add Network
screen.
Notes, cautions, and warnings
NOTE
Notes provide additional information about the subject text.
CAUTION
Cautions indicate that procedures, if performed incorrectly, can cause equipment
damage or data loss.
WARNING
Warnings indicate that procedures, if performed incorrectly, can harm you.
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
T
F
A
R
D
xvi
Part I: Overview and preparation
Chapter 1
CommScope OneCell® overview
Chapter 2
Preparing to install the OneCell system
D
R
A
F
T
T
F
A
R
D
Chapter 1
CommScope OneCell® overview
This chapter contains a high level overview of the OneCell deployment and the
OneCell components installed in the OneCell system.
Overview
CommScope OneCell system
OneCell hardware components
1-2
1-2
1-3
D
R
A
F
T
1-1
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
Chapter 1 CommScope OneCell® overview
Overview
•
•
•
•
•
•
OneCell is a revolutionary wireless system that can deliver the ultimate in wireless
performance.
It eliminates cell borders and handovers
It can cover a large area with consistent user experience without any significant
interference
It can take advantage of multiple distributed radio points to deliver a stronger
signal on both the downlink and the uplink
It can deliver greater capacity through distributed (multi-user and single-user)
MIMO and Coordinated Multipoint (CoMP)
It has the flexibility to neutralize macro interference in co-channel small cell
deployments
It can be used to deliver unprecedented levels of capacity to hot spot areas by
deploying radio points with overlapping coverage and enabling multi- user MIMO
In addition to these important benefits in user experience and data capacity, OneCell
provides superior economics and investment protection, ease of deployment, support
for multi-operator deployments.
CommScope OneCell system
OneCell is an in-building, enterprise solution for LTE that provides an in-building
consistent signal. It operates as a wireless network with a single cell, called a
Baseband Controller, over distributed Radio Points. Network operators benefit from
the OneCell because they reduce the load on their infrastructure.
T
F
A
R
D
1-2
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Figure 1-1.
OneCell solution
Chapter 1 CommScope OneCell® overview
OneCell hardware components
The OneCell hardware consists of the following components:
• Baseband Controller
— Baseband Controller Chassis
— Baseband Controller Module
— Power/Fan Unit (PFU)
Baseband Controller physical ports
The following ports are on the front panel of the Baseband Controller Module.
Table 1-1 shows the port assignments. In addition, there is a connector used for the
GPS antenna cable.
NOTE
For more detailed BC port information, see OneCell® Network Planning Guide,
v4.5 (M0303A1).
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
D
R
A
F
T
1-3
Chapter 1 CommScope OneCell® overview
Table 1-1. Baseband Controller physical port assignments
Port
Assignment
Network
Port Speed Media Type Description
MGMT
1 Gbps
RJ45
Local
Management
External Interface to access the WebGUI on the
Baseband Controller.
Not used
1 Gbps
Not used
IQ Data
1 Gbps
Boundary
Clock
1 Gbps
IPsec
1 Gbps
X2 and
Redundancy
1 Gbps
1 Gbps
RP
Management
and Timing
RJ45
RJ45
Dual Media
RJ45 or SFP
Dual Media
RJ45 or SFP
Dual Media
RJ45 or SFP
Dual Media
RJ45 or SFP
IQ Data
10 Gbps
SFP+
Not used
10 Gbps
SFP+
Not used
Fronthaul IQ Data Traffic between the Baseband
Controller and Radio Points via an Ethernet switch
on copper (RJ45) port.
Boundary Clock Input of IEEE 1588 PTP Timing
signal via dual media port.
Backhaul Traffic (S1 and OAM Interfaces) via dual
media port. VLAN tags are configurable in Dual
IPsec mode to separate different traffic streams on
the same port.
Fronthaul Traffic for X2 and Redundancy Cluster
data via dual media port.
Fronthaul Traffic for IEEE 1588 PTP timing and
SOAP/XML control data via dual media port.
Timing and OAM data traffic between Baseband
Controller and Radio Points through an Ethernet
switch(s)
Fronthaul IQ Data Traffic between the Baseband
Controller and Radio Points via Ethernet switch on
Fiber (SFP) port.
0
1-6
7
8
9
10
11
12
T
F
A
R
D
1-4
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Figure 1-2.
Baseband Controller ports
Chapter 1 CommScope OneCell® overview
Copper wire ports
Fiber optic ports
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
D
R
A
F
T
1-5
Chapter 1 CommScope OneCell® overview
T
F
A
R
D
1-6
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Chapter 2
Preparing to install the OneCell system
This section has the steps to complete before starting the OneCell installation.
Overview
Before installing the OneCell components
2-2
2-2
D
R
A
F
T
2-1
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
Chapter 2 Preparing to install the OneCell system
Overview
This document describes the OneCell installation and includes:
• Chapter 3, Baseband Controller installation
• Chapter 4, RP5100i installation
• Chapter 5, RP5100r installation
• Chapter 6, RP2000 Installation
• Chapter 7, RP2100 Installation
Before installing the OneCell components
Before installing the OneCell components, the system integrator must plan the
network for the topology that will be deployed. See OneCell Network Planning Guide
(913023).
CommScope recommends that cables and switches be in place before installing the
OneCell components. See Appendix E, Cable installation and power separation
guidelines for more information.
Commissioning the OneCell network
To bring your OneCell system up, you’ll need to commission the system by
configuring it. The commissioning procedures are dependent on the site installation.
Contact your CommScope representative for your commissioning procedures.
T
F
A
R
D
2-2
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Part II: OneCell component installation
Chapter 3
Baseband Controller installation
Chapter 4
RP5100i installation
Chapter 5
RP5100r installation
Chapter 6
RP2000 Installation
Chapter 7
RP2100 Installation
D
R
A
F
T
T
F
A
R
D
Chapter 3
Baseband Controller installation
This chapter contains the Baseband Controller installation procedures, including
chassis installation into a rack, Baseband Controller Module and Power/Fan Unit
installation into the Baseband Controller Chassis and the cables required for a basic
installation.
Preparing for Baseband Controller installation
Installing the Baseband Controller into a rack
3-2
3-2
D
R
A
F
T
3-1
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
Chapter 3 Baseband Controller installation
Preparing for Baseband Controller installation
Open the shipping box. It should have the components for one complete Baseband
Controller Module:
• Baseband Controller Chassis – including four mounting screws
• Baseband Controller Module
•
Power/Fan Unit (PFU)
The Baseband Controller is 1U high. Be sure there is enough room for the Baseband
Controller in the rack.
NOTE
If you are installing a OneCell system with GPS timing, you will need a coaxial
cable with an SMA-type male connector to the Baseband Controller. For
information on RF gain requirements, see OneCell® Network Planning Guide, v4.5
(M0303A1).
Installing the Baseband Controller into a rack
The Baseband Controller can be installed in a 19-inch or 600mm rack. The Baseband
Controller Chassis package contains two kits: one with 19-inch brackets and one with
600mm brackets.
CAUTION
The Baseband Controller, when mounted, must be in the horizontal position. No
other orientations are allowed.
NOTE
The chassis requires four screws to secure it into the rack.
1 Select the 19-inch or 600mm bracket kit according to the size of the rack. Attach
the brackets to the Baseband Controller Chassis
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
T
F
A
R
D
3-2
Chapter 3 Baseband Controller installation
2 Slide the chassis into the rack.
3 Line up the holes in the chassis ears to the holes in the rack.
4 Secure the chassis with the screws.
D
R
A
F
T
3-3
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
Chapter 3 Baseband Controller installation
5 Carefully slide the BC into the front of the chassis.
6 Secure the BC by tightening the front panel screws.
T
F
A
R
D
3-4
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Chapter 3 Baseband Controller installation
7 In the back of the rack, carefully slide the PFU into the back of the chassis.
CAUTION
The PFU has a fan hazard. A label is affixed to the top of the PFU indicating the
hazard.
Fan hazard label
NOTE: The connectors on the PFU should fit easily into the connector on the BC.
Do not force the PFU into the chassis.
D
R
A
F
T
3-5
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
Chapter 3 Baseband Controller installation
8 Secure the PFU by tightening the thumb screws.
9 Connect the power cord to the PFU.
T
F
A
R
D
3-6
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Chapter 3 Baseband Controller installation
10 On the Baseband Controller Module’s front panel, connect the GPS antenna cable.
11 Connect the Ethernet or fiber optic cable to the appropriate port.
D
R
A
F
T
3-7
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
Chapter 3 Baseband Controller installation
12 On the back of the Baseband Controller, turn on the power.
The LEDs on the front panel will be solid green, when the power is on. If none are on,
check your power connection. If the LED pattern is other than all green, see Baseband
Controller LED patterns on page B-2.
T
F
A
R
D
3-8
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Chapter 4
RP5100i installation
This chapter describes installing indoor Radio Points on ceiling tiles, above ceiling
tiles, on poles and in a flown configuration.
RP5100i installation overview
Ceiling mount
Flown mount
Pole mount
4-2
4-3
4-22
4-31
D
R
A
F
T
4-1
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
Chapter 4 RP5100i installation
RP5100i installation overview
The RP5100i is the Radio Point for indoor solutions.
There are four configurations for installing the RP5100i, which are dependent on the
ceiling type.
• Ceiling mount, on tile
• Ceiling mount, above tile
•
•
Flown mount
Pole mount
Once the Radio Point is installed and powered on, it may take up to 20 minutes for
the frequency to stabilize and lock.
If the MR port is connected to a switch that does not provide IEEE802.3bt, type-4
PoE power, the SR port can be used to provide power with a PoE++ injector. For
more information, see OneCell® Network Planning Guide, v4.5 (M0303A1).
NOTE
NOTE
T
F
A
R
D
4-2
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Ceiling mount
Chapter 4 RP5100i installation
Mounting the Radio Point (RP) above or on the ceiling tile requires the following
hardware provided by CommScope:
• Radio Point plate and screws
•
4" octagon box, 1-1/2" deep with 1/2" side cutouts
• Clamp and screw
Figure 4-1.
CommScope ceiling mount kit contents
Octagon
box
Mounting plate for
octagon box with 2
screws
Mounting plate for RP
with 4 screws
D
R
A
F
T
4-3
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
Chapter 4 RP5100i installation
Mounting the Radio Point (RP) above or on the ceiling tile requires the following
hardware provided by the system integrator:
• Drop rail – Eaton B-line BA50A or equivalent, with a static load capacity of at
least 25 lbs without a drop wire, recommended
Figure 4-2.
Drop rail, system integrator-provided
Drop rail
Clamp
2 screws
T
F
A
R
D
4-4
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Chapter 4 RP5100i installation
Mounting the Radio Point on the ceiling tile
1 Remove two ceiling tiles from the overhead.
2 Place the octagon box on the tile and trace the outline. Cut the opening.
3 Drill a 1/2-inch diameter hole for the Ethernet cable pass-through.
NOTE: Use a 1-1/2 deep RACO 8125 or equivalent.
D
R
A
F
T
4-5
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
Chapter 4 RP5100i installation
4 Attach the octagon box to the ceiling bracket using a clamp and screw.
70 mm
(2.7”)
138 mm
(5.4”)
Clamp
Drop ceiling
rail
Octagon
box
Screws
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
T
F
A
R
D
4-6
5 Replace the ceiling tile with the cutouts.
Chapter 4 RP5100i installation
D
R
A
F
T
4-7
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
Chapter 4 RP5100i installation
6 Install the drop rail/octagon box assembly over the modified tile.
T
F
A
R
D
4-8
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Chapter 4 RP5100i installation
7 Attach the mounting plate onto the octagon box and feed the Ethernet cable
through the small hole in the ceiling tile.
Ethernet cable
Mounting plate
D
R
A
F
T
4-9
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
Chapter 4 RP5100i installation
8 Attach base plate to the Radio Point.
NOTE: Apply thread locking compound to screws prior to installation.
9 Mount the Radio Point on the octagon box plate.
Ethernet
cable
T
F
A
R
D
4-10
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
10 Secure Radio Point to the octagon plate.
Chapter 4 RP5100i installation
D
R
A
F
T
4-11
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
Chapter 4 RP5100i installation
11 Remove the cover from the RP.
NOTE: The cover is attached to the RP with two lanyards.
T
F
A
R
D
4-12
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
12 Connect Ethernet cable to the MR port on the Radio Point.
Chapter 4 RP5100i installation
D
R
A
F
T
4-13
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
Chapter 4 RP5100i installation
13 Replace plastic cover on the Radio Point.
14 Replace the ceiling tile next to the Radio Point.
T
F
A
R
D
4-14
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Chapter 4 RP5100i installation
Mounting the Radio Point above the ceiling tile
1 Remove ceiling tile from the overhead.
D
R
A
F
T
4-15
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
Chapter 4 RP5100i installation
2 Attach the octagon box to the bracket.
NOTE: CommScope recommends an Eaton B-line – BA50A adjustable bracket.
Clamp
Drop rail
Octagon
box
Screw
T
F
A
R
D
4-16
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
3 Attach the bracket to the mounting plate to the octagon box.
Chapter 4 RP5100i installation
4 Attach plate to the Radio Point.
NOTE: Apply thread locking compound to screws prior to installation.
D
R
A
F
T
4-17
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
Chapter 4 RP5100i installation
5 Attach the Radio Point to the octagon box mounting plate.
T
F
A
R
D
4-18
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
6 Install drop rail above the ceiling tile.
Chapter 4 RP5100i installation
D
R
A
F
T
4-19
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
Chapter 4 RP5100i installation
7 Remove the cover from the RP.
NOTE: The cover is attached to the RP with two lanyards.
8 Connect the Ethernet cables to the Radio Point MR port.
T
F
A
R
D
4-20
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
9 Replace the cover on the Radio Point.
Chapter 4 RP5100i installation
NOTE: The minimum clearance for cooling is 3 inches.
3”
Ceiling tile
D
R
A
F
T
4-21
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
Chapter 4 RP5100i installation
10 Replace the ceiling tile.
Flown mount
The Radio Point can be flown mounted on the end of a rod. This configuration is used
for building where there are no drop ceilings.
Mounting the Radio Point (RP) in the flown configuration requires the following
hardware provided by CommScope in the mounting kit:
• Radio Point plate and screws
•
4" octagon box, 1-1/2" deep with 1/2" side cutouts
NOTE: Remove the top, middle cutout.
• Clamp and screw – this hardware is not required for the flown mount option
T
F
A
R
D
4-22
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Figure 4-3.
CommScope flown mount kit contents
Chapter 4 RP5100i installation
Octagon
box
Mounting the Radio Point (RP) in the flown configuration requires the following
hardware provided by the system integrator:
Mounting plate for RP
with 4 screws
Mounting plate for
octagon box with 2
screws
• Rod, 3/8-inch threaded
• Nut
•
•
Lock nut, nylon
Flat washers
D
R
A
F
T
4-23
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
Chapter 4 RP5100i installation
Flown mount installation
1 Attach the threaded, 3/8-inch rod, cut to the required length, to the ceiling.
2 Install the nut and a flat washer on the rod.
3 Slide the octagon box on the rod and install a flat washer and the nylon lock nut.
NOTE: Be sure the bracket is tight between the nuts and there is enough clearance
at the end of the rod to attach the bracket to the Radio Point.
T
F
A
R
D
4-24
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
4 Attach plate to octagon box.
Chapter 4 RP5100i installation
D
R
A
F
T
4-25
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
Chapter 4 RP5100i installation
5 Attach the mounting plate to the Radio Point.
T
F
A
R
D
4-26
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
6 Attach the Radio Point to the octagon box.
Chapter 4 RP5100i installation
D
R
A
F
T
4-27
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
Chapter 4 RP5100i installation
7 Remove the cover from the RP.
NOTE: The cover is attached to the RP with two lanyards.
T
F
A
R
D
4-28
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
8 Connect the Ethernet cable to the Radio Point MR port.
Chapter 4 RP5100i installation
D
R
A
F
T
4-29
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
Chapter 4 RP5100i installation
9 Attach the plastic cover to the Radio Point.
Installation is complete.
T
F
A
R
D
4-30
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Pole mount
Chapter 4 RP5100i installation
The Radio Point can be pole mounted. This configuration is used for building where
there are no drop ceilings.
Mounting the Radio Point (RP) on a pole requires the following hardware provided by
CommScope in the mounting kit:
• Mounting bracket
•
Screws
Figure 4-4. Mounting bracket kit contents
Mounting the Radio Point (RP) on a pole requires the following hardware provided by
the system integrator:
• Adjustable clamp at least 2 inches larger than the circumference of the pole
Pole mount installation
1 Attach the bracket to the Radio point.
D
R
A
F
T
4-31
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
Chapter 4 RP5100i installation
2 Slide the adjustable clamp through the slots on the Radio Point bracket.
3 Wrap the clamp around the pole and tighten the clamp screw to secure the Radio
Point to the pole.
T
F
A
R
D
4-32
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Chapter 4 RP5100i installation
4 Remove the cover from the RP.
NOTE: The cover is attached to the RP with two lanyards.
D
R
A
F
T
4-33
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
Chapter 4 RP5100i installation
5 Connect the Ethernet cable to the Radio Point MR port.
T
F
A
R
D
4-34
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
6 Replace the plastic cover on the Radio Point.
Chapter 4 RP5100i installation
D
R
A
F
T
4-35
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
Chapter 4 RP5100i installation
Installation is complete.
T
F
A
R
D
4-36
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Chapter 5
RP5100r installation
This chapter describes installing Rugged Radio Points on poles and walls.
Rugged Radio Point installation overview
Pole mount installation
Wall mount installation
5-2
5-4
5-10
D
R
A
F
T
5-1
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
Chapter 5 RP5100r installation
Rugged Radio Point installation overview
The Rugged Radio Point (RP) ships with the following hardware:
• Radio Point
• Mounting plate
• Mounting bolts (M8 Hex)
• RJ45, IP67 connector for CAT 6A cables
Figure 5-1.
Hardware provided by CommScope
NOTE
An M8 hex wrench is required to install mounting bolts.
Mounting the Radio Point (RP) on a pole requires the following hardware provided by
the system integrator:
•
•
Two U bolts
Four nuts
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
D
R
A
F
T
5-2
Chapter 5 RP5100r installation
• RJ45, IP67 connector for CAT 5E
•
Ethernet surge protector, as required by local code (for example, DTK-MRJPOEX
or DTK-MRJPOES)
NOTE
If the MR port is connected to a switch that does not provide IEEE802.3bt, type-4
PoE power, the SR port can be used to provide power with a PoE++ injector. In this
case, the installer needs to provide a CAT 5E – MPN 17-10044 connector (https://
www.conec.com/catalog/en/rj45-stecker-set.html) to connect the RJ45 to the SR
port. For more information, see OneCell® Network Planning Guide, v4.5
(M0303A1).
Figure 5-2.
Hardware provided by the systems integrator
T
F
A
R
D
5-3
Mounting the Radio Point (RP) on a wall requires the following hardware provided by
the system integrator:
•
Four molly screws capable – 50 lb (23 kg) minimum rating
NOTE
Once the Radio Point is installed and the powered on, it may take up to 20 minutes
for the frequency to stabilize and lock.
Before connecting the Ethernet cables to the RP, terminate the RP end of the Ethernet
cable with the RJ45, IP67 connector.
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Figure 5-3.
RJ45, IP67 connector assembly
Chapter 5 RP5100r installation
Pole mount installation
There is vertical orientation for pole mount installations
NOTE
The minimum pole diameter requirement is 4'' (102mm).
Vertical pole mount
1 Slide the two U bolt clamps onto the pole and secure the RP mounting plate to the
clamps with four nuts.
D
R
A
F
T
5-4
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
Chapter 5 RP5100r installation
T
F
A
R
D
5-5
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
2 Insert two screws into the upper holes on opposite sides of the RP.
Chapter 5 RP5100r installation
Required orientation is
with connectors at the
bottom of the RP
D
R
A
F
T
5-6
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
Chapter 5 RP5100r installation
3 Hang the RP to the mounting bracket using the installed screws.
CAUTION
Ensure that the RP is oriented correctly with all connectors
at the bottom of the RP.
Required orientation with connectors
at the bottom of the RP
T
F
A
R
D
5-7
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Chapter 5 RP5100r installation
4 Align holes at bottom location of bracket. Insert and tighten the bottom screws
through the plate hole into both sides of the RP. Be sure that all four screws are
tightened.
NOTE: The torque requirement for the mounting screws is 20-21 in-lbs.
D
R
A
F
T
5-8
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
Chapter 5 RP5100r installation
5 Connect the antenna cables on the bottom of the RP.
6 Connect the Ethernet cable RJ45 end to the bottom of the RP to the MR port.
MR port
T
F
A
R
D
5-9
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Chapter 5 RP5100r installation
Wall mount installation
1 Drill four holes in the wall using the mounting plate to determine the hole
locations. Mount the backplate on the wall with four molly screws.
T
F
A
R
D
5-10
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Chapter 5 RP5100r installation
2 Insert two screws into the upper holes on opposite sides of the RP as shown in the
drawing below.
Required orientation is
with connectors at the
bottom of the RP
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
D
R
A
F
T
5-11
Chapter 5 RP5100r installation
3 Attach the RP to the mounting plate.
Required orientation is
with connectors at the
bottom of the RP
4 Tighten the top screws on the RP and insert and tighten the bottom screws on the
RP.
NOTE: The torque requirement for the mounting screws is 20-21 in-lbs.
T
F
A
R
D
5-12
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Chapter 5 RP5100r installation
5 Insert and tighten the bottom screws through the plate hole into both sides of the
RP.
D
R
A
F
T
5-13
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
Chapter 5 RP5100r installation
6 Connect the antenna cables on the bottom of the RP.
7 Connect the Ethernet cable RJ45 end to the bottom of the RP to the MR port.
NOTE: Insert the Ethernet surge protection as required by local code (for
example, DTK-MRJPOEX or DTK-MRJPOES).
MR port
T
F
A
R
D
5-14
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Chapter 6
RP2000 Installation
This chapter describes installing indoor Radio Points on ceiling tiles, above ceiling
tiles, on poles and in a flown configuration.
Indoor Radio Point (RP2000) installation overview
Ceiling mount
Flown mount
Pole mount
6-2
6-3
6-17
6-23
D
R
A
F
T
6-1
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation
Indoor Radio Point (RP2000) installation overview
There are four configurations for installing the Radio Point, which are dependent on
the ceiling type.
• Ceiling mount, on tile
• Ceiling mount, above tile
•
•
Flown mount
Pole mount
NOTE
Once the Radio Point is installed and the powered on, it may take up to 20 minutes
for the frequency to stabilize and lock.
T
F
A
R
D
6-2
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation
Ceiling mount
Mounting the Radio Point (RP) above or on the ceiling tile requires the following
hardware provided by CommScope:
• Radio Point mounting plate and 4 screws
• Octagon box mounting plate and 2 screws
•
4" octagon box, 1-1/2" deep with 1/2" side cutouts
• Clamp with screw - not required for flown mount option
Figure 6-1.
CommScope ceiling mount kit contents
Octagon box
Mounting plate for octagon
box with 2 screws
Clamp with
1 screw
Mounting plate for
RP with 4 screws
D
R
A
F
T
6-3
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation
Mounting the Radio Point (RP) above or on the ceiling tile requires the following
hardware provided by the systems integrator:
• Drop rail – Eaton B-line BA50 recommended
Figure 6-2.
Drop rail, system integrator-provided
T
F
A
R
D
6-4
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Mounting the Radio Point on the ceiling tile
1 Remove two ceiling tiles from the overhead.
Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation
2 Place the octagon box on the tile and trace the outline. Cut the opening.
D
R
A
F
T
6-5
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation
3 Drill a 1/2-inch diameter hole for the Ethernet cable pass-through.
NOTE: Use a 1-1/2 deep RACO 8125 or equivalent.
4 Attach the octagon box to the ceiling bracket using a clamp and screw.
NOTE: CommScope recommends the Eaton B-line – BA50 bracket.
1/2-inch
diameter hole
Hole for
mounting plate
Clamp
Drop ceiling
rail
Octagon box
Screw
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
T
F
A
R
D
6-6
5 Replace the ceiling tile with the cutouts.
Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation
D
R
A
F
T
6-7
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation
6 Install the drop rail assembly over the ceiling tile with the cutouts.
T
F
A
R
D
6-8
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
7 Attach the mounting plate onto the octagon box.
Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation
Ethernet cable
Mounting plate
8 Attach base plate to the Radio Point.
NOTE: Apply thread locking compound to screws prior to installation.
D
R
A
F
T
6-9
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation
9 Mount the Radio Point to the octagon box plate.
10 Secure the Radio Point.
T
F
A
R
D
6-10
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
11 Connect the Ethernet cable to the Radio Point.
Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation
12 Replace the second ceiling tile.
D
R
A
F
T
6-11
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation
Installation is complete.
T
F
A
R
D
6-12
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Mounting the Radio Point above the ceiling tile
1 Remove ceiling tile from the overhead.
Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation
2 Attach the octagon box to the bracket.
Clamp
Drop ceiling
rail
Octagon box
Screw
D
R
A
F
T
6-13
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation
3 Attach the mounting plate to the Radio Point.
NOTE: Apply thread locking compound to screws prior to installation.
4 Attach the Radio Point to the octagon box.
T
F
A
R
D
6-14
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
5 Install the drop rail assembly to the ceiling tile rail.
Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation
NOTE: The minimum clearance for cooling is 3 inches.
3”
Ceiling tile
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
D
R
A
F
T
6-15
Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation
6 Connect Ethernet cable to RP.
7 Replace the ceiling tile.
T
F
A
R
D
6-16
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation
Flown mount
The Radio Point can be flown mounted on the end of a rod. This configuration is used
for buildings where there are no drop ceilings.
Mounting the Radio Point (RP) in the flown configuration requires the hardware listed
in Indoor Radio Point (RP2000) installation overview on page 6-2
Figure 6-3.
CommScope supplied kit contents
Mounting the Radio Point (RP) in the flown configuration requires the following
hardware provided by the system integrator:
• Rod, 3/8-inch threaded
2 flat washers
•
•
• Nut
Lock nut, nylon
D
R
A
F
T
6-17
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation
Flown mount installation
1 Attach the threaded, 3/8-inch rod, cut to the required length, to the ceiling.
2 Install the nut and a flat washer on the rod.
3 Slide the octagon box onto the rod and install a flat washer and the nylon lock nut.
T
F
A
R
D
6-18
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
4 Attach the plate with two screws to the octagon box.
Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation
5 Attach the CommScope supplied mounting plate to the Radio Point with four
screws.
D
R
A
F
T
6-19
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation
6 Attach the Radio Point to the octagon box.
T
F
A
R
D
6-20
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
7 Secure the Radio Point to the octagon box plate.
Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation
D
R
A
F
T
6-21
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation
8 Connect the Ethernet cable to the Radio Point.
Installation is complete.
T
F
A
R
D
6-22
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Pole mount
Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation
The Radio Point can be pole mounted. This configuration is used for building where
there are no drop ceilings.
Mounting the Radio Point (RP) on a pole requires the following hardware provided by
CommScope in the mounting kit:
• Mounting bracket
•
4 screws
Figure 6-4. Mounting bracket kit contents
Mounting the Radio Point (RP) on a pole requires the following hardware provided by
the system integrator:
• Adjustable clamp at least 2 inches larger than the circumference of the pole
Pole mount installation
1 Attach the bracket to the Radio point.
Mounting bracket
D
R
A
F
T
6-23
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation
2 Slide the adjustable clamp through the slots on the Radio Point bracket.
3 Wrap the clamp around the pole and tighten the clamp screw to secure the Radio
Point to the pole.
4 Connect the Ethernet cable to the Radio Point.
T
F
A
R
D
6-24
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation
Installation is complete.
D
R
A
F
T
6-25
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation
T
F
A
R
D
6-26
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Chapter 7
RP2100 Installation
This chapter describes installing Rugged Radio Points on poles and walls.
Rugged Radio Point (RP2100) installation overview
Pole mount installation
Wall mount installation
7-2
7-4
7-17
D
R
A
F
T
7-1
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
Rugged Radio Point (RP2100) installation overview
The Rugged Radio Point (RP) ships with the following hardware:
Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation
• Radio Point
• Mounting plate
• Mounting brackets
Four tamper-resistant mounting screws (M5)
•
•
• RJ45, IP67 connector
Two 4.3-10 antenna couplers
NOTE
A tamper-resistant T25 Torx bit, 1/4" hex shank, attached to a driver handle, is
required to secure the tamper-resistant mounting screws.
Mounting the Radio Point (RP) on a pole requires the following hardware provided by
the system integrator:
•
Two adjustable clamps
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
D
R
A
F
T
7-2
Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation
Mounting the Radio Point (RP) on a wall requires the following hardware provided by
the system integrator:
•
Four molly screws capable – 50 lb (23 kg) minimum rating
Before installing the RP on the pole, terminate the RP end of the Ethernet cable with
the RJ45, IP67 connector provided in the box.
NOTE
Once the Radio Point is installed and the powered on, it may take up to 20 minutes
for the frequency to stabilize and lock.
T
F
A
R
D
7-3
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation
Pole mount installation
There are two orientations for pole mount installations:
• Vertical pole mount
• Horizontal pole mount
NOTE
The minimum pole diameter requirement is 4'' (102mm).
Vertical pole mount
1 Attach mounting brackets to mounting plate.
NOTE: The torque requirement for the bracket mounting screws is 5-6 in-lbs.
2 Slide the adjustable clamp through the slots on each RP mounting bracket on the
RP plate.
Slide adjustable
clamp end
through slots
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
D
R
A
F
T
7-4
Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation
3 Wrap each clamp around the pole and tighten the clamp screw to secure the RP to
the pole.
T
F
A
R
D
7-5
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation
4 Insert two screws into the upper holes on opposite sides of the RP as shown in the
drawing below.
CAUTION
Ensure that the RP is oriented correctly with the two
antenna connectors at the top of the RP.
Required orientation
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
D
R
A
F
T
7-6
Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation
5 Hang the RP to the mounting bracket using the installed screws. Align holes at
bottom location of bracket.
T
F
A
R
D
7-7
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation
6 Insert and tighten the bottom screws through the plate hole into both sides of the
RP. Be sure that all four screws are tightened.
NOTE: The torque requirement for the mounting screws is 20-21 in-lbs.
D
R
A
F
T
7-8
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation
7 Connect the antenna couplers on the top of the RP.
NOTE: Check the antenna coupler manufacturer’s documentation for torque
requirements.
8 Connect the Ethernet cable RJ45 end to the bottom of the RP.
T
F
A
R
D
7-9
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation
Horizontal pole mount
1 Attach mounting brackets to mounting plate.
NOTE: The torque requirement for the bracket mounting screws is 5-6 in-lbs.
T
F
A
R
D
7-10
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation
2 Slide the adjustable clamp through the slots on each RP mounting bracket on the
RP plate.
Slide adjustable clamp
end through slots
D
R
A
F
T
7-11
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation
3 Wrap each clamp around the pole and tighten the clamp screw to secure the RP to
the pole.
4 Insert two screws into the upper holes on opposite sides of the RP as shown in the
drawing below.
T
F
A
R
D
7-12
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation
CAUTION
Ensure that the RP is oriented correctly with the two antenna
connectors at the top of the RP.
Required orientation
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
D
R
A
F
T
7-13
Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation
5 Hang the RP to the mounting bracket using the installed screws. Align holes at
bottom location of bracket and install two additional screws.
T
F
A
R
D
7-14
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation
6 Insert and tighten the bottom screws through the plate hole into both sides of the
RP. Be sure that all four screws are tightened.
NOTE: The torque requirement for the mounting screws is 20-21 in-lbs.
D
R
A
F
T
7-15
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation
7 Connect the antenna couplers on the top of the RP.
NOTE: Check the antenna coupler manufacturer’s documentation for torque
requirements.
8 Connect the Ethernet cable RJ45 end to the bottom of the RP.
T
F
A
R
D
7-16
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation
Wall mount installation
1 Drill four holes in the wall using the mounting plate to determine the hole
locations. Mount the backplate on the wall with four molly screws.
D
R
A
F
T
7-17
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation
2 Insert two screws into the upper holes on opposite sides of the RP as shown in the
drawing below.
Required orientation
T
F
A
R
D
7-18
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation
3 Attach the RP to the mounting plate. Tighten the top screws on the RP and insert
and tighten the bottom screws on the RP.
NOTE: The torque requirement for the mounting screws is 20-21 in-lbs.
D
R
A
F
T
7-19
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation
4 Insert and tighten the bottom screws through the plate hole into both sides of the
RP.
5 Connect the antenna couplers on the top of the RP.
NOTE: Check the antenna coupler manufacturer’s documentation for torque
requirements.
6 Connect the Ethernet cable RJ45 end to the bottom of the RP.
T
F
A
R
D
7-20
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
1 2 3 4 5 6 | USER MANUAL PART 2 | Users Manual | 3.92 MiB | January 27 2021 / July 25 2021 | delayed release |
Part III: Appendices
Appendix A Safety
Appendix B Installation troubleshooting
Appendix C Specifications
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
Appendix E Cable installation and power separation
guidelines
D
R
A
F
T
T
F
A
R
D
Appendix A
Safety
This appendix contains specifications for CommScope OneCell, including FCC
information and technical data.
Radiation Exposure Statement
Human exposure limits for OneCell deployments
A-2
A-2
D
R
A
F
T
A-1
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
Chapter A Safety
Radiation Exposure Statement
Important: Changes or modifications not expressly approved by CommScope LLC
could void your authority to operate the equipment.
The Baseband Controller and RP5100 have been tested and found to comply with the
limits for Class A equipment, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules.
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A
digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to
provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is
operated in a commercial environment. This equipment generates, uses, and can
radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the
instruction manual, may cause harmful interference to radio communications.
Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful
interference in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at his
own expense.
For more information, see the publication femtocells and Health at
http:// www.femtoforum.org or visit the FCC website at www.fcc.gov.
FCC Part 15
NOTE
EN55032
WARNING
This equipment is compliant with Class A of EN55032. In a residential
environment, this equipment may cause radio interference.
Human exposure limits for OneCell deployments
The human exposure limits for the OneCell product is calculated by using the
Maximum Permissible Exposure (MPE) method associated with fixed-type
transmitter devices at a minimum exposure distance of 20 cm.
Table A-1 includes values for one Radio Point (RP5000 series) and four Radio Points
per chassis.
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
T
F
A
R
D
A-2
Chapter A Safety
Table A-1. RF exposure for OneCell at maximum power internal antennas for RP5000
series
Parameter
RPM-A5A11-
B66
RPM-A5A11-
B02
RPM-I5A11-
B01
RPM-I5A11-
B03
RPM-I5A11-
B07
24.13
24.23
24.25
24.00
24.70
Transmitter Duty Cycle %
100
100
100
100
100
Tx Power (dBm) per
antenna
Tx Loss (dB)
Tx Antenna Gain (dBi)
Number of Antennas
(MIMO)
Contribution due to
multiple antennas (dB)
Bands
Point Source Total EIRP
(watts)
Power Density (W/m2) @
20 cm
0
4
2
2
0
4
2
1
0
4
2
3
0
4
2
7
3.0103
3.0103
3.0103
3.0103
3.0103
Derived Total EIRP (dBW)
1.140
1.240
1.260
1.010
1.710
Frequency Range (MHz)
2110-2200
1930-1990
2110-2170
1805-1880
2620-2690
1.300
1.331
1.337
1.262
1.483
2.587
2.647
2.569
2.510
2.950
1. For persons with implants, the maximum calculated distance of 30cm. This applies to any combination of up to
four radio modules in Bands 1,3 and 7.
2. For general public and workers, a measured distance of 5mm was determined. This applies to any combination
of up to four radio modules in Bands 1,3 and 7.
For general public and workers, a calculated distance of 20cm was determined. This applies to any combination of
up to four radio modules in Bands 2 and 66.
Parameter
RPM-I5A11-
B17
RPM-A5A11-
B12
RPM-A5A11-
B14
RPM-A5A11-
B05
RPM-A5A11-
B30
21.70
21.88
21.45
21.58
0.00
Tx Power (dBm) per
antenna
Tx Loss (dB)
Tx Antenna Gain (dBi)
Transmitter Duty Cycle %
100
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
0
4
100
0
4
100
0
2
100
0
5
100
0
4
2
66
0
4
D
R
A
F
T
A-3
Chapter A Safety
Number of Antennas
(MIMO)
Contribution due to
multiple antennas (dB)
Bands
Point Source Total EIRP
(watts)
Power Density (W/m2) @
20 cm
12
0.743
1.478
Parameter
RPM-I5A11-
B17
RPM-A5A11-
B12
RPM-A5A11-
B14
RPM-A5A11-
B05
RPM-A5A11-
B30
2
2
2
3.0103
3.0103
3.0103
3.0103
3.0103
Derived Total EIRP (dBW)
-1.290
-3.410
-21.990
Frequency Range (MHz)
734-746
729 - 746
758 - 768
869-894
2350-2360
2
5
2
30
-1.540
14
0.702
0.456
0.006
1.396
0.907
0.013
Table A-2 includes values for one Radio Point (RP2000 and RP2100) and four Radio
Points per chassis.
Table A-2. RF exposure for OneCell at maximum power internal antennas for RP2000
series
Parameter
Indoor
RP-A2014 & RP-I2014
Rugged
RP-A2114 & RP-I2114
Tx Power (dBm) per antenna
21
Tx Loss (dB)
Tx Antenna Gain (dBi)
Transmitter Duty Cycle %
100
Number of Antennas (MIMO)
Contribution due to multiple
antennas (dB)
0
0
2
21
0
11.8
100
2
21
0
12
100
2
21
0
12.5
100
2
T
F
A
R
D
A-4
3.0103
3.0103
3.0103
3.0103
3.0103
3.0103
Derived Total EIRP (dBW)
-5.990
-0.990
5.810
6.010
6.510
Bands
12,13,17
1,2,3,4,7,10,25
12,13,17
3
1,2,4,10,25
Frequency Range (MHz)
729-756
1805-2690
729-756
1805-1880
1930-2170
Point Source Total EIRP (watts)
0.252
Power Density (W/m2) @ 20 cm
0.501
0.796
1.584
3.811
7.582
3.991
7.939
4.477
8.908
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
21
0
13.5
100
2
7.510
2620-
2690
2620-
2690
5.637
11.214
-1.110
12
0.775
1.541
21
0
5
2
100
Reference documents
Chapter A Safety
[1] Federal Communications Commission Document OET Bulletin 65, Supplement C,
2001, Evaluating Compliance with FCC guidelines for Human Exposure to radio
frequency Electromagnetic Fields, US Federal Communications Commission, Office
of Engineering and Technology June 2001.
[2] Federal Communications Commission Document OET Bulletin 56, “Questions
and answers about biological effects and potential hazards of radio frequency
electromagnetic fields”, Federal Communications Commission Office of Engineering
and Technology, August 1999.
[3] ICNIRP Guidelines for limiting exposure to time varying electric, magnetic and
electromagnetic fields up to 300 GHz. International Commission on Non Ionizing
Radiation, published in Health Physics 74 (4): 494-522; 1998
[4] ICNIRP Statement on EMF-Emitting New Technologies, International
Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation, published in Health Physics 94 (4):376-392,
2008
[5] 3GPP Document 3GPP TS 36.104 version 10.11.0 Release 10,” LTE Evolved
Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA); Base Station (BS) radio transmission
and reception”
D
R
A
F
T
A-5
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
Chapter A Safety
T
F
A
R
D
A-6
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Appendix B
Installation troubleshooting
This section contains information on troubleshooting the OneCell installation. It
includes the LED patterns for the Baseband Controller and Radio points.
Baseband Controller LED patterns
Radio Point LED patterns
B-2
B-4
D
R
A
F
T
B-1
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
Appendix B Installation troubleshooting
Baseband Controller LED patterns
The Baseband Controller has four LEDs on the front panel. The following table shows
• Display pattern for each LED
• What the pattern indicates
• Action to take, if any, to resolve the issue
LED
Display Pattern
Indicates
Action to Take
STATUS
Green, solid
None
Power On
Sectors up
RP ERROR
Green, solid
Power On
None
Amber, solid
Self-test failure
Replace Baseband Controller
Green, blinking
Firmware upgrade from
DMS
None
Sectors not up
Amber, blinking
No configuration from DMS • Check DMS availability
• Check if the provisioning is correct
• Escalate to operator
OFF
BC rebooting after upgrade
None
Red, solid*
Error in system - software or
hardware issues detected
Replace Baseband Controller Module
Amber, solid
Self-test failure
Replace Baseband Controller
Amber, blinking
No Radio Points connected
Check RP cable
Off
Radio Points connected,
firmware upgrade from
DMS
None
Red, blinking
Check 1588 VLAN configuration
Radio Point alarm - PLL
state unlock; service
impacting alarm from Radio
Point (alarm in one or more
RP)
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
T
F
A
R
D
B-2
Appendix B Installation troubleshooting
LED
Display Pattern
Indicates
Action to Take
TIMING LED
Green, solid
Power On, timing
None
Amber, solid
Self-test failure
Replace Baseband Controller
Amber, blinking
No timing
Check GPS antenna connection feed
Off
Firmware upgrade from
DMS
None
Red, solid*
Error in system
Replace Baseband Controller Module
CORE LED
Green, solid
Power On
None
GPS module down
Software/Hardware issues
Connection to MME
Amber, solid
Self-test failure
Replace Baseband Controller
Amber, blinking
No connection to MME
IPsec is up
• Check the MME configuration on the BC
• Check if MME is reachable
Off
Firmware upgrade from
DMS
None
Red, blinking
Internet connection
IPsec down
• Check if Security Gateway is reachable
• Check security credentials
Red, solid*
No Internet
Replace Baseband Controller Module
Interface hardware issues
* Note: When all of the LEDs are solid red, there is a BC hardware failure.
D
R
A
F
T
B-3
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
Appendix B Installation troubleshooting
Radio Point LED patterns
This section contains LED patterns for RP5100 series and RP2000 series.
RP5100i LED patterns
The Radio Point RP5100i supports six LEDs on the front cover.
Indicators are for
four radios (one for each)
•
•
•
ETH 1 – MR PORT:POE++, POE+, Ethernet link
ETH 2– SR PORT:POE++, POE+, Ethernet link
T
F
A
R
D
B-4
ETH 1, 2
RADIO 1, 2, 3, 4
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Appendix B Installation troubleshooting
The following table shows:
• Display pattern for each LED
• What the pattern indicates
• Action to take, if any, to resolve the issue
LED
Display Pattern
Indicates
Action to Take
RADIO 1
Green, solid
Power On, transmitting
None
RADIO 2
RADIO 3
RADIO 4
Amber, solid
Red, solid
• RFTxState OFF
• No Controller Assigned
• No Timing
• No connection to Controller
• HW error
• Low Power
• Check 1588 VLAN configuration
• Verify that the Radio Point is in
STANDBY because more than 32 RPs
are connected
Hardware error – replace Radio Point
Green, blinking
Firmware upgrade
None
Amber, blinking
RF module Self-Test Failure
Replace Radio Module
Eth 1
Green, solid
Power On, PoE++ power
None
Amber, solid
Link up, no power
Check that the Ethernet cable is
connected to the Radio Point
Green, blinking
PoE+ power
None
Amber, blinking
Platform Self-Test Failure
Replace Radio Point
Red, solid
Ethernet port error
• Connect the Ethernet cable between the
Baseband Controller and Radio Point
• Replace Radio Point
Eth 2
Green, solid
Power On, PoE++ power
None
Amber, solid
Link up, no power
Check that the Ethernet cable is
connected to the Radio Point
Green, blinking
PoE+ power
None
Amber, blinking
Platform Self-Test Failure
Replace Radio Point
Red, solid
Ethernet port error
• Connect the Ethernet cable between the
Baseband Controller and Radio Point
• Replace Radio Point
* Note: When all of the LEDs are solid red, there is an RP hardware failure.
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
D
R
A
F
T
B-5
Appendix B Installation troubleshooting
RP5100r LED patterns
The Radio Point RP5100r has one LED. The following table includes the LED
patterns.
LED
Display Pattern
Indicates
Green, blinking
• Not all available radio modules are in use
• RFTx ON for all radio modules
Action to Take
No action required
• All available radio modules are in use
• RFTx ON for all radio modules
No action required
Replace Radio Point
Error in the system.
• No module connected to the BC
• All modules have low power
No modules in use
Note: The radio modules may be
connected to the BC.
• Check the connection between the RP and BC.
• Check that the BC admin status is UP.
Green, fast blinking
Software upgrade
No action required
Green, solid
Red, solid
Red, blinking
T
F
A
R
D
B-6
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Appendix B Installation troubleshooting
RP2000 series LED patterns
The RP2000 and RP2100 Radio Points have one LED. The LED for the RP2000
(Indoor) is on the front cover. The LED for the RP2100 (Rugged) is on the bottom of
the Radio Point where the Ethernet cable port is located. The following table shows:
• Display pattern for each LED
• What the pattern indicates
• Action to take, if any, to resolve the issue
LED
Display Pattern
Indicates
Action to Take
STATUS
Green, solid
Power On
RFTx state is ON
Amber, solid
Self-test failure
None
Replace RP
None
Green, blinking
Amber, blinking
Firmware upgrade
Connected to Baseband Controller
PLL state – unlock
RFTx state – OFF or suspended
L2 path verification failed
Admin state – STANDBY
• Check 1588 VLAN configuration
• Verify RP is in STANDBY because
more than 32 Radio Points are
connected to the same Baseband
Controller
Red, blinking
No connection to Baseband Controller
(http)
• Connect the Ethernet cable between the
Baseband Controller and Radio Point
• Replace RP
Red, solid
Error in system – software or hardware
issues
Interface issues detected
AdminState – UNLOCKED
• Connect the Ethernet cable between the
Baseband Controller and Radio Point
• Upgrade Radio Point
• Replace Radio Point
D
R
A
F
T
B-7
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
Appendix B Installation troubleshooting
T
F
A
R
D
B-8
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Appendix C
Specifications
This appendix contains specifications for CommScope OneCell, including FCC
information and technical data.
Environmental and physical specifications
SPF/SPF+ specifications
C-2
C-3
D
R
A
F
T
C-1
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
Appendix C Specifications
Environmental and physical specifications
The following table lists the electrical ratings and technical data for the Baseband
Controller, RP5100 series and RP2000/RP2100.
Table C-1. Environmental and Physical specifications
Baseband Controller
Environmental
Operating Temperatures: 0°C to 40°C
Operating Humidity 10%-90% Non-Condensing
Power Requirements
120/230 VAC,1.7/0.85 A, 50/60 Hz
Power Consumption
204W Typical / 216W Maximum
Dimensions
1 Rack Unit Chassis hosts 2 Baseband Controller module units
19" W x 1.75" H x 18.8" D (483mm W x 44.4mm H x 477mm D)
Single BC 13.1 lbs (5.9 kg)
Dual BC 19.1 lbs. (8.7 kg)
Weight
RP5100i
Dimensions
Weight
RP5100r
Environmental
Operating Temperatures: 0 to 50°C (Plenum rated: UL-2043)
Operating Humidity 10%-95% Non-Condensing
Operating temperatures: 0°C to 50°C
Active Cooling/Fans, acoustic noise: 39.5 dBA at 25C
Power Requirements
IEEE802.3bt-type 4 PoE++
Power Consumption
Up to: 72W (26W + 11.5W per RM)
13.54" W x13.54 H x 3.35" D
(344.0 mm W x 344.0 mm H x 85.0 mm D)
8.82 lbs (4 kg)
Environmental
Operating Temperatures: 0 to 50°C (Plenum rated: UL-2043)
Operating Humidity 10%-95% Non-Condensing
Operating temperatures: 0°C to 50°C
Active Cooling/Fans, acoustic noise: 39.5 dBA at 25C
Power Requirements
IEEE802.3bt-type4 PoE++
Power Consumption
Up to: 72W (26W + 11.5W per RM)
Dimensions
14.9" W x 12.64" H x 4.06" D
(378.7 mm W x 321.1 mm H x 102.5 mm D)
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
T
F
A
R
D
C-2
Appendix C Specifications
Table C-1. Environmental and Physical specifications (continued)
Weight
RP2000
21.7 lbs (9.85 kg)
Environmental
Operating Temperatures:0°C to 50°C (Plenum rated: UL-2043)
Operating Humidity: 10%-95% Non-Condensing
Power Requirements
802.3at PoE+
Power Consumption
22W Typical / 25.5W Maximum
Dimensions
7.4" W x 9.25" H x 1.75" D
(188mm W x 235mm H x 45mm D)
2.6 lbs (1.2 kg)
Weight
RP2100
Environmental
Operating Temperatures: -40C to 60°C
Power Requirements
802.3at PoE+
Power Consumption
22W Typical / 25.5W Maximum
Dimensions
9.3" W x 9.1" H x 3.0" D
(236mm W x 230mm H x 76mm D)
Weight
8 lbs (0.6 kg)
SPF/SPF+ specifications
The following table lists the SPF and SPF+ specifications required for the Baseband
Controller.
1G SFP LC SX Transceiver; 220M to 1K M
1G SFP LC LX transceiver, 550M 10K M
10G SFP+ LC SR Transceiver; Multi mode 26M to 300M
SFP-10G-LR Transceiver; Single mode 10KM
10G Direct attach SFP+ cable; Twin ax Cable; 7M (must be compatible with HP & Cisco
switches
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
D
R
A
F
T
C-3
Appendix C Specifications
T
F
A
R
D
C-4
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Appendix D
Field Replaceable Units
This appendix contains instructions for replacing Baseband Controller modules and
Radio Points in the OneCell system.
FRU overview
Replacing Baseband Controller modules
Replacing RP5100 series Radio Points
Replacing RP5100i RF modules
Replacing RP2000 series Radio Points
RP post-replacement verification
D-2
D-2
D-16
D-47
D-52
D-85
D
R
A
F
T
D-1
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
FRU overview
Field Replaceable Units (FRUs) are modules that can be replaced on-site in case of
equipment failure. On-site and off-site activities are required when replacing modules.
The off-site activities are achieved by using DMS.
This appendix contains details for replacing Baseband Controllers (BC) modules and
Radio Points (RP).
Replacing Baseband Controller modules
The following procedure provides instructions for replacing the OneCell Baseband
Controller (BC) module in a live network environment.
This procedure is divided into four sections:
•
Prerequisites
• Off-site activities
• On-site activities
•
Post-Install Verification
Prerequisites
The following table contains a checklist of prerequisites for replacing a BC.
Prerequisite
UDEF file for DMS import
SSH password
Replacement OneCell BC module
Laptop for Web GUI access
Config.tar file containing operator information
Note: This file should be saved on the Laptop that
will be used for WebGUI access.
License file (if applicable)
Note: This file should be saved on the Laptop that
will be used for WebGUI access.
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
T
F
A
R
D
D-2
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
Prerequisite
Configuration details for WebGUI commissioning
Note: These parameters are derived from the failed
unit being replaced.
Ethernet cable
Note: Required for connecting the laptop to the
OneCell Baseband Controller Management port
DMS FTP IP address
Off-site activities
Before replacing the BC module, import a new EDF file to the DMS. This file
contains the BC MAC address and HeMs password specific to the new BC.
1 Access the FTP location on DMS using ftp protocol, port 2100.
2 Upload the EDF file to /appdata/dms/import/factory.
3 Access the DMS Network console from a supported Web Browser.
NOTE: The DMS GUI supports Internet Explorer versions 9, 10 and 11 and
Chrome version 36 Web browsers, and a screen resolution of 1024 x 768 and
higher.
4 Enter the IP address for the Network Management portal.
http://<IP Address DMS server>/networkconsole
The Sign In dialog box displays.
D
R
A
F
T
D-3
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
5 Enter Username and Password. The Search Device screen displays.
6 Enter the device Mac ID.
The Network Management Portal opens.
7 Select Import tab located in the left margin of the Device console.
8 Select File Import.
9 Browse and select the desired import file. The EDF file format is xml.
T
F
A
R
D
D-4
10 Click Import.
11 Click Import Progress. Wait for the import to be completed.
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
12 Click the Operational History icon in the upper right corner of the page.
The Operational History page displays. Check that the file import was successful.
13 Login to the Device console.
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
D
R
A
F
T
D-5
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
14 Enter the MAC ID of the replacement Baseband Controller.
NOTE: Your CommScope service engineer will provide the new BC MAC ID.
15 Select the Device configuration tab on the left margin.
16 Configure the same parameters from the BC being replaced.
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
T
F
A
R
D
D-6
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
17 Select the Dashboard menu item.
The Controller will display "Out of Service" until the On-site installation is
completed.
On-site activities
After the off-site activities are complete, you are ready to replace the BC module on-
site.
1 Power off the OneCell Baseband Controller.
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
D
R
A
F
T
D-7
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
2 Make a note of the existing cables connected to the failed OneCell BC.
3 Label the cables identifying the port locations on the BC. Disconnect the cables.
T
F
A
R
D
D-8
4 Remove the GPS antenna cable from the BC (if applicable).
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
5 Turn the mounting screws on the BC front panel counterclockwise to loosen them
and remove the BC module.
6 Insert the new BC module into the chassis and tighten the mounting screws.
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
D
R
A
F
T
D-9
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
7 Re-connect the cables as noted in step 3.
T
F
A
R
D
D-10
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
8 Power on the controller.
9 Configure the BC. Follow configuration procedures starting with Accessing the
Web GUI on page 8-19.
Post-Install Verification
On-site
The operational state of the OneCell system can be determined by the LED status on
the BC’s front panel. Additional information can be attained from the WebGUI status
screens.
Start the verification with Verify the OneCell system installation on page 9-2 and
continue through the end of the chapter.
Off-site
1 Open a supported Web browser.
NOTE: The DMS GUI supports Internet Explorer versions 9, 10 and 11 and
Chrome version 36 Web browsers, and a screen resolution of 1024 x 768 and
higher.
D
R
A
F
T
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
D-11
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
2 Enter the IP address for the Device Management portal.
http://<IP Address DMS server>/deviceconsole
The Sign In dialog box displays.
3 Enter Username and Password. The Search Device screen displays.
T
F
A
R
D
4 Enter the MAC ID of the new BC.
The BC Dashboard displays. The Summary at the top of the page should show
“Ready.”
D-12
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
NOTE: Provision the remaining Device configurations to align with the failed BC
configuration on the DMS Device Configuration page.
5 Scroll to the bottom of the page to view the Device PnP status.
If all of the PnP boxes have green checks, the BC replacement is successful. Stop
here.
If one or more of the PnP boxes are red, those activities failed. Go to the Device
PnP page to identify the failed activity.
Replacing Radio Points prerequisites and on-site activities
Prepare the network for the Radio Point replacement.
•
Prerequisites
• On-site activities
Prerequisites
The following table contains a checklist of prerequisites for replacing an RP.
Prerequisite
SSH password
Replacement OneCell RP module
D
R
A
F
T
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
D-13
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
Prerequisite
Laptop for Web GUI access
Ethernet cable
Note: Required for connecting the laptop to the
OneCell Baseband Controller Management port
On-site activities
Before replacing the RP, delete the RP from the system using the WebGUI.
1 Connect the Ethernet cable to the MGMT port on the BC’s front panel.
2 Open a supported browser.
3 Enter the IP address for the GUI, using the format below.
https://<IP address of Management Interface>:6002
Example:
https://192.168.8.1:6002
The Sign In dialog box appears.
T
F
A
R
D
D-14
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
4 Ensure the Management Mode tab is selected. The Dashboard displays.
D
R
A
F
T
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
D-15
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
5 On the Dashboard, click the Radio Points link. The Radio Points Dashboard
displays.
6 Click the RP Information tab.
T
F
A
R
D
7 If one of the Radio Points is Down, select that RP by checking the box next to it.
8 Click Delete.
9 Check the Radio Point Information table to ensure the RP is deleted.
Replacing RP5100 series Radio Points
The following procedures provide instructions for replacing a OneCell Radio Point
(RP) module in a live network environment.
• Replacing a ceiling RP5100i (above tile)
• Replacing a flown mounted RP5100i
D-16
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
• Replacing a pole mounted RP5100i
• RP post-replacement verification
Replacing a ceiling RP5100i (above tile)
1 Remove the ceiling tile next to the mounted RP to allow access to the mounting
hardware and Ethernet cable.
2 Remove the RP cover.
D
R
A
F
T
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
D-17
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
T
F
A
R
D
D-18
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
3 Disconnect the Ethernet cable.
D
R
A
F
T
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
D-19
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
4 Replace the cover and twist the RP clockwise to remove it. Set the failed RP aside.
T
F
A
R
D
D-20
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
5 Attach the mounting plate to the replacement RP.
NOTE: Apply thread locking compound to the screws prior to installation.
D
R
A
F
T
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
D-21
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
6 Attach the RP to the octagonal mounting plate and twist to engage.
T
F
A
R
D
D-22
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
7 Remove the cover and connect the Ethernet cable to the MR port.
NOTE: The cover is attached to the RP with two lanyards.
D
R
A
F
T
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
D-23
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
8 Attach the plastic cover to the RP.
9 Replace the ceiling tile.
T
F
A
R
D
D-24
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
10 Verify the RP installation. See The operational state of the RP can be determined
by the LED status on the RP. Additional information can be attained from the
WebGUI status screens.
For verification procedures, see RP post-replacement verification.
Replacing a ceiling Indoor RP (on tile)
1 Remove the RP cover.
NOTE: The cover is attached to the RP with two lanyards.
D
R
A
F
T
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
D-25
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
2 Disconnect the Ethernet cable from the RP.
T
F
A
R
D
D-26
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
3 Replace the cover and twist the RP clockwise and remove the failed RP.
D
R
A
F
T
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
D-27
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
4 Attach the plate to the replacement RP.
NOTE: Apply thread locking compound to the screws prior to installation.
T
F
A
R
D
D-28
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
5 Attach the RP to the octagonal mounting plate.
6 Secure the RP to the plate by twisting the RP counterclockwise.
D
R
A
F
T
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
D-29
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
7 Remove the cover and connect the Ethernet cable to the MR port.
NOTE: The cover is attached to the RP with two lanyards.
T
F
A
R
D
D-30
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
8 Attach the plastic cover to the Radio Point.
9 Verify the RP installation. See The operational state of the RP can be determined
by the LED status on the RP. Additional information can be attained from the
WebGUI status screens.
For verification procedures, see RP post-replacement verification.
D
R
A
F
T
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
D-31
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
Replacing a flown mounted RP5100i
1 Remove the RP cover.
NOTE: The cover is attached to the RP with two lanyards.
T
F
A
R
D
D-32
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
2 Disconnect the Ethernet cable.
D
R
A
F
T
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
D-33
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
3 Replace the cover and twist the RP clockwise.
T
F
A
R
D
D-34
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
4 Remove the failed RP.
D
R
A
F
T
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
D-35
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
5 Attach the mounting plate to the RP.
NOTE: Apply thread locking compound to the screws prior to installation.
T
F
A
R
D
D-36
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
6 Attach the RP to the octagon box.
D
R
A
F
T
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
D-37
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
7 Twist the RP counterclockwise.
T
F
A
R
D
D-38
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
8 Remove the RP cover.
NOTE: The cover is attached to the RP with two lanyards.
D
R
A
F
T
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
D-39
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
9 Connect the Ethernet cable to the MR port.
T
F
A
R
D
D-40
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
10 Replace the RP cover.
11 Verify the RP installation. See The operational state of the RP can be determined
by the LED status on the RP. Additional information can be attained from the
WebGUI status screens.
For verification procedures, see RP post-replacement verification.
D
R
A
F
T
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
D-41
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
Replacing a pole mounted RP5100i
1 Remove the RP cover.
NOTE: The cover is attached to the RP with two lanyards.
T
F
A
R
D
D-42
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
2 Disconnect the Ethernet cable.
D
R
A
F
T
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
D-43
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
3 Loosen the clamp and remove the RP.
4 Attach the bracket to the replacement RP.
T
F
A
R
D
D-44
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
5 Attach the replacement RP to the pole using the clamp.
D
R
A
F
T
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
D-45
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
6 Remove the cover and connect the Ethernet cable to the RP.
NOTE: The cover is attached to the RP with two lanyards.
T
F
A
R
D
D-46
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
7 Replace the cover on the RP.
8 Verify the RP installation. The operational state of the RP can be determined by
the LED status on the RP. Additional information can be attained from the
WebGUI status screens.
For verification procedures, see RP post-replacement verification.
Replacing RP5100i RF modules
The following procedures provide instructions for replacing a OneCell Radio Point
RF module.
WARNING
Disconnect the Ethernet cable(s) on the RP to remove the power. Failure to do so
will cause damage the RP.
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
D-47
D
R
A
F
T
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
1 Remove the RP cover.
2 Disconnect the Ethernet cable on the RP.
T
F
A
R
D
3 Unscrew the RF module.
D-48
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
4 Remove the RF module.
D
R
A
F
T
5 Install the replacement RF module.
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
D-49
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
6 Secure it in the slot.
7 Connect the Ethernet cable.
T
F
A
R
D
D-50
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
D
R
A
F
T
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
D-51
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
8 Attach the RP cover.
9 Verify the RF module installation. The operational state of the RF module can be
determined by the LED status on the RP. Additional information can be attained
from the WebGUI status screens.
For verification procedures, see RP post-replacement verification.
Replacing RP2000 series Radio Points
This procedure provides instructions for replacing a OneCell RP2000 series Radio
Point in a live network environment.
Replacing a ceiling Indoor RP (above tile)
1 Remove the ceiling tile below the mounted RP to allow access to the mounting
hardware and Ethernet cable.
T
F
A
R
D
D-52
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
2 Loosen the locking screw.
NOTE: The locking screw is not on newer RP2000s.
3 Disconnect the Ethernet cable.
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
D-53
D
R
A
F
T
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
4 Twist the RP to remove it.
T
F
A
R
D
D-54
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
5 Remove the mounting plate from the failed RP and attach it to the replacement
RP.
Set the failed RP aside.
NOTE: Apply thread locking compound to the screws prior to installation.
6 Attach the RP to the octagonal mounting plate and twist to engage.
D
R
A
F
T
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
D-55
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
7 Connect the Ethernet cable to the RP.
T
F
A
R
D
D-56
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
8 Replace the ceiling tile.
9 Verify the RP installation. See The operational state of the RP can be determined
by the LED status on the RP. Additional information can be attained from the
WebGUI status screens.
For verification procedures, see RP post-replacement verification.
D
R
A
F
T
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
D-57
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
Replacing a ceiling Indoor RP (on tile)
1 Disconnect the Ethernet cable from the RP.
2 If there is a locking screw, loosen it.
3 Twist the RP.
T
F
A
R
D
D-58
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
4 Remove the RP. Remove the mounting plate from the RP and set the RP aside.
D
R
A
F
T
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
D-59
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
5 Attach the plate to the replacement RP.
NOTE: Apply thread locking compound to the screws prior to installation.
6 Attach the RP to the octagonal mounting plate.
T
F
A
R
D
D-60
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
7 Secure RP to octagon plate.
8 Connect the Ethernet cable to the RP.
9 Verify the RP installation. See The operational state of the RP can be determined
by the LED status on the RP. Additional information can be attained from the
WebGUI status screens.
For verification procedures, see RP post-replacement verification.
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
D-61
D
R
A
F
T
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
Replacing a flown mounted Indoor RP
1 Disconnect the Ethernet cable.
2 Remove the RP.
T
F
A
R
D
D-62
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
3 Remove the mounting plate from the RP and set the failed RP aside.
4 Attach the mounting plate to the replacement RP.
NOTE: Apply thread locking compound to the screws prior to installation.
D
R
A
F
T
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
D-63
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
5 Attach the RP to the octagon plate.
T
F
A
R
D
D-64
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
6 Secure the RP.
D
R
A
F
T
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
D-65
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
7 Connect the Ethernet cable to the RP.
8 Verify the RP installation. See The operational state of the RP can be determined
by the LED status on the RP. Additional information can be attained from the
WebGUI status screens.
For verification procedures, see RP post-replacement verification.
Replacing a pole mounted Indoor RP
1 Disconnect the Ethernet cable.
T
F
A
R
D
D-66
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
2 Loosen the clamp, remove the RP and set it aside.
3 Remove the bracket from the failed RP and attach it to the replacement RP.
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
D-67
D
R
A
F
T
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
Bracket
4 Attach the replacement RP to the pole using the clamp.
5 Connect the Ethernet cable to the RP.
T
F
A
R
D
D-68
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
6 Verify the RP installation. See The operational state of the RP can be determined
by the LED status on the RP. Additional information can be attained from the
WebGUI status screens.
For verification procedures, see RP post-replacement verification.
Replacing a vertical pole mounted Rugged RP
1 Disconnect the Ethernet cable and the antenna couplers from the RP.
D
R
A
F
T
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
D-69
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
2 Remove the screws on the bottom of the RP and loosen the top screws.
T
F
A
R
D
D-70
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
3 Lift the RP off of the mounting plate and set it aside.
D
R
A
F
T
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
D-71
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
4 Insert two screws into the upper holes on the replacement RP.
NOTE: Do not tighten the screws.
T
F
A
R
D
D-72
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
CAUTION
Ensure that the RP is oriented correctly with the two
antenna connectors at the top of the RP.
Required orientation
5 Hang the RP to the mounting bracket using the installed screws. Align holes at
bottom location of bracket and install two additional screws.
D
R
A
F
T
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
D-73
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
T
F
A
R
D
D-74
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
6 Insert two screws on the bottom of the RP and tighten all four screws.
NOTE: The torque requirement for the mounting screws is 20-21 in-lbs.
7 Connect the antenna couplers on the top of the RP.
NOTE: Check the antenna coupler manufacturer’s documentation for torque
requirements.
8 Connect the Ethernet cable RJ45 end to the bottom of the RP.
D
R
A
F
T
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
D-75
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
9 Verify the RP installation. See The operational state of the RP can be determined
by the LED status on the RP. Additional information can be attained from the
WebGUI status screens.
For verification procedures, see RP post-replacement verification.
Replacing a horizontal pole mounted Rugged RP
1 Disconnect the Ethernet cable and the antenna couplers from the RP.
T
F
A
R
D
D-76
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
2 Remove the screws on the bottom of the RP and loosen the top screws.
D
R
A
F
T
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
D-77
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
3 Lift the failed RP off of the mounting plate and set it aside.
T
F
A
R
D
4 Insert two screws into the upper holes on the replacement RP.
NOTE: Do not tighten the screws.
D-78
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
CAUTION
Ensure that the RP is oriented correctly with the two
antenna connectors at the top of the RP.
Required orientation
5 Attach the RP to the mounting plate. Tighten the top screws on the RP and insert
and tighten the bottom screws on the RP.
NOTE: The torque requirement for the mounting screws is 20-21 in-lbs.
D
R
A
F
T
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
D-79
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
6 Connect the antenna couplers on the top of the RP.
NOTE: Check the antenna coupler manufacturer’s documentation for torque
requirements.
7 Connect the Ethernet cable RJ45 end to the bottom of the RP.
T
F
A
R
D
D-80
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
8 Verify the RP installation. See The operational state of the RP can be determined
by the LED status on the RP. Additional information can be attained from the
WebGUI status screens.
For verification procedures, see RP post-replacement verification.
Replacing a wall mounted Rugged RP
1 Disconnect the Ethernet cable and the antenna couplers from the RP.
D
R
A
F
T
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
D-81
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
2 Remove the screws on the bottom of the RP, loosen the top screws and remove RP
from mounting plate. Set RP aside.
T
F
A
R
D
D-82
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
3 On the replacement RP, insert two screws into the upper holes.
Required orientation
4 Attach the RP to the mounting plate. Tighten the top screws on the RP and insert
and insert and the bottom screws on the RP.
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
D-83
D
R
A
F
T
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
NOTE: The torque requirement for the mounting screws is 20-21 in-lbs.
5 Connect the antenna couplers on the top of the RP.
NOTE: Check the antenna coupler manufacturer’s documentation for torque
requirements.
6 Connect the Ethernet cable RJ45 end to the bottom of the RP.
T
F
A
R
D
D-84
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
7 The operational state of the RP can be determined by the LED status on the RP.
Additional information can be attained from the WebGUI status screens.
For verification procedures, see RP post-replacement verification.
RP post-replacement verification
The operational state of the replaced RP can be determined by the LED status on the
RP. Additional information can be attained from the WebGUI status screens.
1 Connect the Ethernet cable to the MGMT port on the BC’s front panel.
D
R
A
F
T
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
D-85
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
2 Open a supported browser.
3 Enter the IP address for the GUI, using the format below.
https://<IP address of Management Interface>:6002
Example:
https://192.168.8.1:6002
The Sign In dialog box appears.
T
F
A
R
D
D-86
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
4 Ensure the Management Mode tab is selected. The Dashboard displays.
5 On the Dashboard, click the Radio Points link. The Radio Points Dashboard
displays.
6 Click the RP Information tab. The RP Information page displays.
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
D-87
D
R
A
F
T
Appendix D Field Replaceable Units
7 Make sure the replaced RP is UP.
T
F
A
R
D
D-88
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
1 2 3 4 5 6 | USER MANUAL PART 3 | Users Manual | 1.22 MiB | January 27 2021 / July 25 2021 | delayed release |
Appendix E
Cable installation and power separation
guidelines
This section contains best practices for installing Ethernet cables and connecting them
to RPs.
Overview
Cable handling
Cable termination
Lightning protection
Ceiling connector
Patch panel
Power separation guidelines
E-2
E-2
E-3
E-12
E-15
E-17
E-17
D
R
A
F
T
E-1
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines
Overview
When installing Rugged RPs, cables that can withstand temperature extremes and
inclement weather should be used. In outside environments, avoid contamination or
damage to plugs. Plugs must be protected from sunlight and water in a suitable
equipment housing or NEMA 4 rated box. It is also important to avoid exposure to
water at cut ends of unfilled cables and cords. The following information is available
to help you extend the operation of your RP and switches.
Cable handling
Indoor/outdoor cords can be routed outdoors above ground and indoors, and can be
ordered in lengths long enough for direct (home-run) installations from switch to end
equipment. Cords have 20% Insertion Loss De-rating so only 85 meters total can be
supported. Extended lengths can be cut in two for terminating the indoor ends at
protectors or panels. Terminations are similar to typical 4-pair indoor cables.
Unreel long lengths of cable to ensure the cable does not become twisted or caught on
objects.
Figure E-1.
Unreel cable
T
F
A
R
D
E-2
CommScope recommends using a sock fitted and secured over the plug to pull cable
through long conduits.
Sock information
Tie wrap information
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines
Figure E-2.
Cable with sock attached using tie wrap
Sock
Conduit
Tie-wrap
Feed the sock through the conduit and secure the sock on the terminal end of the cable
with the tie-wrap. Once the sock and tie-wrap are in place, pull the cable through the
conduit.
Cable termination
Before installing the Rugged RP, terminate the RP end of the Ethernet cable with the
RJ45, IP67 connector provided in the box.
Figure E-3.
RJ45, IP67 connector
Flip the plug anti-snag to make it easier to push through the cord grips (flip it back
before plugging in).
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
D
R
A
F
T
E-3
Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines
Use the split grommet provided. Once it is in place, coat it with silicone to ensure the
connector is sealed.
Figure E-4.
Assembling the connector on the RP end
Cable splicing
Some cables are run in one piece from source to destination and have connector
terminations. In other cases, two shorter pieces of cable need to be spliced together.
When a cable is run to outdoor devices, you should take measures to ensure that cables
are properly protected against moisture entering the cable. This is especially important
when the jacket is stripped back from the wires.
Some cables are gel filled and the termination includes cleaning the excess gel and
blocking the end with silicone sealant to prevent future leakage. A typical blocking
method uses a 2 cm length of Alpha Wire PVC-105-2 tubing or equivalent.
1 Fill all space inside the tubing with B-sealant.
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
T
F
A
R
D
E-4
Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines
2 Position the filled tube to overlap the end of the inner jacket and seal the gel.
Clean off all excess sealant.
NOTE: Tape can be used to stabilize the tube for immediate termination before
the sealant sets.
Cable termination
Shielded cables must be properly terminated, either grounded or isolated. For exposed
installations requiring protection, the end of the shield can be bonded in various ways.
The following procedure is an example of one method.
1 Make a slit along the length of the jacket. Be careful not to tear the underlying
shielding.
D
R
A
F
T
E-5
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines
2 Pull back the jacket along the slit and remove.
T
F
A
R
D
E-6
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines
3 Fold back the foil shielding and drain wire to expose the inner jacket.
4 Prepare the inner jacket for blocking the gel and direct burial.
a Cut back the inner jacket
b Trim the flute
c Clean the excess gel
NOTE: The flute can be cut longer to match the blocking tube length.
D
R
A
F
T
E-7
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines
5 Fill all space inside the tubing with B-sealant and position the filled tube to
overlap the end of the inner jacket and seal the gel.
6 Fold the drain wire and foil back over the tube and position the foil to be folded
back over the tube.
T
F
A
R
D
E-8
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines
7 An extra piece of foil can be used to cover the foil seam.
8 For an HGS620 termination, wrap the drain wire at least two times around and
position it where the spring clips will capture them.
9 Tape over the foil for stability.
10 Trim the wire ends.
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
D
R
A
F
T
E-9
Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines
Cable grounding
For CAT-6A cables, the shield termination method is to use the ground lug and B-
bond clip that are available in the 12A1 Grounding Kit.
1 Fold the foil back over the jacket end and wrap the drain wire around the end and
push the ground lug over the wrap.
T
F
A
R
D
E-10
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines
2 Open the B-bonding clip to be placed and closed over the grounding lug.
3 The lug tail can be cut off or used for ground attachment.
4 Treat the inner jacket as described in step 4 on page E-7.
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
D
R
A
F
T
E-11
Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines
For an isolated shield termination, the 1572A and 1592A outer jacket foil and drain
wire are removed a short distance back from the termination and electrical tape is used
to isolate the foil end.
Lightning protection
CommScope recommends including lightning protection in your OneCell system to
isolate equipment from surge damage.
Important guidelines
• Verify hole diameter – blocking may need to remain outside the cover
• Maintain pair twists up to termination points
• Avoid having pairs crossing over each other
Indoor box
To protect the cables in an indoor installation from lightning damage, CommScope
recommends using the ITW Linx CAT6-A-LAN protector.
NOTE
The gel filled outdoor cable types will still need blocking. See Cable splicing and
Cable termination for instructions on blocking cable.
E-12
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
T
F
A
R
D
Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines
Figure E-5.
CAT6-A lightning protector
Outdoor protection
The following is an example of a pole mounted CAT-6A configuration for protecting
remote equipment installed outdoors.
Table E-1 lists the recommended parts for installing the protection equipment.
Table E-1. CAT-6A protection equipment parts list
Part Name
Link to Part on Distributor’s Web site
NEMA 4x enclosure
Allied Moulded fiberglass enclosure
Bottom Mounted Liquid Tight Cordgrips Heyco pre-assembled cordgrips
Bottom Mounted Liquid Tight Bushing
Heyco liquid tight bushings – snap-in
Allied Moulded back panel
Ditek surge protection buss
Ditek 110RJC6APOE Protector
Allied Moulded pole mount kit
Back panel
Ground buss
Protector
Pole mount kit
D
R
A
F
T
E-13
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines
Figure E-6.
Remote equipment protection for outdoor devices
Back panel
NEMA 4x enclosure
Bottom Mounted Liquid
Tight Cordgrips
Ground Buss
Bottom Mounted Liquid Tight
Bushing
NOTE
Enclosure should be mounted close to the equipment for the best protection.
T
F
A
R
D
E-14
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines
Figure E-7.
Protector box mounted to pole
Pole Mount kit
Ceiling connector
If surge protection is not needed, gel flooded cables can be blocked and transitioned to
indoor cable using a ceiling connector. The following link is for the recommended
CommScope part.
Ceiling connector
1 Terminate the indoor cable first – then lay down a bed of B sealant.
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
Minimize excess
cord length
D
R
A
F
T
E-15
Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines
2 Clean all gel from the end of the OSP cable.
3 After the cable and conductors are positioned, fill the area around the cable end
with sealant and close the connector housing.
T
F
A
R
D
E-16
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines
Patch panel
CommScope recommends installing a patch panel in the NOC to connect and manage
CAT-6A cables. The following is a list of recommended CommScope 24 and 48 port
patch panels and high density information outlets.
760163436_HFTP-HD6B-1U-24
760163444_HFTP-HD6B-2U-48
760163451_HFTPA-HD6B-1U-24
760163469_HFTPA-HD6B-2U-48
760163519_HFTP-J6
760163527_HFTP-J10G
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
For more information, go to CommScope.com or contact your CommScope customer
representative.
Power separation guidelines
For power separation best guidelines, refer to the following standards:
Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces, TIA-569-C
Information technology – Implementation and operation of customer premises
cabling – Part 2: Planning and installation, ISO/IEC 14763-2
Information Technology – Cabling Installation – Part 2: Installation Planning and
practices inside buildings, BS EN 50174-2
D
R
A
F
T
E-17
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines
T
F
A
R
D
E-18
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
B
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
DRAFT
OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5
M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020
1 2 3 4 5 6 | User Manual 2 | Users Manual | 4.56 MiB | August 21 2019 / February 16 2020 | delayed release |
Part IV: Appendices Appendix A Safety Appendix B Installation troubleshooting Appendix C Specifications Appendix D Field Replaceable Units Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines D R A F T T F A R D Appendix A Safety This appendix contains specifications for CommScope OneCell, including FCC information and technical data. Radiation Exposure Statement Human exposure limits for OneCell deployments A-2 A-2 D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 A-1 Appendix A Safety Radiation Exposure Statement Important: Changes or modifications not expressly approved by CommScope LLC could void your authority to operate the equipment. FCC Part 15 The Baseband Controller and RP5100 have been tested and found to comply with the limits for Class A equipment, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. NOTE This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at his own expense. For more information, see the publication femtocells and Health at http:// www.femtoforum.org or visit the FCC website at www.fcc.gov. EN55032 WARNING This equipment is compliant with Class A of EN55032. In a residential environment, this equipment may cause radio interference. Human exposure limits for OneCell deployments The human exposure limits for the OneCell product is calculated by using the Maximum Permissible Exposure (MPE) method associated with fixed-type transmitter devices at a minimum exposure distance of 20 cm. Table A-1 includes values for one Radio Point (RP) and four Radio Points per chassis. T F A R D A-2 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix A Safety Table A-1. RF exposure for OneCell at maximum power internal antennas Parameter Tx Power (dBm) per antenna Tx Loss (dB) Tx Antenna Gain (dBi) Transmitter Duty Cycle %
Number of Antennas (MIMO) Contribution due to multiple antennas (dB) Indoor RP-A2014 & RP-I2014 Ruggedized RP-A2114 & RP-I2114 21 0 0 100 2 21 0 5 100 2 21 0 11.8 100 2 21 0 12 100 2 21 0 12.5 100 2 21 0 13.5 100 2 3.0103 3.0103 3.0103 3.0103 3.0103 3.0103 Derived Total EIRP (dBW)
-5.990
-0.990 5.810 6.010 6.510 7.510 Bands 12,13,17 1,2,3,4,7,10,25 12,13,17 3 1,2,4,10,25 2620-2690 Frequency Range (MHz) 729-756 1805-2690 729-756 1805-1880 1930-2170 2620-2690 Point Source Total EIRP (watts) Power Density (W/m2) @ 20 cm 0.252 0.501 0.796 1.584 3.811 7.582 3.991 7.939 4.477 8.908 5.637 11.214 Reference documents
[1] Federal Communications Commission Document OET Bulletin 65, Supplement C, 2001, Evaluating Compliance with FCC guidelines for Human Exposure to radio frequency Electromagnetic Fields, US Federal Communications Commission, Office of Engineering and Technology June 2001.
[2] Federal Communications Commission Document OET Bulletin 56, Questions and answers about biological effects and potential hazards of radio frequency electromagnetic fields, Federal Communications Commission Office of Engineering and Technology, August 1999.
[3] ICNIRP Guidelines for limiting exposure to time varying electric, magnetic and electromagnetic fields up to 300 GHz. International Commission on Non Ionizing Radiation, published in Health Physics 74 (4): 494-522; 1998
[4] ICNIRP Statement on EMF-Emitting New Technologies, International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation, published in Health Physics 94 (4):376-392, 2008
[5] 3GPP Document 3GPP TS 36.104 version 10.11.0 Release 10, LTE Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA); Base Station (BS) radio transmission and reception D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 A-3 Appendix A Safety T F A R D A-4 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix B Installation troubleshooting This section contains information on troubleshooting the OneCell installation. It includes the LED patterns for the Baseband Controller and Radio points. Baseband Controller LED patterns Radio Point LED patterns B-2 B-4 D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 B-1 Appendix B Installation troubleshooting Baseband Controller LED patterns The Baseband Controller has four LEDs on the front panel. The following table shows Display pattern for each LED What the pattern indicates Action to take, if any, to resolve the issue LED STATUS Display Pattern Indicates Action to Take Green, solid Power On Sectors up None Amber, solid Self-test failure Replace Baseband Controller Green, blinking Firmware upgrade from DMS Sectors not up None Amber, blinking No configuration from DMS Check DMS availability Check if the provisioning is correct Escalate to operator OFF Red, solid*
Green, solid Amber, solid BC rebooting after upgrade None Error in system - software or hardware issues detected Replace Baseband Controller Module Power On Self-test failure None Replace Baseband Controller Amber, blinking No Radio Points connected Check RP cable Off Red, blinking Radio Points connected, firmware upgrade from DMS None Check 1588 VLAN configuration Radio Point alarm - PLL state unlock; service impacting alarm from Radio Point (alarm in one or more RP) 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 RP ERROR T F A R D B-2 Appendix B Installation troubleshooting LED Display Pattern Indicates Action to Take TIMING LED Green, solid Power On, timing None Amber, solid Self-test failure Replace Baseband Controller Amber, blinking No timing Check GPS antenna connection feed Off Red, solid*
Firmware upgrade from DMS None Error in system GPS module down Software/Hardware issues Replace Baseband Controller Module CORE LED Green, solid Power On Connection to MME None Amber, solid Self-test failure Replace Baseband Controller Amber, blinking No connection to MME IPsec is up Check the MME configuration on the BC Check if MME is reachable Off Red, blinking Firmware upgrade from DMS None Internet connection IPsec down Red, solid*
No Internet Interface hardware issues
* Note: When all of the LEDs are solid red, there is a BC hardware failure. Check if Security Gateway is reachable Check security credentials Replace Baseband Controller Module D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 B-3 Appendix B Installation troubleshooting Radio Point LED patterns The Radio Point has two LEDs on the front cover, indicators for Radio and PoE+. The following table shows Display pattern for each LED What the pattern indicates Action to take, if any, to resolve the issue LED Display Pattern Indicates Action to Take RADIO Green, solid Power On, transmitting None Amber, solid Red, solid RFTxState OFF No Controller Assigned No Timing Check 1588 VLAN configuration Verify RP is in STANDBY because more than 32 RPs are connected No connection to Controller HW error Low Power Hardware error replace RP module Green, blinking Firmware upgrade None Amber, blinking RF module Self-Test Failure Replace RF module POE+
Green, solid Power On, PoE++ power None Amber, solid Link up, no power Check that the Ethernet cable is connected to the RP Green, blinking PoE+ power None Amber, blinking Platform Self-Test Failure Replace RP Red, solid Ethernet port error Connect the Ethernet cable between the BC and RP Replace RP
* Note: When all of the LEDs are solid red, there is an RP hardware failure. T F A R D B-4 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix C Specifications This appendix contains specifications for CommScope OneCell, including FCC information and technical data. Electrical ratings and technical data C-2 D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 C-1 Appendix C Specifications Electrical ratings and technical data The following table lists the electrical ratings and technical data for the Baseband Controller. Operating Environment 0 to 40C, 10 to 90% relative humidity, indoor use only, not for wet environments Electrical Rating 100 - 230 AC, 2.0A, 50 - 60Hz (auto ranging, no adjustment required) Dimensions 19w x 1.75H x 18.8 D (483mm W x 44.4mm H x 477mm D) Weight Safety Single BC 13.1 lbs (5.9 KG), Dual BC 19.1 lbs. (8.7 KG) IEC 60950-1 2005 (Second edition) + A1:2009 SPF/SPF+ specifications The following table lists the SPF and SPF+ specifications required for the Baseband Controller. 1G SFP LC SX Transceiver; 220M to 1K M 1G SFP LC LX transceiver, 550M 10K M 10G SFP+ LC SR Transceiver; Multi mode 26M to 300M SFP-10G-LR Transceiver; Single mode 10KM 10G Direct attach SFP+ cable; Twin ax Cable; 7M (must be compatible with HP & Cisco switches T F A R D C-2 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units This appendix contains instructions for replacing Baseband Controller modules and Radio Points in the OneCell system. FRU overview Replacing Baseband Controller modules Replacing Radio Points Replacing RF modules D-2 D-2 D-13 D-48 D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 D-1 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units FRU overview Field Replaceable Units (FRUs) are modules that can be replaced on-site in case of equipment failure. On-site and off-site activities are required when replacing modules. The off-site activities are achieved by using DMS. This appendix contains details for replacing Baseband Controllers (BC) modules and Radio Points (RP). Replacing Baseband Controller modules The following procedure provides instructions for replacing the OneCell Baseband Controller (BC) module in a live network environment. This procedure is divided into four sections:
Off-site activities On-site activities Post-Install Verification Prerequisites Prerequisites The following table contains a checklist of prerequisites for replacing a BC. Prerequisite UDEF file for DMS import SSH password Replacement OneCell BC module Laptop for Web GUI access Config.tar file containing operator information Note: This file should be saved on the Laptop that will be used for WebGUI access. License file (if applicable) Note: This file should be saved on the Laptop that will be used for WebGUI access. 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 T F A R D D-2 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units Prerequisite Configuration details for WebGUI commissioning Note: These parameters are derived from the failed unit being replaced. Ethernet cable Note: Required for connecting the laptop to the OneCell Baseband Controller Management port DMS FTP IP address Off-site activities Before replacing the BC module, import a new EDF file to the DMS. This file contains the BC MAC address and HeMs password specific to the new BC. 1 Access the FTP location on DMS using ftp protocol, port 2100. 2 Upload the EDF file to /appdata/dms/import/factory. 3 Access the DMS Network console from a supported Web Browser. NOTE: The DMS GUI supports Internet Explorer versions 9, 10 and 11 and Chrome version 36 Web browsers, and a screen resolution of 1024 x 768 and higher. 4 Enter the IP address for the Network Management portal. http://<IP Address DMS server>/networkconsole The Sign In dialog box displays. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 D-3 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 5 Enter Username and Password. The Search Device screen displays. 6 Enter the device Mac ID. The Network Management Portal opens. 7 Select Import tab located in the left margin of the Device console. 8 Select File Import. 9 Browse and select the desired import file. The EDF file format is xml. T F A R D D-4 10 Click Import. 11 Click Import Progress. Wait for the import to be completed. 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 12 Click the Operational History icon in the upper right corner of the page. The Operational History page displays. Check that the file import was successful. 13 Login to the Device console. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 D-5 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 14 Enter the MAC ID of the replacement Baseband Controller. NOTE: Your CommScope service engineer will provide the new BC MAC ID. 15 Select the Device configuration tab on the left margin. 16 Configure the same parameters from the BC being replaced. 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 T F A R D D-6 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 17 Select the Dashboard menu item. The Controller will display "Out of Service" until the On-site installation is completed. On-site activities After the off-site activities are complete, you are ready to replace the BC module on-
site. 1 Power off the OneCell Baseband Controller. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 D-7 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 2 Make a note of the existing cables connected to the failed OneCell BC. 3 Label the cables identifying the port locations on the BC. Disconnect the cables. T F A R D D-8 4 Remove the GPS antenna cable from the BC (if applicable). 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 5 Turn the mounting screws on the BC front panel counterclockwise to loosen them and remove the BC module. 6 Insert the new BC module into the chassis and tighten the mounting screws. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 D-9 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 7 Re-connect the cables as noted in step 3. T F A R D D-10 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 8 Power on the controller. 9 Configure the BC. Follow configuration procedures starting with Accessing the Web GUI on page 5-13. Post-Install Verification On-site The operational state of the OneCell system can be determined by the LED status on the BCs front panel. Additional information can be attained from the WebGUI status screens. Start the verification with Verify the OneCell system installation on page 6-2 and continue through the end of the chapter. Off-site 1 Open a supported Web browser. NOTE: The DMS GUI supports Internet Explorer versions 9, 10 and 11 and Chrome version 36 Web browsers, and a screen resolution of 1024 x 768 and higher. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 D-11 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 2 Enter the IP address for the Device Management portal. http://<IP Address DMS server>/deviceconsole The Sign In dialog box displays. 3 Enter Username and Password. The Search Device screen displays. T F A R D 4 Enter the MAC ID of the new BC. The BC Dashboard displays. The Summary at the top of the page should show Ready. D-12 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units NOTE: Provision the remaining Device configurations to align with the failed BC configuration on the DMS Device Configuration page. 5 Scroll to the bottom of the page to view the Device PnP status. If all of the PnP boxes have green checks, the BC replacement is successful. Stop here. If one or more of the PnP boxes are red, those activities failed. Go to the Device PnP page to identify the failed activity. Replacing Radio Points Prerequisites The following procedures provide instructions for replacing a OneCell Radio Point
(RP) module in a live network environment. On-site activities Replacing a ceiling RP5100i (above tile) Replacing a flown mounted RP5100i Replacing a pole mounted Indoor RP RP post-replacement verification Prerequisites The following table contains a checklist of prerequisites for replacing an RP. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 D-13 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units Prerequisite SSH password Replacement OneCell RP module Laptop for Web GUI access Ethernet cable Note: Required for connecting the laptop to the OneCell Baseband Controller Management port On-site activities Before replacing the RP, delete the RP from the system using the WebGUI. 1 Connect the Ethernet cable to the MGMT port on the BCs front panel. 2 Open a supported browser. 3 Enter the IP address for the GUI, using the format below. https://<IP address of Management Interface>:6002 Example:
https://192.168.8.1:6002 The Sign In dialog box appears. T F A R D D-14 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 4 Ensure the Management Mode tab is selected. The Dashboard displays. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 D-15 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 5 On the Dashboard, click the Radio Points link. The Radio Points Dashboard displays. 6 Click the RP Information tab. 7 If one of the Radio Points is Down, select that RP by checking the box next to it. 8 Click Delete. 9 Check the Radio Point Information table to ensure the RP is deleted. T F A R D D-16 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units Replacing a ceiling RP5100i (above tile) 1 Remove the ceiling tile next to the mounted RP to allow access to the mounting hardware and Ethernet cable. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 D-17 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 2 Remove the RP cover. T F A R D D-18 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 3 Disconnect the Ethernet cable. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 D-19 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 4 Twist the RP to remove it. Set the failed RP aside. T F A R D D-20 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 5 Attach the mounting plate to the RP. NOTE: Apply thread locking compound to the screws prior to installation. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 D-21 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 6 Attach the RP to the octagonal mounting plate and twist to engage. T F A R D D-22 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 7 Connect the Ethernet cable to the RP. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 D-23 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 8 Attach the plastic cover to the RP. T F A R D D-24 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 9 Replace the ceiling tile. 10 Verify the RP installation. See The operational state of the RP can be determined by the LED status on the RP. Additional information can be attained from the WebGUI status screens. For verification procedures, see RP post-replacement verification. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 D-25 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units Replacing a ceiling Indoor RP (on tile) 1 Remove the RP cover. T F A R D D-26 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 2 Disconnect the Ethernet cable from the RP. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 D-27 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 3 Twist the RP counterclockwise. 4 Remove the RP. T F A R D D-28 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 5 Attach the plate to the replacement RP. NOTE: Apply thread locking compound to the screws prior to installation. 6 Attach the RP to the octagonal mounting plate. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 D-29 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 7 Secure RP to plate. 8 Connect the Ethernet cable to the RP. T F A R D D-30 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 9 Attach the plastic cover to the Radio Point. 10 Verify the RP installation. See The operational state of the RP can be determined by the LED status on the RP. Additional information can be attained from the WebGUI status screens. For verification procedures, see RP post-replacement verification. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 D-31 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units Replacing a flown mounted RP5100i 1 Disconnect the Ethernet cable. T F A R D D-32 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 2 Disconnect the Ethernet cables. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 D-33 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 3 Loosen the RP. T F A R D D-34 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 4 Remove the RP. 5 Attach the mounting plate to the RP. NOTE: Apply thread locking compound to the screws prior to installation. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 D-35 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 6 Attach the RP to the octagon box. T F A R D D-36 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 7 Secure the RP. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 D-37 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 8 Connect the Ethernet cables. T F A R D D-38 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 9 Attach RP cover. 10 Verify the RP installation. See The operational state of the RP can be determined by the LED status on the RP. Additional information can be attained from the WebGUI status screens. For verification procedures, see RP post-replacement verification. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 D-39 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units Replacing a pole mounted Indoor RP 1 Remove the RP cover. T F A R D D-40 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 2 Disconnect the Ethernet cables. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 D-41 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 3 Loosen the clamp, remove the RP. 4 Remove the bracket from the failed RP and attach it to the replacement RP. T F A R D D-42 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 5 Attach the replacement RP to the pole using the clamp. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 D-43 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 6 Connect the Ethernet cables to the RP. T F A R D D-44 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 7 Attach the cover to the RP. 8 Verify the RP installation. The operational state of the RP can be determined by the LED status on the RP. Additional information can be attained from the WebGUI status screens. For verification procedures, see RP post-replacement verification. RP post-replacement verification On-site The operational state of the replaced RP can be determined by the LED status on the RP. Additional information can be attained from the WebGUI status screens. 1 Connect the Ethernet cable to the MGMT port on the BCs front panel. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 D-45 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 2 Open a supported browser. 3 Enter the IP address for the GUI, using the format below. https://<IP address of Management Interface>:6002 Example:
https://192.168.8.1:6002 The Sign In dialog box appears. T F A R D D-46 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 4 Ensure the Management Mode tab is selected. The Dashboard displays. 5 On the Dashboard, click the Radio Points link. The Radio Points Dashboard displays. 6 Click the RP Information tab. The RP Information page displays. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 D-47 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 7 Make sure the replaced RP is UP. Replacing RF modules The following procedures provide instructions for replacing a OneCell Radio Point RF module. WARNING Disconnect the Ethernet cables on the RP to remove the power. Failure to do so will cause damage the RP. 1 Remove the RP cover. T F A R D D-48 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 2 Disconnect the Ethernet cables on the RP. 3 Unscrew the RF module. 4 Remove the RF module. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 D-49 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 5 Install the replacement RF module. 6 Secure it in the slot. T F A R D D-50 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 7 Connect the Ethernet cables. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 D-51 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 8 Attach the RP cover. 9 Verify the RF module installation. The operational state of the RF module can be determined by the LED status on the RP. Additional information can be attained from the WebGUI status screens. For verification procedures, see RP post-replacement verification. T F A R D D-52 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines This section contains best practices for installing Ethernet cables and connecting them to RPs. Overview Cable handling Cable termination Lightning protection Ceiling connector Patch panel Power separation guidelines E-2 E-2 E-3 E-12 E-15 E-17 E-17 D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 E-1 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines Overview When installing Ruggedized RPs, cables that can withstand temperature extremes and inclement weather should be used. In outside environments, avoid contamination or damage to plugs. Plugs must be protected from sunlight and water in a suitable equipment housing or NEMA 4 rated box. It is also important to avoid exposure to water at cut ends of unfilled cables and cords. The following information is available to help you extend the operation of your RP and switches. Cable handling Indoor/outdoor cords can be routed outdoors above ground and indoors, and can be ordered in lengths long enough for direct (home-run) installations from switch to end equipment. Cords have 20% Insertion Loss De-rating so only 85 meters total can be supported. Extended lengths can be cut in two for terminating the indoor ends at protectors or panels. Terminations are similar to typical 4-pair indoor cables. Unreel long lengths of cable to ensure the cable does not become twisted or caught on objects. Figure E-1. Unreel cable T F A R D E-2 CommScope recommends using a sock fitted and secured over the plug to pull cable through long conduits. Sock information Tie wrap information 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines Figure E-2. Cable with sock attached using tie wrap Sock Conduit Tie-wrap Feed the sock through the conduit and secure the sock on the terminal end of the cable with the tie-wrap. Once the sock and tie-wrap are in place, pull the cable through the conduit. Cable termination Before installing the Ruggedized RP, terminate the RP end of the Ethernet cable with the RJ45, IP67 connector provided in the box. Figure E-3. RJ45, IP67 connector D R A F T Flip the plug anti-snag to make it easier to push through the cord grips (flip it back before plugging in). OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 E-3 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines Use the split grommet provided. Once it is in place, coat it with silicone to ensure the connector is sealed. Figure E-4. Assembling the connector on the RP end Cable splicing Some cables are run in one piece from source to destination and have connector terminations. In other cases, two shorter pieces of cable need to be spliced together. When a cable is run to outdoor devices, you should take measures to ensure that cables are properly protected against moisture entering the cable. This is especially important when the jacket is stripped back from the wires. Some cables are gel filled and the termination includes cleaning the excess gel and blocking the end with silicone sealant to prevent future leakage. A typical blocking method uses a 2 cm length of Alpha Wire PVC-105-2 tubing or equivalent. 1 Fill all space inside the tubing with B-sealant. 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 T F A R D E-4 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines 2 Position the filled tube to overlap the end of the inner jacket and seal the gel. Clean off all excess sealant. NOTE: Tape can be used to stabilize the tube for immediate termination before the sealant sets. Cable termination Shielded cables must be properly terminated, either grounded or isolated. For exposed installations requiring protection, the end of the shield can be bonded in various ways. The following procedure is an example of one method. 1 Make a slit along the length of the jacket. Be careful not to tear the underlying shielding. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 E-5 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines 2 Pull back the jacket along the slit and remove. T F A R D E-6 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines 3 Fold back the foil shielding and drain wire to expose the inner jacket. 4 Prepare the inner jacket for blocking the gel and direct burial. a Cut back the inner jacket b Trim the flute c Clean the excess gel NOTE: The flute can be cut longer to match the blocking tube length. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 E-7 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines 5 Fill all space inside the tubing with B-sealant and position the filled tube to overlap the end of the inner jacket and seal the gel. 6 Fold the drain wire and foil back over the tube and position the foil to be folded back over the tube. T F A R D E-8 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines 7 An extra piece of foil can be used to cover the foil seam. 8 For an HGS620 termination, wrap the drain wire at least two times around and position it where the spring clips will capture them. 9 Tape over the foil for stability. 10 Trim the wire ends. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 E-9 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines Cable grounding For CAT-6A cables, the shield termination method is to use the ground lug and B-
bond clip that are available in the 12A1 Grounding Kit. 1 Fold the foil back over the jacket end and wrap the drain wire around the end and push the ground lug over the wrap. T F A R D E-10 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines 2 Open the B-bonding clip to be placed and closed over the grounding lug. 3 The lug tail can be cut off or used for ground attachment. 4 Treat the inner jacket as described in step 4 on page E-7. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 E-11 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines For an isolated shield termination, the 1572A and 1592A outer jacket foil and drain wire are removed a short distance back from the termination and electrical tape is used to isolate the foil end. Lightning protection CommScope recommends including lightning protection in your OneCell system to isolate equipment from surge damage. Important guidelines Verify hole diameter blocking may need to remain outside the cover Maintain pair twists up to termination points Avoid having pairs crossing over each other Indoor box To protect the cables in an indoor installation from lightning damage, CommScope recommends using the ITW Linx CAT6-A-LAN protector. NOTE The gel filled outdoor cable types will still need blocking. See Cable splicing and Cable termination for instructions on blocking cable. T F A R D E-12 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines Figure E-5. CAT6-A lightning protector Outdoor protection The following is an example of a pole mounted CAT-6A configuration for protecting remote equipment installed outdoors. Table E-1 lists the recommended parts for installing the protection equipment. Table E-1. CAT-6A protection equipment parts list Part Name Link to Part on Distributors Web site NEMA 4x enclosure Allied Moulded fiberglass enclosure Back panel Ground buss Allied Moulded back panel Ditek surge protection buss Bottom Mounted Liquid Tight Cordgrips Heyco pre-assembled cordgrips Bottom Mounted Liquid Tight Bushing Heyco liquid tight bushings snap-in Protector Pole mount kit Ditek 110RJC6APOE Protector Allied Moulded pole mount kit D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 E-13 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines Figure E-6. Remote equipment protection for outdoor devices Back panel NEMA 4x enclosure Bottom Mounted Liquid Tight Cordgrips Ground Buss Bottom Mounted Liquid Tight Bushing NOTE Enclosure should be mounted close to the equipment for the best protection. T F A R D E-14 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines Figure E-7. Protector box mounted to pole Pole Mount kit Ceiling connector Minimize excess cord length If surge protection is not needed, gel flooded cables can be blocked and transitioned to indoor cable using a ceiling connector. The following link is for the recommended CommScope part. Ceiling connector 1 Terminate the indoor cable first then lay down a bed of B sealant. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 E-15 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines 2 Clean all gel from the end of the OSP cable. 3 After the cable and conductors are positioned, fill the area around the cable end with sealant and close the connector housing. T F A R D E-16 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines Patch panel CommScope recommends installing a patch panel in the NOC to connect and manage CAT-6A cables. The following is a list of recommended CommScope 24 and 48 port patch panels and high density information outlets. For more information, go to CommScope.com or contact your CommScope customer representative. 760163436_HFTP-HD6B-1U-24 760163444_HFTP-HD6B-2U-48 760163451_HFTPA-HD6B-1U-24 760163469_HFTPA-HD6B-2U-48 760163519_HFTP-J6 760163527_HFTP-J10G Power separation guidelines For power separation best guidelines, refer to the following standards:
Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces, TIA-569-C Information technology Implementation and operation of customer premises cabling Part 2: Planning and installation, ISO/IEC 14763-2 Information Technology Cabling Installation Part 2: Installation Planning and practices inside buildings, BS EN 50174-2 D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 E-17 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines T F A R D E-18 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 B OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 DRAFT OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 913035 4.0.04 June 2019
1 2 3 4 5 6 | INTERNAL PHOTOS | Internal Photos | 1.54 MiB | January 27 2021 / July 25 2021 | delayed release |
1 2 3 4 5 6 | EXTERNAL PHOTOS | External Photos | 2.01 MiB | January 27 2021 / July 25 2021 | delayed release |
1 2 3 4 5 6 | ID label and location | ID Label/Location Info | 56.20 KiB | August 21 2019 |
COMMSCGPE OneCell MODEL: RPM-A5A11-B02 20MHz SSA 2x2 Radio Module BO2 FCC ID: QHYRPM-ASA1 1-B02 MADE IN CHINA ID No: OC-10R0-A02 a SN: 11027004308 HOUT MID: 7830913-00 For Patents See www.CS-pat.com
1 2 3 4 5 6 | LABEL | ID Label/Location Info | 62.49 KiB | January 27 2021 |
COMMSCOPE OneCell MODEL: RPM-A5A11-B02 20MHz SSA 2x2 Radio Module B02 FCC ID: QHYRPM-A5A11-B02__ISED ID: 2237E-RPMA5A11B02 ID No: OC-10R0-A02 He SN: 11027004308 WOO MID: 7830913-01 REV XX MADE IN CHINA For Patents See www.CS-pat.com
1 2 3 4 5 6 | LABEL LOCATION | ID Label/Location Info | 42.75 KiB | January 27 2021 |
() COMIMSCOPE a wo0m: omaskiiges anal So422 FOC: ORYRPMASAIS08 ED:
S eS S e Se e Se ie iS COUDTHOCOUBe
1 2 3 4 5 6 | CLASS 2 PERMISSIVE CHANGE REQUEST | Cover Letter(s) | 115.62 KiB | February 11 2022 |
CommScope Technologies OneCell Radio Module RPM-A5A11-B02 900 Chelmsford Street Lowell, MA 01851 T: +1 978-614-2916 December 30, 2021 To FCC:
FCC Class II Permissive Change Request for Company:
CommScope LLC FCC ID: QHYRPM-A5A11-B02 We are applying for a class II permissive change request for the addition of 5G waveforms to the filing. Product description: OneCell Radio module RPM-A5A11-B02, FCC ID: QHYRPM-A5A11-B02. The transmitter circuitry has not changed; we are only adding support for 5G to the previous filing. Original Grant date 8/21/2019 Sincerely, Zachary Johnson _________________________ Regulatory Engineer 900 Chelmsford Street Lowell, MA 01851
1 2 3 4 5 6 | CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST | Cover Letter(s) | 109.58 KiB | February 11 2022 |
FCC Confidentiality Request Letter 900 Chelmsford Rd Lowell, MA 01850 T: +1 978-250-3000 2/10/2022 To:
Federal Communications Commission 7435 Oakland Mills Road Columbia, MD 21046-1609 Intertek TCB 70 Codman Hill Road Boxborough, MA 01719 Confidentiality Request Re:
FCC ID QHYRPM-A5A11-B02 Pursuant to Sections 0.457(d)(1)(ii) and 0.459 of the Commissions Rules, CommScope Technologies LLC hereby requests permanent confidential treatment of information accompanying this application as outlined below:
1. Operational description The above materials contain trade secrets and proprietary information not customarily released to the public. The public disclosure of these matters might be harmful to the Applicant and provide unjustified benefits to its competitors. The Applicant understands that pursuant to Rule 0.457(d)(1)(ii), disclosure of this Application and all accompanying materials will not be made before the date of the Grant for this Application. Sincerely, ___________________________ Zachary Johnson Regulatory Engineer 2/10/2022
1 2 3 4 5 6 | GRANTEE SIGNATURE AUTHORITY | Cover Letter(s) | 142.88 KiB | February 11 2022 |
Cross Point Tower 900 Chelmsford Street Lowell, MA 01851 T: +1 978-250-3000 To Whom It May Concern, Kevin Craig will grant Zachary Johnson the authority to sign on behalf of CommScope Technologies LLC for current and future FCC filings under grantee code QHY. ____________________________________ 12/20/2021 Sincerely, Kevin E. Craig Consulting Engineer 900 Chelmsford Street Lowell, MA 01851
1 2 3 4 5 6 | PERMISSIVE CHANGE REQUEST | Cover Letter(s) | 115.65 KiB | February 03 2022 / February 09 2022 |
CommScope Technologies OneCell Radio Module RPM-A5A11-B02 900 Chelmsford Street Lowell, MA 01851 T: +1 978-614-2916 December 20, 2021 To FCC:
FCC Class II Permissive Change Request for Company:
CommScope LLC FCC ID: QHYRPM-A5A11-B02 We are applying for a class II permissive change request for the addition of 5G waveforms to the filing. Product description: OneCell Radio module RPM-A5A11-B02, FCC ID: QHYRPM-A5A11-B02. The transmitter circuitry has not changed; we are only adding support for 5G to the previous filing. Original Grant date 1/27/2021 Sincerely, Zachary Johnson _________________________ Regulatory Engineer 900 Chelmsford Street Lowell, MA 01851
1 2 3 4 5 6 | REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIALITY | Cover Letter(s) | 202.41 KiB | June 16 2021 |
FCC Confidentiality Request Letter Cross Point Tower 900 Chelmsford Street Lowell, MA 01851 T: +1 978-250-3000 5/24/2021 To: Federal Communications Commission 7435 Oakland Mills Road Columbia, MD 21046-1609 Intertek TCB 70 Codman Hill Road Boxborough, MA 01719 Confidentiality Request Re:
FCC ID QHYRPM-A511-B02 Pursuant to Sections 47 CFR 0.457(d)(1)(ii) of the Commissions Rules, CommScope Technologies LLC hereby requests short-term confidential treatment of information accompanying this application as outlined below for a period of 180 days:
1. Test photos The Applicant understands that pursuant to Rule 47 CFR 0.457(d)(1)(ii), disclosure of this Application and all accompanying materials will not be made before the date of the Grant for this Application. Sincerely, ___________________________ Kevin Craig Consulting Mechanical Engineer 5/24/2021
1 2 3 4 5 6 | AGENT LETTER | Cover Letter(s) | 67.96 KiB | January 27 2021 |
900 Chelmsford Street Lowell, MA 01851 T: +1 978-250-3000 Agents Authorization Letter 1/20/2021 I do hereby authorize, until further notice, Intertek, 70 Codman Hill Rd, Boxborough, MA 01719, to act on our behalf in dealings before the Federal Communications Commission with respect to all matters relating to equipment authorizations under 47 CFR. This authorization includes, but is not limited to, the signing of Form 731. I certify that no party (as defined in 47 CFR 1.2002) to this application, including myself, is subject to a denial of federal benefits, that include FCC benefits, pursuant to section 5301 of the Anti-Drug Abuse Act of 1988, 21 U.S.C., 853A. Certified By:
__________________ Kevin Craig Consulting Engineer. 1/20/2021
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Letter of agency | Cover Letter(s) | 67.96 KiB | August 21 2019 |
Agents Authorization Letter 250 Apollo Drive Suite 100 Chelmsford, MA 01824 T: +1 978-250-3000 8/1/2019 I do hereby authorize, until further notice, Intertek, 70 Codman Hill Rd, Boxborough, MA 01719, to act on our behalf in dealings before the Federal Communications Commission with respect to all matters relating to equipment authorizations under 47 CFR. This authorization includes, but is not limited to, the signing of Form 731. I certify that no party (as defined in 47 CFR 1.2002) to this application, including myself, is subject to a denial of federal benefits, that include FCC benefits, pursuant to section 5301 of the Anti-Drug Abuse Act of 1988, 21 U.S.C., 853A. Certified By:
__________________ Kevin Craig Consulting Engineer. 8/1/2019
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Modular approval request | Cover Letter(s) | 175.07 KiB | August 21 2019 |
250 Apollo Drive Suite 100 Chelmsford, MA 01824 T: +1 978-250-3000 Limited Single Modular Approval Request Company Name: CommScope Technologies, LLC FCC ID: QHYRPM-A5A11-B02 To Whom It May Concern, In accordance with 47CFR 15.212 Modular Transmitters and KDB 996369 D01 Module Certification Guide v02. FCC ID: QHYRPM-A5A11-B02 has been examined against the following requirements. Requirement per 15.212 and KDB 996369 D01 Modular Certification Guide v02 1) The radio elements must have the radio frequency circuitry shielded. Physical components and tuning capacitor(s) may be located external to the shield, but must be on the module assembly;
2) The module must have buffered modulation/data inputs to ensure that the device will comply with Part 15 requirements with any type of input signal;
3) The module must contain power supply regulation on the module;
4) The module must contain a permanently attached antenna, or contain a unique antenna connector, and be marketed and operated only with specific antenna(s), per 15.203, 15.204(b), 15.204(c), 15.212(a), 2.929(b);
5) The module must demonstrate compliance in a stand-alone configuration;
6) The module must be labeled with its permanently affixed FCC ID label, or use an electronic display (see KDB Publication 784748);
7) The module must comply with all specific rules applicable to the transmitter, including all the conditions provided in the integration instructions by the grantee;
Explanation from Grantee
(do not write yes/no, but explain why product complies/how it is achieved) The Radio Module has its own RF shielding as shown in Figure 1 at the end of this document. This requirement is met only when the Radio Module is connected to a host that must be designed or approved by CommScope Technologies LLC. The Radio Module has its own power supply regulation that is power from +12VDC from the host. The Radio Module has a unique antenna connector to support a bolted on attached antenna PCBA. The Radio Module was tested in a stand-alone configuration. The test was performed in an open enclosure with the module exposed and attached to a digital board representing typical CommScope host configuration. The Radio Module will be labeled with FCC ID: QHYRPM-
A5A11-B02 as shown in Figure 2 at the end of this document The Radio Module was tested for compliance with FCC rule Part 24. The integration of the Radio Module is done by CommScope or a professional installer, approved by CommScope. 8) The module must comply with RF exposure requirements. The Radio Module complies with RF exposure requirements as shown in the MPE documents. 250 Apollo Drive Suite 100 Chelmsford, MA 01824 T: +1 978-250-3000 Figure 1 250 Apollo Drive Suite 100 Chelmsford, MA 01824 T: +1 978-250-3000 Figure 2
1 2 3 4 5 6 | No tuneup required | Attestation Statements | 127.71 KiB | August 21 2019 |
250 Apollo Drive Suite 100 Chelmsford, MA 01824 T: +1 978-250-3000 To: Intertek TCB 70 Codman Hill Road Boxborough, MA 01719 Tune Up Procedure Declaration 12/01/2015 Gentlemen:
This letter declares that the product associated with the submission of FCC ID QHYRPM-A5A11-B02 does not require any tune up procedure for proper operation. Sincerely, Kevin Craig Consulting Mechanical Engineer 12/03/2015
frequency | equipment class | purpose | ||
---|---|---|---|---|
1 | 2022-02-11 | 1940 ~ 1980 | PCB - PCS Licensed Transmitter | Class II Permissive Change |
2 | 2022-02-09 | 1940 ~ 1980 | PCB - PCS Licensed Transmitter | |
3 | 1940 ~ 1980 | PCB - PCS Licensed Transmitter | ||
4 | 2021-06-16 | 1940 ~ 1980 | PCB - PCS Licensed Transmitter | |
5 | 2021-01-27 | 1940 ~ 1980 | PCB - PCS Licensed Transmitter | |
6 | 2019-08-21 | 1937.5 ~ 1982.5 | PCB - PCS Licensed Transmitter | Original Equipment |
app s | Applicant Information | |||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Effective |
2022-02-11
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 |
2022-02-09
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 |
2021-06-16
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 |
2021-01-27
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 |
2019-08-21
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Applicant's complete, legal business name |
CommScope Technologies LLC
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | FCC Registration Number (FRN) |
0024704082
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 |
0004074803
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Physical Address |
Cross Point Tower 900 Chelmsford Street
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 |
250 Apollo Drive
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 |
Cross Point Tower
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 |
Lowell, MA
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 |
Chelmsford, MA
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 |
United States
|
|||||
app s | TCB Information | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | TCB Application Email Address |
t******@intertek.com
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | TCB Scope |
B1: Commercial mobile radio services equipment in the following 47 CFR Parts 20, 22 (cellular), 24,25 (below 3 GHz) & 27
|
||||
app s | FCC ID | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Grantee Code |
QHY
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Equipment Product Code |
RPM-A5A11-B02
|
||||
app s | Person at the applicant's address to receive grant or for contact | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Name |
K******** C********
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Title |
Consulting Engineer
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 |
HW Project Manager
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Telephone Number |
978-6********
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 |
(978)********
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Fax Number |
(978)********
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 |
k******@commscope.com
|
|||||
app s | Technical Contact | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Firm Name |
CommScope Technologies LLC
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 |
CommScope Technologies LLc
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Name |
K**** E******** C****
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 |
K******** C****** C******
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 |
K******** C********
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Physical Address |
Cros Point Tower
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 |
Cross Point Tower
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 |
Suite 100
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 |
Lowell, Massachusetts 01851
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 |
Lowell, 01851
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 |
Chelmsford, 01824
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 |
United States
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Telephone Number |
97861********
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 |
978-2********
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 |
k******@commscope.com
|
|||||
app s | Non Technical Contact | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Firm Name |
CommScope Technoloties LLC
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 |
CommScope Technologies LLC
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Name |
T****** N****
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Physical Address |
Cross Point Tower
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 |
Lowell, Massachusetts 01851
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 |
Lowell, 01851
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 |
United States
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Telephone Number |
97861********
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 |
t******@commscope.com
|
|||||
app s | Confidentiality (long or short term) | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Does this application include a request for confidentiality for any portion(s) of the data contained in this application pursuant to 47 CFR § 0.459 of the Commission Rules?: | Yes | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Long-Term Confidentiality Does this application include a request for confidentiality for any portion(s) of the data contained in this application pursuant to 47 CFR § 0.459 of the Commission Rules?: | No | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Yes | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | If so, specify the short-term confidentiality release date (MM/DD/YYYY format) | 08/08/2022 | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | 12/13/2021 | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | 07/25/2021 | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | 02/16/2020 | |||||
if no date is supplied, the release date will be set to 45 calendar days past the date of grant. | ||||||
app s | Cognitive Radio & Software Defined Radio, Class, etc | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Is this application for software defined/cognitive radio authorization? | No | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Equipment Class | PCB - PCS Licensed Transmitter | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Description of product as it is marketed: (NOTE: This text will appear below the equipment class on the grant) | The OneCell RP5100 LTE / 5G Band 2 | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | The OneCell RP5200 LTE / 5G Band 2 | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | The OneCell RP5100 LTE Band 2 | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | OneCell RP5100 LTE Band 2. | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Related OET KnowledgeDataBase Inquiry: Is there a KDB inquiry associated with this application? | No | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Modular Equipment Type | Limited Single Modular Approval | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Purpose / Application is for | Class II Permissive Change | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Original Equipment | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Composite Equipment: Is the equipment in this application a composite device subject to an additional equipment authorization? | No | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Related Equipment: Is the equipment in this application part of a system that operates with, or is marketed with, another device that requires an equipment authorization? | No | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Grant Comments | Class II permissive change to add 5G NR band n2 operation by software to legacy device limited to specific host device OneCell RPM 5100. Output power is conducted per port. Limited Single Modular Approval. This device is approved for mobile and fixed use with respect to RF Exposure compliance. The single module has been evaluated for RF Exposure with a cross polarized 4dBi antenna and should provide a minimum separation distance of at least 20 cm from all persons. RF exposure compliance is addressed at the time of licensing, as required by the responsible FCC bureau(s), including antenna co-location requirement of 1.1307(b)(3). The final product operating with this transmitter must include operating instructions and antenna installation instructions, for end-users and installers to satisfy RF exposure compliance requirements. Multi-transmitter, supporting simultaneous transmission configurations, have not been evaluated and shall be evaluated according to KDB Publication 447498 and §15.31(k) composite system. Compliance of this device in all final product configurations is the responsibility of the Grantee. Installation of this into other products may require the submission of class II permissive change application containing data pertinent to RF Exposure, emissions and host/module authentication, or new application. | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Class II permissive change to add 5G NR operation by software limited to specific host device OneCell RPM 5200. Output power is conducted per port. Limited Single Modular Approval. This device is approved for mobile and fixed use with respect to RF Exposure compliance. The single module has been evaluated for RF Exposure with a cross-polarized 4dBi antenna and should provide a minimum separation distance of at least 20 cm from all persons. RF exposure compliance is addressed at the time of licensing, as required by the responsible FCC bureau(s), including antenna co-location requirement of 1.1307(b)(3). The final product operating with this transmitter must include operating instructions and antenna installation instructions, for end-users and installers to satisfy RF exposure compliance requirements. Multi-transmitter, supporting simultaneous transmission configurations, have not been evaluated and shall be evaluated according to KDB Publication 447498 and §15.31(k) composite system. Compliance of this device in all final product configurations is the responsibility of the Grantee. Installation of this into other products may require the submission of class II permissive change application containing data pertinent to RF Exposure, emissions and host/module authentication, or new application. | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Class II permissive change to add 5G NR operation by software limited to specific host device OneCell RPM 5100. Output power is conducted per port. Limited Single Modular Approval. This device is approved for mobile and fixed use with respect to RF Exposure compliance. The single module has been evaluated for RF Exposure with a cross polarized 4dBi antenna and should provide a minimum separation distance of at least 20 cm from all persons. RF exposure compliance is addressed at the time of licensing, as required by the responsible FCC bureau(s), including antenna co-location requirement of 1.1307(b)(3). The final product operating with this transmitter must include operating instructions and antenna installation instructions, for end-users and installers to satisfy RF exposure compliance requirements. Multi-transmitter, supporting simultaneous transmission configurations, have not been evaluated and shall be evaluated according to KDB Publication 447498 and §15.31(k) composite system. Compliance of this device in all final product configurations is the responsibility of the Grantee. Installation of this into other products may require the submission of class II permissive change application containing data pertinent to RF Exposure, emissions and host/module authentication, or new application. | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Class II permissive change for new host RP5200. Output power is conducted. This device is approved for mobile and fixed use with respect to RF Exposure compliance.The antenna of this transmitter should provide a separation distance of at least 20 cm from all persons.The final product operating with this transmitter must include operating instructions, for-end users to satisfy RF exposure compliance requirements. Multi-transmitter, supporting simultaneous transmission configurations, have not been evaluated and shall be evaluated according to KDB Publication 447498 and §15.31(k) composite system. Compliance of this device in all final product configurations is the responsibility of the Grantee. Installation of this into other products may require the submission of class II permissive change application containing data pertinent to to RF Exposure, emissions and host/module authentication, or new application. | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Output power is conducted. Single Modular Approval limited to specific host device OneCell RPM 5100. This module is approved for mobile and fixed use with respect to RF exposure compliance. The antenna of this transmitter must provide a separation distance of at least 20 cm from all persons. Installers and end-users must be provided with antenna installation instructions and transmitter operating conditions and instructions for satisfying RF exposure compliance The final product operating with this transmitter must include operating instructions and antenna installation instructions, for end-users and installers to satisfy RF exposure compliance requirements. Multi-transmitter, supporting simultaneous transmission configurations, have not been evaluated and shall be evaluated according to KDB Publication 447498 and §15.31(h) and §15.31(k) composite system and § 2.1 end product terms and concepts. Compliance of this device in all final product configurations is the responsibility of the Grantee. Installation of this device into other products may require the submission of a Class II permissive change application containing data pertinent to RF Exposure, emissions and host/module authentication, or new application. Class II permissive change for hardware changes as documented in this filing. | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Output power is conducted. Single Modular Approval limited to specific host device OneCell RPM 5100. This module is approved for mobile and fixed use with respect to RF exposure compliance. The antenna of this transmitter must provide a separation distance of at least 20 cm from all persons. Installers and end-users must be provided with antenna installation instructions and transmitter operating conditions and instructions for satisfying RF exposure compliance The final product operating with this transmitter must include operating instructions and antenna installation instructions, for end-users and installers to satisfy RF exposure compliance requirements. Multi-transmitter, supporting simultaneous transmission configurations, have not been evaluated and shall be evaluated according to KDB Publication 447498 and §15.31(h) and §15.31(k) composite system and § 2.1 end product terms and concepts. Compliance of this device in all final product configurations is the responsibility of the Grantee. Installation of this device into other products may require the submission of a Class II permissive change application containing data pertinent to RF Exposure, emissions and host/module authentication, or new application. | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Is there an equipment authorization waiver associated with this application? | No | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | If there is an equipment authorization waiver associated with this application, has the associated waiver been approved and all information uploaded? | No | ||||
app s | Test Firm Name and Contact Information | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Firm Name |
Intertek Testing Services NA Inc.
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Name |
Y****** L****
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Telephone Number |
978 6********
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 |
y******@intertek.com
|
|||||
Equipment Specifications | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | 1 | 24E | 1932.5 | 1987.5 | 0.251 | 0.13 ppm | 4M54G7D | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | 2 | 24E | 1935 | 1985 | 0.251 | 0.23 ppm | 9M02G7D | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | 3 | 24E | 1937.5 | 1982.5 | 0.251 | 0.19 ppm | 13M5G7D | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | 4 | 24E | 1940 | 1980 | 0.251 | 0.19 ppm | 18M0G7D | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | 5 | 24E | 1932.5 | 1987.5 | 0.205 | 0.03 ppm | 4M48G7D | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | 6 | 24E | 1935 | 1985 | 0.205 | 0.03 ppm | 9M30G7D | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | 7 | 24E | 1937.5 | 1982.5 | 0.228 | 0.25 ppm | 14M2G7D | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | 8 | 24E | 1940 | 1980 | 0.214 | 0.25 ppm | 18M9G7D | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | 9 | 24E | 1932.5 | 1987.5 | 0.206 | 0.03 ppm | 4M50W7D | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | 1 | 24E | 1935 | 1985 | 0.205 | 0.03 ppm | 9M30W7D | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | 11 | 24E | 1937.5 | 1982.5 | 0.224 | 0.25 ppm | 14M2W7D | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | 12 | 24E | 1940 | 1980 | 0.217 | 0.25 ppm | 19M0W7D | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2 | 1 | 24E | 1932.5 | 1987.5 | 0.168 | 0.28 ppm | 4M50G7D | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2 | 2 | 24E | 1935 | 1985 | 0.168 | 0.28 ppm | 8M97G7D | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2 | 3 | 24E | 1937.5 | 1982.5 | 0.193 | 0.28 ppm | 13M5G7D | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2 | 4 | 24E | 1940 | 1980 | 0.17 | 0.28 ppm | 17M9G7D | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2 | 5 | 24E | 1932.5 | 1987.5 | 0.199 | 0.19 ppm | 4M47G7D | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2 | 6 | 24E | 1935 | 1985 | 0.185 | 0.19 ppm | 9M30G7D | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2 | 7 | 24E | 1937.5 | 1982.5 | 0.215 | 0.05 ppm | 14M2G7D | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2 | 8 | 24E | 1940 | 1980 | 0.207 | 0.05 ppm | 18M9G7D | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2 | 9 | 24E | 1932.5 | 1987.5 | 0.2 | 0.19 ppm | 4M52W7D | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2 | 1 | 24E | 1935 | 1985 | 0.215 | 0.19 ppm | 9M30W7D | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2 | 11 | 24E | 1937.5 | 1982.5 | 0.214 | 0.05 ppm | 14M1W7D | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2 | 12 | 24E | 1940 | 1980 | 0.209 | 0.05 ppm | 19M0W7D | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
3 | 1 | 24E | 1932.5 | 1987.5 | 0.251 | 0.13 ppm | 4M54G7D | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
3 | 2 | 24E | 1935 | 1985 | 0.251 | 0.23 ppm | 9M02G7D | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
3 | 3 | 24E | 1937.5 | 1982.5 | 0.251 | 0.19 ppm | 13M5G7D | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
3 | 4 | 24E | 1940 | 1980 | 0.251 | 0.19 ppm | 18M0G7D | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
3 | 5 | 24E | 1932.5 | 1987.5 | 0.184 | 0.13 ppm | 4M47G7D | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
3 | 6 | 24E | 1935 | 1985 | 0.184 | 0.23 ppm | 9M30G7D | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
3 | 7 | 24E | 1937.5 | 1982.5 | 0.179 | 0.19 ppm | 14M2G7D | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
3 | 8 | 24E | 1940 | 1980 | 0.181 | 0.19 ppm | 18M9G7D | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
3 | 9 | 24E | 1932.5 | 1987.5 | 0.194 | 0.13 ppm | 4M51W7D | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
3 | 1 | 24E | 1935 | 1985 | 0.188 | 0.23 ppm | 9M30W7D | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
3 | 11 | 24E | 1937.5 | 1982.5 | 0.197 | 0.19 ppm | 14M2W7D | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
3 | 12 | 24E | 1940 | 1980 | 0.181 | 0.19 ppm | 19M0W7D | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
4 | 1 | 24.232(b) | 1932.5 | 1987.5 | 0.168 | 0.28 ppm | 4M50G7D | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
4 | 2 | 24.232(b) | 1935 | 1985 | 0.168 | 0.28 ppm | 8M97G7D | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
4 | 3 | 24.232(b) | 1937.5 | 1982.5 | 0.193 | 0.28 ppm | 13M5G7D | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
4 | 4 | 24.232(b) | 1940 | 1980 | 0.17 | 0.28 ppm | 17M9G7D | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
5 | 1 | 24E | 1932.5 | 1987.5 | 0.261 | 0.28 ppm | 4M56G7D | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
5 | 2 | 24E | 1935 | 1985 | 0.264 | 0.28 ppm | 9M01G7D | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
5 | 3 | 24E | 1937.5 | 1982.5 | 0.265 | 0.28 ppm | 13M5G7D | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
5 | 4 | 24E | 1940 | 1980 | 0.261 | 0.28 ppm | 18M0G7D | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
6 | 1 | 24E | 1932.5 | 1987.5 | 0.251 | 0.13 ppm | 4M54G7D | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
6 | 2 | 24E | 1935 | 1985 | 0.251 | 0.23 ppm | 9M02G7D | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
6 | 3 | 24E | 1937.5 | 1982.5 | 0.251 | 0.19 ppm | 13M5G7D | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
6 | 4 | 24E | 1940 | 1980 | 0.251 | 0.19 ppm | 18M0G7D |
some individual PII (Personally Identifiable Information) available on the public forms may be redacted, original source may include additional details
This product uses the FCC Data API but is not endorsed or certified by the FCC